Global Anti-Tobacco Summit Targets Youth Nicotine Addiction ‘Epidemic’ and Environmental Harms 13/11/2025 Felix Sassmannshausen Andrew Black, Acting Head of the Secretariat of the WHO FCTC, and Reina Roa, President of the COP11, at the opening press conference. GENEVA – Global health leaders are calling for robust new measures to combat the use of tobacco and related products, including restrictions on flavours to curb the surge in e-cigarettes use in adolescents and filter bans to protect the environment. These and other proposals will be debated over the next two weeks as over 1,400 delegates representing governments, international organisations and civil society gather in Geneva for the World Health Organization’s (WHO) Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). “The meeting will bring the world together to energize international cooperation and foster political will to address the global tobacco epidemic. Well over seven million people die each year because of tobacco,” said Andrew Black, acting head of the WHO FCTC Secretariat, at the opening press conference for the 11th Conference of Parties (COP11). The FCTC provides a binding legal framework and a package of control measures for the parties. Since it came into force 20 years ago, significant progress has been made. Today, over 75% of the global population – more than 6.1 billion people – are covered by at least one of the WHO’s MPOWER tobacco control measures, which are a set of cost-effective technical recommendations designed to reduce tobacco use. “Since the FCTC came into effect, tobacco use has declined by a third worldwide, despite the tobacco industry’s efforts to undermine it,” noted WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. New products undermine successes But this progress is facing increasing challenges as the tobacco industry markets new nicotine products such as e-cigarettes, heated tobacco products and nicotine pouches – all of which are now widely available in many countries. Data presented by the WHO shows that, on average, e-cigarette use among adolescents aged 13 to 15 is nine times more prevalent than among adults in the same country. Health bodies and researchers claim that the industry’s focus on sweet and fruity flavours, bright packaging and social media promotion is designed to attract young consumers. The regulation of these new products is lagging. By the end of 2024, 62 countries still had no policy in place regarding electronic nicotine delivery systems (ENDS) and 74 countries had no minimum age for purchasing e-cigarettes. Only seven countries ban all characterising flavours in ENDS, excluding those that prohibit sales entirely. Call for ban on filters, debate on flavours The FCTC will address the obligation of parties to prevent and reduce nicotine addiction for the first time, said Kate Lannan, senior lawyer to the Secretariat of the WHO FCTC. The COP11 agenda includes robust regulatory proposals. High-level discussions are expected on extending existing regulations or bans on flavours across all products and member countries, and on holding the industry legally responsible for causing harm to public health. “This is the first time the conference of the parties will be specifically addressing the obligation of parties to prevent and reduce nicotine addiction,“ said Kate Lannon, senior lawyer at the WHO FCTC Secretariat, with regard to evolving nicotine addiction among young people. Protecting the environment will also be a focus. There are growing concerns over cigarette filters, which are made of cellulose acetate, a type of single-use plastic. The WHO and several member states, including the Netherlands, are urging parties to consider banning filters altogether. They argue that this would reduce toxic pollution and address the misconception among consumers that filters substantially reduce health risks. “These filters on cigarettes don’t provide any meaningful increase in the safety of cigarettes,“ explained FCTC’s Secretary Black. Delegates will also discuss implementing a levy for environmental damage or establishing Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) measures to collect funds to mitigate environmental harms across the entire tobacco product life cycle. Negotiations on increasing taxes on tobacco products are expected to continue. Industry interference is the biggest barrier to regulation Tobacco industry interference has become more aggressive, according to the Global Tobacco Industry Interference index (GII), with countries like the United States, Switzerland and Japan among the worst regulated. Industry interference is reported as the “biggest constraint and barrier” to implementing the Convention. According to the 2025 Global Tobacco Industry Interference Index (GII), the industry is becoming “increasingly aggressive” in its tactics. These include “harm reduction” narratives, targeting non-health departments (like finance and trade), “political capture” of delegations, and using “greenwashing” tactics – such as funding tree planting or cigarette butt clean-ups – to improve its public image and gain access to officials. According to the University of Bath’s monitoring organisation, Tobacco Tactics, the World Vapers’ Alliance (WVA) is funded by the tobacco industry. The WVA has argued against flavour bans and tax increases, claiming that they disregard the needs of adult vapers. In response, the FCTC Secretariat has urged all parties to fully implement Article 5.3, a legal clause requiring governments to protect their public health policies from industry interests. Public health analysts suggest that failure in tobacco control is rooted in industry interference and a lack of political will, not a lack of regional capability or money. For example, while the European region is set to miss its 2025 reduction target, the Netherlands maintains one of the lowest levels of industry interference globally. Meanwhile, Ethiopia, a low-income country, ranks fifth best in the Global Interference Index, using robust legal protections and strong cross-government coordination to build a resilient system against industry interference. Image Credits: Felix Sassmannshausen, Stop Tobacco. South Africa Launches Trial of First African-Made Cholera Vaccine 13/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan A child gets an oral cholera vaccine. South Africa aims to become the first African country to manufacture a cholera vaccine with the launch this week of a clinical trial of an oral vaccine developed by local company Biovac. The vaccine candidate was developed thanks to a technology transfer partnership between Biovac and the International Vaccine Institute in South Korea in 2022. At present, the only manufacturer of a cholera vaccine is EuBiologics in South Korea, which makes a vaccine marketed as Euvichol-Plus. This has severely constrained the global supply of cholera vaccines, leading to rationing and global shortages as cholera outbreaks have surged worldwide, spurred by waves of climate-related weather crises and conflict, particularly in Africa. This week, Biovac announced the launch a Phase 1 safety trial of the vaccine at the University of the Witwatersrand in Johannesburg. If the vaccine is deemed safe, in the larger Phase 3 study, the Biovac Oral Cholera Vaccine will be compared to Euvichol-Plus, EuBiologics vaccine. The only cholera vaccine in the world is made by South Korea’s EuBiologics. Biovac was assisted in developing its vaccine by a technology transfer agreement with the International Vaccine Institute in South Korea. “Biovac is proud to be manufacturing this vaccine entirely in South Africa, the first time in over fifty years that such a milestone has been achieved,” said company CEO Dr Morena Makhoana. Biovac has evolved from a vaccine distributor to a” full-scale manufacturing hub”, the company noted in a statement. “Vaccines manufactured in South Africa usually receive the active pharmaceutical ingredient from abroad, with the final vaccine being completed in South Africa (often referred to as ‘fill and finish’), but in this case, the vaccine candidate is being manufactured from start to end by Biovac,” the company added. “If the trials are successful, South Africa will become the first country on the continent to produce a cholera vaccine,” Makhoana said. “This development addresses a critical, life-saving need, given the ongoing global shortages of the vaccine amid recurring cholera outbreaks.” Depending on the trial outcomes, the vaccine could be approved and ready for use in Africa in 2028. Enhanced health security South African Minister of Health, Dr Aaron Motsoaledi, described the trial as “a historic milestone, not only for Biovac and our nation, but for the entire continent”. “Building local vaccine manufacturing capability is not a luxury; it is a national necessity. It strengthens our sovereignty, enhances our health security, and ensures that our people are not left behind when the next global health crisis strikes,” said Motsoaledi. “When we can research, develop, and manufacture vaccines locally, we reduce our vulnerability to supply chain disruptions, geopolitical pressures, international market competition and vaccine hoarding or vaccine nationalism, which was apparent during the height of COVID-19 pandemic.” The African Union has set a target for 60% of all routine vaccines used in Africa to be manufactured on the continent by 2030, a major advancement from today’s level of less than 1%. Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance, has put incentives in place for African-made vaccines, putting Biovac in a strong position to secure market share and making it a frontrunner in the bid to sell the vaccine to African countries and those who need it. Gavi’s African Vaccine Manufacturing Accelerator (AVMA) will make up to $1 billion available over the next 10 years to support the growth of Africa’s medicines and vaccines manufacturing base. The Biovac vaccine development project is supported by the Gates Foundation, Open Philanthropy, Wellcome, and the ELMA Vaccines & Immunization Foundation, among others. Florian von Groote, Wellcome’s head of clinical research (infectious disease), said that the trial “could be a major step in strengthening the African vaccine manufacturing landscape, showing that local manufacturers can make vaccines that meet the needs of communities on the continent. “Through long-term support and investment, local manufacturing can deliver accessible and affordable vaccines made by Africa, for Africa.” Image Credits: WHO. Global Philanthropies Commit $300 Million at COP30 Towards Climate And Health Solutions 13/11/2025 Disha Shetty London heat wave in June 2024; climate change has triggered more extreme heat events, and related mortality, in rich and poor countries alike. A $300 million investment in projects integrating health into climate action has been announced at the UN Climate Conference in Bélem, Brazil by a coalition of “Climate and Health Funders Coalition” which includes over 35 of the world’s leading philanthropies and foundations, including Rockefeller, Gates and Wellcome. This announcement was made at the high-level opening of the COP30 Health Day – where a new Bélem Health Action Plan was launched. The Action Plan aims to thrust climate adaptation for the health sector more squarely into the centre of climate actions and tracking, making it part of the global stocktaking exercise. “Adaptation is a question of survival in the short run,” declared Brazil’s Minister of Health, Alexandre Padilha, while launching the Action Plan. “The most recent Lancet Countdown Report on Climate and Health is clear – 3.3 to 3.6 billion people live in highly vulnerable climate areas – and hospitals [in those areas] face a 41% risk of suffering from extreme weather events. Alexandre Padilha, Brazilian Minister of Health, at COP30 Health Day “If you don’t adapt, it threatens the coverage of health services of patients and professionals who are already facing adverse conditions. If we don’t adapt, we are going to increase inequality. In short, if you don’t adapt, we will kill people,” he added. The funding coalition aims to “accelerate solutions, innovations, policies and research on extreme heat, air pollution and climate-sensitive infectious diseases,” the partners said in a press release Thursday. While the $300 million commitment may be a drop in the bucket of needs, the aim is to expand the fund, coalition members told Health Policy Watch: “It is just initial funding and we intend to bring in more philanthropies in the year ahead as well as work with other sectors to significantly increase funding for climate and health solutions,” said Garth Davies, a spokesperson for Wellcome. See related story: Brazil Wins Limited Backing for COP30 Climate-Health Plan, But Nations Commit No Finance COP30 is currently underway in Brazil’s Amazon region city of Belém. “The warnings from scientists on climate change have become reality. And, it is clear that not all people are affected equally”, said John-Arne Røttingen, Wellcome CEO. “The impacts of rising temperatures hit the most vulnerable people hardest – children, pregnant people, older people, outdoor workers and those communities with the least resources to respond. Every country in the world is now affected by climate change, and we need to develop and implement solutions fast to save lives and livelihoods.” “Every person should have the opportunity to live a healthy, productive life, no matter where they were born,” said Steve Davis, Senior Advisor for Philanthropic Partnerships at the Gates Foundation. “But a hotter world with less predictable and more extreme weather is threatening that vision for the future, particularly for people in low- and middle-income countries. Philanthropy has a unique role to play in contributing flexible funding to accelerate innovative solutions that protect health and help communities build resilience to climate shocks,” he said. Other big names in the development sector that have signed onto the coalition plan include: Bloomberg Philanthropies, Children’s Investment Fund Foundation, IKEA Foundation, Quadrature Climate Foundation, and Philanthropy Asia Alliance. Climate data and heat adaptation Women in Bangladesh queue for drinking water in the southwestern coastal region, facing increased saltwater intrusion linked to storm surges and sea level rise that climate change has worsened. The Coalition’s funds are aimed to “support” the Bélem Health Action Plan through funding of projects on the ground, Davies said, citing projects on: adaptation to extreme heat in India, collecting climate and weather data in Africa, and combating air pollution, whose emissions also contribute to climate change: “In extreme heat, one example organization the Coalition is supporting is the Indian nonprofit Self-Employed Women’s Association (SEWA). SEWA is the largest movement of informal workers in India – and one of the largest in the world – with over 3.2 million members. SEWA works to address the threats that extreme heat poses to health and livelihoods.” Another project receiving support is The African Centre of Meteorological Application for Development (ACMAD). It is the primary pan-African centre working to collect, analyze, and disseminate weather and climate data across the continent, supporting national meteorological agencies and governments in all 53 African countries. “By coming together to align our priorities and combine our resources, this coalition can accelerate solutions faster, reach more communities, and achieve greater impact. This is the power of collaboration: recognizing the urgency of the challenge and working as one to protect lives, strengthen health systems, and build resilience for communities around the world,” said Naveen Rao, Senior Vice President of Health at The Rockefeller Foundation, in the press release. Making the Bélem COP, a health COP Through the Belém Health Action Plan, officials want to make this COP, a “health COP.” Brazilian authorities have long said that they hope to make this COP a “health COP” – after it played a largely backstage role at COP29 in Azerbaijan. COP28 featured the first Health Day at a UN Climate Conference, with high-powered speakers like Bill Gates and then-US Climate Envoy John Kerry on the podium. While the health impacts of climate change have been intensifying, health has, however, remained on the fringes of mainstream COP debates and decisions. It remains to be see if the Belém Health Action Plan can win widespread political buy-in and finance to empower countries to make health a more central element in their climate action agendas in the health sector. Along with “adaptation”, however, the massive health benefits of mitigating climate change in other sectors from transport to energy production and housing, have yet to be formally recognized by climate negotiators – benefits that could save tens of millions of lives across the coming decade, through reduced heat exposures, less air pollution, and more physical activity as well as healthier diets and food security. “The health consequences of climate change are mounting, and they fall hardest on communities least equipped to respond. By supporting the Climate and Health Funders Coalition, we’re working to build health systems that are resilient, equitable, and prepared for the challenges ahead,” said Jess Ayers, CEO of the Quadrature Climate Foundation. Image Credits: Abir Abdullah / Climate Visuals, Alastair Johnstone / Climate Visuals, X/@Cop30noBrasil, X/@Cop30noBrasil. New Malaria Drug Candidate Exceeds Cure Rate for Standard ACTs in Phase 3 Trial 12/11/2025 Felix Sassmannshausen GanLum Phase 3 trial results presented at ASTMH annual conference in Toronto. From right to left: David Fidock, American Society of Tropical Medicine; George Jagoe, MMV; Ruairidh Villar, Novartis; Sujata Vaidyanathan; Novartis; Abdoulaye Djimdé, University of Sciences Techniques and Technologies, Bamako, Mali. The 97% cure rate for the novel compound, ganaplacide/lumefantrine in a recent Phase 3 trial offers hope for continued progress rolling back malaria even as resistance to artemisinin combination therapies (ACT) escalates. A next-generation antimalarial drug GanLum (ganaplacide/lumefantrine, KLU156) slightly outperformed a standard of care Artemisinin Combination Therapy (ACT) in a recent Phase 3 trial – offering new hope that recent gains against malaria can be maintained and advanced despite growing parasite resistance to current treatments. The randomised controlled trial (RCT) involving over 1,600 participants across 12 Sub-Saharan African Countries demonstrated a +97% cure rate for GanLum, as compared to 94% for the ACT, Coartem©, in the control arm of the trial, said the pharma firm Novartis. The results were published Wednesday following an embargoed briefing at the annual conference of the American Society for Tropical Medicine and Health (ASTMH) in Toronto, including Novartis co-developer, Medicines for Malaria Venture (MMV), lead trial coordinator, Abdoulaye Djimdé, and ASTMH President, David Fidock. The trial is all the more significant insofar as it tested efficacy against malaria caused by the most deadly parasite, Plasmodium falciparum (P. falciparum). The Phase 3 trial results confirm the efficacy as well as safety of GanLum. P. falciparum is responsible for almost all malaria-related deaths worldwide. African countries bear the heaviest burden, accounting for an estimated 95% of the 597,000 malaria-related deaths globally in 2023. After falling dramatically from 2000 to 2015, malaria deaths and infections, which mainly occur in children under 5 years old, have increased. The 2023 levels of 263 million cases and 597,000 deaths reflect the sharp rise seen since 2016 when there were 216 million malaria cases and 445,000 deaths. “GanLum could represent the biggest advance in malaria treatment for decades,” declared Djimdé, Professor of Parasitology and Mycology at the Bamako University of Science, Techniques and Technologies in Mali. Djimdé coordinates the West African Network for Clinical Trials of Antimalarial Drugs (WANECAM), which was a lead partner in the GanLum trial. The trial, which included 34 sites across West and Central Africa along with others in Zambia, Kenya, Uganda, Tanzanina, and one site in India, began in March 2024 and concluded in June 2025. “After the successful Phase 3 trial, we will submit the drug for regulatory approval as soon as possible,“ said George Jagoe, Executive Vice President at Medicines for Malaria Venture (MMV), the Geneva-based non-profit product development partnership. “We hope to see it within a year, year and a half, in the hands of countries and eventually in patients.” Volunteer healthworkers collect supplies during a seasonal malaria chemoprevention campaign in Nigeria. Initial regulatory approval is expected to be sought in Switzerland via Swissmedic. But the aim is to kickstart national regulatory procedures in the Sub-Saharan Africa region as well, added Vaidyanathan. The drug would be made available on a ‘largely not-for-profit’ basis in low- and middle-income countries, MMV said, in accordance with agreements signed with Novartis. The next-generation drug GanLum combines the novel non-artemisinin compound ganaplacide (KAF156), with an updated formulation of lumefantrine (LUM-SDF), also used in standard ACTs. Ganaplacide was initially identified by Novartis through high-throughput screening of 2.3 million compounds in San Diego, California, funded by MMV and the Wellcome Trust. Together, the components target multiple stages of the malaria parasite’s life cycle and can prevent transmission. Ganaplacide disrupts the parasite’s internal protein transport system, which is essential for its survival inside red blood cells. It is also effective against the mature sexual stages of the parasite (gametocytes), as explained by Sujata Vaidyanathan, Head of the Global Health Development Unit at Novartis. This blocks them from spreading to other human hosts via mosquito bites. Meanwhile, lumefantrine prevents the parasite from re-emerging in the human’s body at a later stage. Trial confirms efficacy and safety A doctor at a district hospital in Ifakara, Tanzania treating a malaria patient. Nearly 600,000 people annually still die from the disease, mostly in Africa. The trial involved randomised testing of the GanLum against the control drug Coartem©, a gold standard for treatment, on 1,688 adults and children weighing at least 10 kg and aged at least two years with acute, uncomplicated malaria, across 34 sites in the 12 African countries where it was tested. The primary objective of the Phase 3 trial was to demonstrate that KLU156 is non-inferior to Coartem© (artemether-lumefantrine), as measured by the PCR-corrected cure rate on day 29 of treatment. According to data provided by Novartis, GanLum achieved an efficacy of 97.4% using the “estimand” framework. The current standard of care with ACTs has a rate of 94%. The “estimand” method is a conservative approach to results, required to support regulatory submissions, which considers patients that discontinue the study or for whom PCR data is missing at the time of the primary analysis to have failed the treatment. Regarding the side effects, expert Djimdé said: “As with any drug, there are certain expected side effects. However, this was a randomised trial, and the safety profile is comparable to that of the reference compound. So it is absolutely fine to be put in the hands of patients.” Hope in face of drug resistance and funding cuts Mapping of parsasite resistance to artemisin, the key active ingredient in component in ACTs. This new drug combination is a vital advance in the fight against malaria. Progress had recently stalled due to global health funding cuts and the conflict-linked displacement of many malaria-prone populations. In addition, extreme weather events caused by climate change have damaged public health infrastructure and enabled malaria parasites to spread to new regions. The emergence of partial resistance to artemisinin-based combination therapies (ACTs), threatens to undo years of progress. According to the WHO, this could result in an additional 78 million malaria cases over five years in a business as usual scenario. MMV’s Jagoe described reports of resistance in several countries in Central and Eastern Africa, such as Rwanda and Uganda, as “smoke signals’’, adding. “It is a huge relief that we can now think about a brighter future,“ he said. “We finally have a fire extinguisher ready.” The intention is not to abandon artemisinin-based treatments, but rather to add an effective new weapon to the fight against malaria. Significantly, GanLum also targets mutations of the parasite that are markers of drug resistance. Crucial step in long road toward elimination Animation of the ganaplacide molecule that is a key component of the novel antimalarial combination drug GanLum. The experts presenting the Phase 3 trial results described tremendous excitement over the results – a crucial step forward in the fight against malaria. “I’m very, very excited, and very pleased to see the results of this GanLum trial”, said Jagoe from MMV. However, after approval, the drug will still have to prove its efficacy in the field. Challenges to overcome And there are major challenges to overcome. The trial was initially designed to include children weighing over 5 kg and aged over two months. That is because infants and toddlers, especially those in the lowest weight category, typically have the highest mortality rates, particularly in areas with moderate to high transmission rates. However, since reported prevalence is often lower, the age, and weight thresholds of the trial were increased in a pragmatic move to identify trial participants and accelerate the process of testing the new drug. But the intention is to trial the drug on children between 5 and 10 kg in weight and 2 months and 2 years in age – as soon as it becomes feasible. As a Novartis spokesperson explained in an interview with Health Policy Watch, “We are committed to supporting the youngest children.” Novartis recently received approval for Coartem Baby, a malaria drug designed for newborns and young infants, also co-developed with MMV. See related story here. Ghanaian Newborns First to Get New Malaria Medication While the road to a single-dose curative treatment for malaria, often referred to as the Holy Grail, remains elusive, GanLum also represents a step forward on that score. It is administered as a daily sachet of granules for three consecutive days. Standard antimalarial therapy with ACTs involves taking medication twice daily for three days. This complex regimen is known to result in suboptimal patient adherence – wiith a third or more of patients failing to complete regimes in the real-world. This reduces the effectiveness of the drug and increases the likelihood of partial resistance. A potential single-dose treatment, also unveiled at the ASTMH, could significantly improve adherence as well as fighting parasite resistance, its proponents say. The single-dose treatment combining four known anti-malarials – sulfadoxine, pyrimethamine, artesunate and pyronaridine (SPAP) — was trialed on 539 patients in Gabon with uncomplicated malaria, including children under the age of 10, as compared to another 442 people who received the standard ACT. Some 93% of patients who received the single dose cure were free of parasites after 28 days, as compared to 90% of those who received the standard ACT. “We found that our single-dose treatment was just as effective as the standard course that typically requires taking six doses spaced out over three days, which many patients never complete,” said Ghyslain Mombo-Ngoma, MD, PhD, lead author of the study and head of clinical operations at the Medical Research Center of Lambaréné, Gabon (known by its French acronym CERMEL). Image Credits: Novartis, Health Policy Watch , Novartis , Munira Ismail_MSH, Peter Mgongo, WHO . Aid Cuts Jeopardise 2024’s Slight Global Progress Against Tuberculosis 12/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan A tuberculosis patient in Mozambique celebrates completed her treatment with a community health worker sponsored by USAID funds, which has since been slashed. Last year, the global battle to reduce tuberculosis infections and deaths showed small signs of recovery following three disruptive COVID-19 years – but this year’s precipitous drop in development aid is likely to cause new setbacks, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). TB killed 1.23 million people in 2024 and made 10.7 million people sick in 2024, according to the Global TB Report 2025 released by the WHO on Wednesday (12 November). There was a tiny 3% decline in deaths and a 1% decline in new infections last year in comparison to the previous year. But the impact of the precipitous drop in development aid, particularly from the United States since January, is not reflected in the report, which tracks data from 2024, noting only that: “Cuts to international donor funding from 2025 onwards threaten overall funding for the TB response in many countries.” Speaking at a WHO press conference Wednesday, Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus described as “good news” the decline in new TB cases and deaths. “Meanwhile, the number of people being tested and treated is increasing and research is advancing for the first time in over a century. New effective TB vaccine for adolescents and adults are within reach,” Tedros said, noting that 18 vaccine candidates are currently in clinical development, including six in Phase 3 trials. “Despite all this good news… TB still killed more than 1.2 million people in 2024 which for a disease that’s preventable and curable is simply unconscionable,” Tedros said, adding that, “funding cuts to international aid in many low and middle income countries threaten to reverse the hard won gains we see. “It’s therefore vital that countries step up domestic resource allocation, alongside international funding.” Just eight countries account for 67% of TB cases: India (25%), Indonesia (10%), the Philippines (6.8%), China (6.5%), Pakistan (6.3%), Nigeria (4.8%), the Democratic Republic of the Congo (3.9%) and Bangladesh (3.6%). ‘Concerning trends’ WHO TB director Dr Tereza Kasaeva. The WHO has already seen “some concerning trends” for 2025, particularly in the highest burden, low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) that have been “heavily dependent on international donor funding”, said Dr Tereza Kasaeva, WHO director for HIV, TB, Hepatitis and STIs. These include disruptions to access to TB treatment, diagnosis and prevention; problems with monitoring and reporting, drug delivery, sample transportation, and “one of the biggest impacts”, community engagement, she told a media briefing before the launch. The report notes that estimates of the impact of the funding cuts, particularly by the US, include “about half a million additional deaths and 1.4 million additional cases in the period 2025–2035 if USAID funding is not replaced, increasing to about two million additional deaths and five million additional cases when cuts in contributions to the Global Fund are also considered”. Least progress made in funds mobilisation Even before the funding cuts, progress in achieving TB goals fell far short of global targets. The worst-performing targets for 2024 relate to funds mobilisation. Only $5.9 billion of 2027’s $22 billion target for TB treatment had been collected, and slightly more than 20% of the $5.5 billion research target for 2027 has been achieved. Despite the lack of resaerch funds, the WHO notes that development pipeline is strong. “As of August 2025, 63 diagnostic tests were in development and 29 drugs were in clinical trials – up from just eight in 2015. Additionally, 18 vaccine candidates are undergoing clinical trials, including six in Phase 3.” Drop in deaths Since 2015, there has been a 29% drop in deaths – but the target was a 75% reduction by this year. However, two WHO regions have done substantially better than the global average: Europe, which cut deaths by 49% by 2024; and Africa, with a 46% reduction in deaths, mainly as a result of better outcomes for people coinfected with HIV. Similarly, there has only been a 12% drop in TB incidence against a global target of 50% between 2015 and 2025. However, Europe achieved a 39% decrease and Africa, a 28% decrease. In contrast, TB incidence has risen by 5% or more in Indonesia, Myanmar and the Philippines. Meanwhile, 47% of households with people living with TB face “catastrophic” health costs against a target of zero. However, Kasaeva noted that 8.3 million people who were newly diagnosed with TB in 2024 accessed treatment, “representing about 78% of the people who fell ill with the disease during that year”. In addition, the coverage of rapid testing for TB diagnosis increased from 48% in 2023 to 54%, while there was an 88% success rate for “treatment for drug-susceptible TB”. Building sustainable systems Dr Yogan Pillay, Gates Foundation’s director for HIV and TB. However, Dr Yogan Pillay, Gates Foundation’s director for HIV and TB delivery, said that several countries were “stepping up, both in increasing domestic financing and looking at other ways of delivering services” since the cuts in aid. He singled out Indonesia, Nigeria and South Africa for upping domestic financing for TB in the wake of cuts to global health financing. “That’s what we need to focus on now. How do we develop systems that are sustainable, including in low and middle-income countries?” Pillay asked. “We need to change the ways in which we do things so that we can sustain the gains that we’ve seen in the 2024 data, notwithstanding any funding cuts.” A significant proportion of the TB burden is driven by five major risk factors: undernutrition, HIV infection, alcohol abuse, smoking and diabetes, according to the report. “Tackling these issues, along with critical determinants like poverty and GDP per capita, requires coordinated multisectoral action,” according to the WHO. The report concludes by noting that, in the face of cuts to international donor funding from 2025, “political commitment and domestic funding in high TB burden countries are more important than ever”. Image Credits: Arnaldo Salomão Banze, ADPP Mozambique. Building Africa’s Health Sovereignty: From Dependence to Partnership 11/11/2025 Muhammad Ali Pate Ghana’s President John Mahama welcoming delegates to the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit In August, African leaders gathered in Accra, Ghana, to chart a path for the continent’s future in public health. Their message was unequivocal: Africa’s political independence is incomplete without the power to shape its own development – including the health of its people. The Africa Health Sovereignty Summit was a demand to break free from the dependency that has stunted the continent’s ability to safeguard the health of its own people. History shows why these matters. At the height of the AIDS crisis, lifesaving drugs reached Africa only years after they were standard in the West, costing countless lives to a treatable virus. During the COVID-19 pandemic, wealthy nations stockpiled vaccines in excess – even for low-risk groups – while African countries scrambled to secure doses for their most vulnerable. It was a stark reminder that the self-interest of the rich can override the basic needs of the poor. International funding has played a pivotal role in advancing Africa’s health. From the Global Fund to the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), to GAVI, external support has not only saved lives but also improved livelihoods, extended life expectancy, and strengthened economies. Inequities in global health architecture Biden-era US officials hand donated mpox vaccines to Nigerian health officials. That solidarity deserves recognition, but it must be retooled to truly serve Africa. Today, many inequities remain embedded in the current global health architecture. Investment frameworks are typically drawn up in Geneva or Washington, rather than in Accra or Nairobi. Funding rises and falls with the politics of donor nations. That imbalance also shapes perception. Our continent of 1.4 billion people – dynamic, youthful, and skilful – is still too often seen as a recipient of charity. Even when African scientists lead, as South African researchers did by sequencing the COVID-19 variant called Omicron, they are treated as recipients rather than equal partners. That not only limits Africa’s potential but also leaves the whole world more vulnerable to the next pandemic. The way forward is clear: Africa must invest in its own health with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance. Healthy citizens are the foundation of innovation, stability, and prosperity. Each dollar invested in health paves the path to wealth, multiplying productivity and resilience. New kind of solidarity Dr Muhammed Ali Pate addressing Nigeria’s high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. Some governments are charting the path forward. Last month in Nigeria, we convened a high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. The initiative brought together government officials, development partners, civil society, academia, and the private sector to design sustainable approaches to financing healthcare for all in Nigeria. This builds on Nigeria’s leadership in advancing universal health coverage (UHC). In the Abuja 2001 Declaration and the Abuja+12 Declaration, member states pledged to increase domestic financing for health to build stronger and more self-reliant health systems. At the 78th World Health Assembly this year, countries adopted a Nigeria-sponsored initiative aimed at strengthening global health financing and accelerating progress toward long-standing commitments to achieve UHC. The message from Accra and Abuja is not isolation or a call for donor retreat, but for a new kind of solidarity. Donors can continue to play a critical role by investing with us to address pressing health needs, while building robust, resilient, and sustainable health infrastructure that supports countries in managing transitions away from perpetual dependence. The aim is not disengagement but transformation – from recipients of aid to equal partners. Continental blueprint The Accra gathering offered a continental blueprint for the future of health engagement with international partners. Nigeria’s September dialogue aimed to anchor it in national reality. Together, the two initiatives reflect a new mood: Africans insisting on authorship of their own health future. The rest of the world should welcome this. A sovereign Africa, healthier and stronger, is in the interest of humanity. Pandemics know no borders; health insecurity in one corner of the continent is insecurity everywhere in the world. Supporting Africa’s health sovereignty is not just about “helping countries,” it is also enlightened self-interest. The Accra Summit and Nigeria’s dialogue point the way forward for Africa’s public health. To get there, we must act with urgency to strengthen South–South cooperation and collaboration, forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. Unified vision African Union leaders and Rwanda’s Ministry of Health signed an agreement to establish the African Medicines Agency’s first headquarters in Kigali, in June 2023. A single continental medicines agency will speed up approvals of medicines across the continent. This pivotal moment calls for bold African leadership – one that articulates a unified vision and drives coordinated action on regional health priorities. At the core of this transformation is the creation of a dynamic health ecosystem that integrates the public and private sectors across the entire value chain – from research and development to manufacturing, distribution, and healthcare delivery. True health sovereignty will remain elusive until Africa establishes a vibrant intra-continental health market capable of producing, regulating, and procuring its own medical products and technologies. The African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) must serve as the backbone of this vision, enabling the seamless movement of health goods, services, and expertise across borders, unlocking economies of scale, and spurring investment in local industries. By taking these decisive steps, Africa can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate has been Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare since 2023. He was also the country’s Minister of State for Health between 2011 and 2013, prior to which he was the executive director of Nigeria’s National Primary Health Care Development Agency. He has also been a professor of public health leadership at Harvard University, and held various positions at the World Bank Group. Image Credits: WHO, Nigeria Federal Ministry of Health and Welfare, Rwanda Ministry of Health. Dental Amalgam Set to Be Phased out by 2034 to Reduce Toxic Mercury Exposures 11/11/2025 Disha Shetty Dental amalgam used to fill tooth cavities is set to be phased out by 2034 to reduce toxic exposures to mercury. Mercury-containing dental amalgam, used to fill cavities, is set to be phased out globally by 2034 to reduce human exposure to the toxic heavy metal. The decision was taken by the 153 parties to the Minamata Convention on Mercury at the Sixth Conference of Parties (COP-6) that took place last week in Geneva. While 50 countries, including the European Union’s 27 member states, have already phased out dental amalgam, typically a mix of liquid mercury and silver, many countries, including the United States, continue to allow the use of the amalgam in dental procedures. Mercury is a highly toxic element and exposure to even small quantities of it can cause developmental delays in children as well as affect the nervous, digestive and immune systems, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). “Use of dental amalgam poses several challenges, including exposure to mercury of dental practitioners, also the cost challenges related to disposal of dental amalgam, and also mercury emissions from crematoria,” said Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary of the Minamata Convention, a global treaty adopted in 2013 to protect both humans and the environment from the adverse effects of mercury. Alternatives to the amalgam include composite resin, glass ionomer, ceramics and gold. Mercury in artisanal mining and cosmetics the focus of other COP6 initiatives Countries that have phased out dental amalgam. Stankiewicz spoke at a press conference on Monday, discussing the outcomes of COP6. Parties to the Convention also agreed to step up efforts to address mercury exposures in artisanal gold mining. They will also collaborate to reduce the availability of cosmetics with mercury. While such cosmetics are banned, they are available online, experts said. This year’s COP drew some 1000 in-person participants to Geneva as well as several thousand online. The convention, named after the Japanese city of Minamata, alludes to the neurological disease that drew global attention to the issue in 1956, when several thousand Japanese residents of the city were diagnosed with symptoms of severe mercury poisoning, due to their consumption of fish and shellfish exposed to high methylmercury levels in wastewater emissions from a nearby chemical plant. The Convention, adopted in 2013, came into force in 2017. Since the first Conference of the Parties in 2017, more restrictions on mercury use have progressively been added, based on the support and willingness of countries. “The issue of dental amalgam has been discussed also in the past two COPs,” Stankiewicz said. “So, it’s a third COP that the parties have been negotiating the matter. And then each of the COPs, certain measures were adopted to dramatically reduce the use of dental amalgam. So, the convention already includes a number of measures that restrict the use.” The decision to phase out dental amalgam worldwide received strong support from US Secretary of Health and Human Services Robert F Kennedy Jr, an environmental lawyer, who appeared before the COP’s opening session on 3 November via video link. However, he also criticised the continued use of thiomersal, a preservative used in some vaccines that contains a derivative of mercury called ethylmercury. “Why do we hold a double standard for mercury? Why do we call it dangerous in batteries, in over-the-counter medications, and makeup – but acceptable in vaccines and dental fillings,” Kennedy asked as the discussions kicked off on November 3. While the US FDA has recently banned the use of thiomersal, the WHO has continued to call it safe to use. With regards to the phase out of amalgam, some countries at this year’s COP, including a bloc of African states, called for speeding up the timeline to ban the production, import and export of amalgam by 2030 – arguing that they lacked facilities to safely manage mercury waste. But they were met with resistance from other countries, including the United Kingdom and India, which considered the date as too ambitious. The UK allows for amalgam although its use is banned for children under the age of 15, pregnant or breastfeeding women. Gold mining – a ‘just transition’ Crushing gold ore in Guinea before pouring in mercury and burning the mixture to produce pure gold. Countries also discussed new measures to phase out mercury use in artisanal and small-scale gold mining – an occupation that continues to draw poor communities in developing countries, given the high price of gold. The discussions took place just before the UN climate change conference (COP30) convened Monday (10-21 November) in the Amazonian city of Belém – one of the world’s regions where artisanal and small-scale gold mining exposes communities and the sensitive rain forest that they inhabit to dangerous levels of mercury emissions. Artisanal gold extraction involves mixing mercury with crushed rocks of gold ore, then heating the amalgam to vaporize the mercury, leaving the gold behind. The process exposes workers, including women and children, to severe health risks through inhalation of mercury vapor, as well as releasing methylmercury into the environment, which can bioaccumulate in the food chain. Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer, Minamata Convention. “The COP strengthened its commitment to addressing the challenges of artisanal and small-scale gold mining, otherwise referred to as ASGM, through acknowledging the need for a just transition for miners. So, this is supporting fair, inclusive and sustainable alternatives,” said Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer of the Minamata Convention. While no specific decision was taken, parties to the convention agreed to support new technologies and other measures to phase out the use of mercury and related toxic exposures. This pathway, conference participants stressed, is preferable to banning ASGM altogether, which would turn the miners into criminals. “This [discussion] does empower countries who have the mandatory obligation to develop national action plans under the Convention to consider measures of how they would look at the just transition (away from mercury use in artisanal mining) in their national action plans,” Koekkoek added. WHO to help draw up a strategy for mercury phase-out in public health systems Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary, Minamata Convention. For the next COP, scheduled in 2027, the WHO has been invited to prepare a strategy on mercury phase-out in cosmetics. This strategy would focus on advice to countries about measures to prevent the use, manufacture, import and export of mercury-contaminated cosmetics. “It could be then used domestically by parties, and also on that basis, prepare appropriate documentation to our COP in 2027,” Stankiewicz said. WHO has been a longtime observer to the Convention, and historically active in measures such as phasing out mercury-containing thermometers and other medical devices used by health systems. The parties to the convention also agreed to look more closely at the global mercury supply chain, sharing relevant information. An expert group has been constituted that would look more closely at the manufacture, use and trade in specific mercury compounds, as compared to elemental mercury, which has largely been the focus to date. Image Credits: Unsplash/Navy Medicine, European Network for Environmental Medicine, Planet Gold . African Countries Affirm Support for Multilateral Pandemic Agreement Amid Pressure to Make Bilateral Deals with US 11/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Zimbabwe, speaking for WHO Africa member states plus Egypt, Sudan, Somalia and Libya, committed to a multilateral pathogen system. African countries want information about pathogens with the potential to cause pandemics to be shared “exclusively” through a global system currently being negotiated at the World Health Organization (WHO) – yet at the same time, their governments are under pressure to agree to bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) with the United States that will trade their pathogen information for health aid. “We envision a PABS [Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing] system that ensures that all PABS materials and sequence information flow exclusively through the [WHO] system,” said Zimbabwe, speaking on behalf of 50 African member states. He was addressing the Intergovernmental Working Group (IGWG), charged with negotiating the PABS system, at the end of last week’s text-based negotiations. Once agreed, the PABS system will become an annex to the WHO’s Pandemic Agreement, setting out how information about pathogens with pandemic potential is shared in a safe, transparent and accountable manner, and how those who share this information will benefit from vaccines, diagnostics and therapeautics that are developed as a result. Under pressure from the US However, the US government is currently negotiating MOUs with several African countries that aim to compel them to share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” in exchange for aid to address HIV, tuberculosis and malaria, Health Policy Watch reported exclusively last week. Several countries have little power to refuse the terms of the MOUs as they face mounting deaths and illness of their citizens without resources to buy essential antiretroviral, TB and malaria medication, mosquito nets and other medical necessities. The loss of aid from the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), combined with a 24% reduction from other large donors, is predicted to “cause an additional 4·43 to 10·75 million new HIV infections and 0·77 to 2·93 million HIV-related deaths between 2025 and 2030 compared with the status quo,” according to a modelling study published in The Lancet in May. The MOUs are part of the US’s new America First Global Health Strategy, which is based on “keeping America safe, strong and prosperous”. However, several health leaders have expressed concern that sharing the information of dangerous pathogen via numerous bilateral agreements, rather than via one centralised PABS system under the WHO, will slow down the world’s response to future pandemics. Undermine multilateralism “These bilateral agreements will undermine the multilateral system. They will bypass the WHO, and the foundations of solidarity and equity we have been trying to build here,” Dr Michel Kazatchkine, a member of the Independent Panel for Pandemic Preparedness and Response, told the IGWG last week. “The template offers no guarantees of access to countermeasures and gives commercial dominance to one country. It threatens health security, data security and ultimately national sovereignty.” Nina Schwalbe, CEO of Spark Street Advisors, described the draft MOUs as “pure bullying by the US and a terrible deal for any country”. The bilateral MOUs propose that the US “gives a bit of aid for a few diseases for just a few years at best – and in return they give access to physical specimens and genetic sequence data for 25 years,” said Schwalbe. “There is zero promise by the US to provide any of the resulting drugs, diagnostics or vaccines [it] develops using their data. This is not a fair deal. It is a powerful country exerting its muscle once again put itself first in line,” she added. Jamie Love, head of Knowledge Ecology International, said it is “not surprising that the US is undermining the WHO negotiations”. ‘But Trump won’t be President forever, and the pandemic treaty will be around longer. I don’t think [the bilateral agreements] will kill the Pandemic Agreement, but it certainly is designed to undermine the equity provisions and reduce the industry incentives to participate in the near term.” Kazatchkine said that, while the Panel “fully understands that some countries will consider entering into these agreements”, it “cannot stress enough the importance of a multilateral approach for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response”. ‘Solidarity is our best immunity’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses IGWG3. The WHO told Health Policy Watch that it has “not received any official information”about the US MOUs. “However, WHO member states are working actively to develop the PABS system as part of the already adopted WHO Pandemic Agreement,” the WHO spokesperson added. “Solidarity is our best immunity. Finalising the Pandemic Agreement through a commitment to multilateral action, is our collective promise to protect humanity,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told IGWG “To enable a timely and effective response to future pandemics, countries must be able to quickly identify pathogens that have pandemic potential and share their genetic information and material so scientists can develop tools like tests, treatments, and vaccines,” the WHO explained. The PABS system is envisaged to facilitate both the rapid and timely sharing of biological material and sequence information from pathogens with pandemic potential on the one hand, and enable the “rapid, timely, fair and equitable sharing of benefits” – such as vaccines – that arise from sharing this information. IGWG Bureau co-chair Ambassador Tovar da Silva Nunes said that member states had shown during last week’s meeting that they are capable of the difficult conversations “that will make the world safer from the threat of future pandemics”. “By considering complex issues head-on, these negotiations are ensuring that future pandemic responses will be fair, timely and grounded in solidarity,” said da Silva Nunes. “Seeing the member states’ disposition to tackle these issues, I am optimistic that we will deliver a finalised annex to the World Health Assembly for adoption in May 2026.” Canada Loses Measles Elimination Status 10/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Dr Jarbas Barbosa, director of the Pan American Health Organization, the Americas region of WHO. Canada has lost its measles elimination status after 12 months of continuous transmission of the highly infectious disease, the Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) announced on Monday. This follows a PAHO expert meeting on infectious diseases last week, the Measles, Rubella, and Congenital Rubella Syndrome Elimination Regional Monitoring and Re-Verification Commission. “The commission determined that endemic measles transmission has been re-established in Canada, where the virus has circulated for at least 12 months,” PAHO director Dr Jarbas Barbosa told a media briefing. Since Canada’s measles outbreak started in October 2024, there have been over 5,000 cases in nine of the country’s 10 provinces. The Public Health Agency of Canada said in a statement on Monday that it is “currently experiencing a large, multi-jurisdictional outbreak of measles that began in October 2024 with cases in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Prince Edward Island, Quebec, Saskatchewan, and the Northwest Territories.” “While transmission has slowed recently, the outbreak has persisted for over 12 months, primarily within under-vaccinated communities,” it added. Thirty-fold increase Measles incidence in Canada by province in 2025. Canada’s loss is also PAHO’s loss, as the entire World Health Organization’s Region of the Americas has also lost its measles elimination status as a result. As of 7 November, 12,593 confirmed measles cases have been reported across 10 countries (approximately 95% in Canada, Mexico and US) in the region, PAHO reported. This is a 30-fold increase compared to 2024. Twenty-eight deaths have been recorded: 23 in Mexico, three in the United States, and two in Canada. “Measles is the most contagious disease known to humankind,” said Barbosa. “One infected person can transmit the disease to up to 18 others. Thanks to vaccines, many people have never seen an outbreak in their lifetime.” Measles can cause severe complications such as blindness, pneumonia, encephalitis and even death. “Stopping the spread of measles required that at least 95% of the population be vaccinated with two doses. This is very important across all communities, without exception,” Barbosa stressed. However, in 2024, regional coverage for the second dose of the measles, mumps and rubella vaccine (MMR2) averaged 79%. Only 31% of countries reached 95% or more coverage for the first dose, and just 20% achieved that level for the second dose. There are active measles outbreaks in Canada, Mexico, the United States, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay, and Belize. Canada has lost its measles elimination status…a sad milestone. Now is the time to double down on lowering barriers to routine childhood immunizations and ensuring Canadians have access to credible, science-based information. Link: https://t.co/JbALpkKWSW pic.twitter.com/JMiySJCOuM — Isaac Bogoch (@BogochIsaac) November 10, 2025 Mostly in the unvaccinated “Transmission has primarily affected under-vaccinated communities, with 89% of cases occurring in unvaccinated individuals or those with unknown vaccination status. Children under one year of age are the most affected, followed by those aged one to four years,” said PAHO. “Vaccination remains the most effective means of protection. Over the past 25 years, the measles vaccine has prevented more than six million deaths across the Americas —and an estimated 15 million deaths over the last 50 years,” stressed PAHO. To regain its measles elimination status, Canada must show that it has eliminated endemic transmission for at least 12 consecutive months, supported by comprehensive vaccination, surveillance, and outbreak-response data. Canada will present and implement an action plan under PAHO’s regional framework, focused on boosting immunisation coverage, reinforcing surveillance systems, and ensuring rapid outbreak response to stop endemic transmission and regain measles elimination status, said PAHO. PAHO is providing technical support to countries to strengthen surveillance, laboratory diagnosis, outbreak response, and vaccination campaigns. Experts have been deployed to Mexico, Argentina, and Bolivia, and it is monitoring risks in Belize, Brazil and Paraguay. Image Credits: Health Canada . COP30 Opens on Amazon’s Edge as World Battles to Claw Back 1.5°C Target 10/11/2025 Stefan Anderson Delegates arrive for the opening day of COP30 on the edge of the Brazilian Amazon. The third decade of United Nations climate negotiations opened on Monday in the Brazilian Amazon, as 50,000 negotiators, politicians, civil society representatives, industry lobbyists, and indigenous peoples from around the world gathered for talks on protecting the planet from climate catastrophe. The thirtieth anniversary of COP summits has little time to celebrate: Ten years after the world agreed to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, that threshold has been breached. In the health arena, the Bélem Action Plan to be launched on Wednesday aims to position health sector climate action a little closer to the mainstream of climate commitments, actions and stocktaking – after years of operating on the margins. Brazil insisted on hosting the talks in Belém, a small coastal city on the Amazon’s edge, to place the rainforest, nature, planet and people negotiators are there to protect at the center of negotiations. Limited hotels and housing has delegates housed on mammoth cruise ships, casting long shadows over local fishing villages. Others will spend the week in local, pay-by-the-hour love motels. All will be working under the heavy humidity and heat of the world’s largest rainforest, a constant reminder of the climate future awaiting the billions worldwide if negotiations fail. “Climate change is not a threat of the future, it is already a tragedy of the present,” Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva told the opening plenary, citing the hurricane that levelled Jamaica and a “trail of destruction, droughts, fires in Africa and Europe, floods in South America and South East Asia” that have killed thousands and displaced millions. “The climate emergency is a case of inequality; it exposes and exacerbates the unacceptable,” Lula said. Opening ceremony underway in Belem as COP30 kicks off on the edge of the Amazon. He also attacked rising military spending, arguing the world should prioritise climate finance over defence budgets. “The men that go to war, if they were here, present here, at this COP, they would perceive that it’s much cheaper to put $1.3 trillion for us to end the climate crisis than to put $2 trillion and sell $700 billion to buy weapons and go to war,” he said. Progress has been made since Paris. The planet was then on pace for 4°C of warming by century’s end. Today’s business-as-usual scenario projects 2.8°C. If countries implement their Paris commitments, warming could fall to between 2.3°C and 2.5°C. ‘COP of implementation’ Unlike previous summits, COP30 is not expected to produce a landmark agreement. Instead, the focus is implementation: meeting the promises made in Paris, Baku and Dubai to raise climate finance, transition away from fossil fuels, and return warming to under 1.5°C. The tasks ahead may be the most difficult COP in years: find the money, international cooperation and political will to protect billions facing life or death on current warming projections. In his inaugural address as COP president, André Aranha Corrêa do Lago said three priorities will dominate the agenda: climate adaptation, finance for a just transition, and implementing the global stocktake recommendations on clean energy and reversing deforestation. “This is a COP of implementation,” said Corrêa do Lago. “I hope it will be remembered as a COP of adaptation, a COP of advancing climate integration with economic activity and generation of jobs, and above all, a COP which will hear and believe in science.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. The latest COP is the first in several years not to be heavily clouded by the smoke and scandal of petrostate hosts. The last two climate summits, held in the UAE and Azerbaijan, two nations heavily reliant on state-owned oil conglomerates for government revenue, were hit with scandals alleging subterfuge and coordination between the chiefs of negotiations and fossil fuel interests seeking to weaken any global agreement. Brazil, an oil-producing state, is by no means immune to industry influence either. “Brazil is hosting COP30. Why is it still drilling for oil?” asked the award-winning Brazilian journalist, Cândida Schaedler, in a post published Monday, noting that Lula recently approved a plan by the state-owned company, Petrobras, to start drilling in a sensitive Amazonian region, at the mouth of the Amazon River. New oil exploration project greenlighted at the mouth of the Amazon River Even so, at this year’s COP, the heaviest pressures on the negotiators will likely come from outside. The United States, the world’s largest historical emitter, has spurned the talks entirely, after withdrawing from the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5° C. China’s President Xi Jinping and Nahrenda Modi of India, will not attend the Brazil summit, either – topping off the list of the world’s three largest polluters. Fears of US influence hover over talks A fear of US influence from Washington looms over the talks despite the fact that Washington is not sending a team. Recently, the Trump administration used intimidation and economic threats to derail a landmark deal to cut global shipping emissions. And the US administration employed similar tactics at the failed plastics treaty negotiations in Geneva in August. “Although climate change will hurt poor people more than anyone else, for the vast majority of them, it will not be the only or even the biggest threat to their lives and welfare. The biggest problems are poverty and disease, just as they always have been,” Gates wrote in a provocative new memo, roundly criticised by climate scientists for minimising the damage warming could do. Following the Gates memo, US President Donald Trump declared on social media: “I (WE!) just won the War on the Climate Change Hoax,” taking aim at Gates’ argument for a change in the framing of climate change from a “doomsday view” to a more optimistic framing of a crisis with billions of livelihoods in the balance. “Bill Gates has finally admitted that he was completely WRONG on the issue,” declared the US president, who has frequently called climate change “the greatest con job ever perpetrated”. US President Donald Trump removed the country from the Paris Agreement for a second time, cancelling his predecessor’s commitments to cut US emissions by 61% to 66% below 2005 levels by 2035. Lula: ‘defeat the denialists’ Brazil’s Lula has sought to frame COP30 as a direct counterpoint to forces such as the US administration. European Union officials have taken a similar tack. The bloc’s chief negotiator, Jacob Werksman, said last week COP30 must press on against the “strong counter-narrative that’s coming from a particular part of the world, suggesting that climate change is a hoax.” In an indirect swipe at the US in his opening remarks, Lula referred to a coalition of ‘denialists’ which he said: “reject not only the evidence and science,” but attack multilateralism, spread “hatred and fear,” and “attack institutions, science and universities.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. He spoke from experience. The nation’s previous president, Jair Bolsonaro, like Trump, dismissed climate change as a hoax, and deforestation in the Brazilian Amazon reached record heights. Bolsonaro was recently sentenced to 27 years in prison for organising a coup against Lula. Under Lula’s presidency, Brazil’s emissions fell nearly 17% last year – the biggest drop in 15 years – as the government cracked down on illegal deforestation. Whether the United States – which has never truly stepped into the climate leadership role its historical emissions would suggest – might one day follow a similar path from climate denial back to engagement remains an open question. But Brazil’s transformation demonstrates how climate policies can swing dramatically when governments change. And at the same time, Lula has tread a fine political line between his supporters and opponents. This was reflected in his signing of the “devastation bill” in August. The new legislation approved by the Brazilian parliament, removed many of the legal safeguards around the environmental review of new development, although the Brazilian leader vetoed some of its most damaging provisions. Green as the ‘growth story of the 21st century’ UNFCCC chief Simon Stiell addresses the opening plenary. As green technology surges ahead, however, climate denial is increasingly at odds with basic economics, the optimists point out. While the US retreats from climate leadership, China is moving to consolidate its dominance in renewable energy manufacturing and deployment, positioning itself to dominate the energy markets of the future. “The economics of this transition are as indisputable as the costs of inaction,” UN Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell told delegates. “Solar and wind are now the lowest-cost power in 90% of the world. Renewables overtook coal this year as the world’s top energy source.” “This is the growth story of the 21st Century, the economic transformation of our age,” Stiell said. “Those opting out or taking baby steps face stagnation and higher prices, while other economies surge ahead.” ‘Climate justice invoice’ But translating that economic momentum into the financing needed for a global transition remains the central – and likely insurmountable – challenge of COP30. At the opening ceremony of COP30, outgoing president Mukhtar Babayev presented delegates with an “invoice for climate justice”, a document outlining the minimum financial commitments required from wealthy nations. The invoice includes: $40 billion in urgent adaptation finance by 2025, tripling climate funds to $5.1 billion by 2030, and the $300 billion annual pledge by 2035 that emerged from last year’s negotiations. The total, including the aspirational $1.3 trillion annual climate funding target in the Baku finance deal? Several trillion. ‘Invoice for climate justice’ shown on stage by outgoing COP29 president Mukhtar Babayev. The invoice is addressed specifically to what are known as Annex II countries under the UN climate convention: 39 developed nations identified in 1992 when the framework was first opened for signing. These include the United States, European Union members, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, and a handful of others. But the US, historically the world’s largest emitter and responsible for roughly 40% of climate finance under this framework, has walked away from the table. The gap in the $1.3 trillion annual target agreed in Baku created by a US exit breaks the math: The EU and other Annex II nations cannot shoulder $1.3 trillion, or even the scaled-back $300bn commitment, on their own. This leads to the second, politically fraught problem that has plagued environmental negotiations from plastics, to biodiversity and climate alike for years: several of the world’s wealthiest nations – China, Russia, South Korea, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Poland, the United Arab Emirates, and Mexico – are classified as developing countries under the 1992 framework. They are not obligated to contribute climate finance, and they have so far largely refused to do so voluntarily. Since then, China’s cumulative emissions have surpassed the EU’s while it has become the world’s second-largest economy. Early drafts of the Baku agreement proposed expanding the donor list to include some of these nations. That language was quietly dropped from the final text, leaving the donor list unchanged. Fair share of total climate finance contributions by donor bloc, according to the Center for Global Development. China, the world’s largest annual emitter, contributes approximately $3.8 billion per year in climate finance, a fraction of what it would owe under a system based on current emissions or economic capacity. It does provide developing nations with cheap green technology, but resists any formal obligation to pay into global climate funds. Analysis by the Center for Global Development suggests that by 2030, non-Annex II nations should collectively shoulder around 30% of total climate finance, with Annex II countries covering the remaining 70%. Even the $300 billion target, however, remains distant. Current climate finance flows are estimated between $28 billion, according to Oxfam, which excludes loans, and $116 billion by OECD figures, which count loans equally with grants. The $1.3tn economists say is needed grows more remote with each passing year as inflation and continued warming increase the cost of adaptation and mitigation. The Baku agreement also made a key compromise to get it over the line: leaving unresolved whether loans should count toward the finance target. Loans currently make up two-thirds of climate finance for the Global South, with some countries, like France, providing 86% of their climate finance through loans. If this loan-to-grant ratio continues, approximately $200 billion of the $300 billion 2035 target would come as loans rather than grants, which developing countries argue perpetuates rather than solves their debt crises. “We now need to put the Baku to Belém roadmap to work to start moving towards the 1.3 trillion,” Stiell said. Billions of lives, species, and nations Brazil’s COP30 presidency chose the Amazon city of Belém in an effort to remind negotiators of the planet they are fighting to protect, The planet warming in line with the latest projections is a matter of life and death for billions of people, species, and nations. Over half a million people have died every year due to heat exposure over the past decade. Millions die due to air pollution. Conflicts drive resource wars, while droughts cause famine and displacement. Extreme weather destroys homes, while sea level rise threatens nations themselves. The UNHCR’s latest report, released on the opening day of the summit, adds to the reality just decades away – or already here – for the world’s most vulnerable populations. “Three in every four refugees and other displaced people fleeing war and persecution now live in countries that are highly vulnerable to climate-related hazards,” UNHCR chief Filippo Grandi said. “These communities face an impossible reality – they are being hit harder by more devastating floods, longer droughts and periods of extreme heat, without the means to adapt, recover and rebuild.” Of the 117 million people displaced by conflict today, around 75% – 86 million – are exposed to extreme weather. The one million refugees who returned home in the first half of this year returned to countries highly vulnerable to more of the climate impacts that displaced them in the first place. “Whilst mega droughts wreck national harvests, sending food prices soaring, it makes zero sense, economically or politically, to squabble while famines take hold, forcing millions to flee their homelands – this will never be forgotten,” Stiell said. “As conflicts spread while climate disasters decimate the lives of millions when we already have the solutions this will never, ever be forgiven.” “We have already agreed that transition pathways must be inclusive and just, covering whole economies and societies,” the UNFCCC chief added. “Now we must agree on concrete steps to turn aspirations into actions.” COP ‘Health Day’ to launch the Bélem Action Plan for health sector Nearly one-eighth of the global population does not have access to health facilities with reliable electricity. Health will have its own featured day at the conference, on the COP30 Health Day this Thursday. Proponents hope this year’s high-level event will create more of a buzz than last year’s COP29 in Baku, where the marquee Health Day event took place in a cramped, windowless meeting room with just a few dozen attendees in person and online. This year’s day will focus on the launch of the Belém Health Action Plan – a blueprint for health sector adaptation to climate change. A key political objective of the Action Plan, however, is to integrate by 2028 member state progress reports into the broader COP “Global Stocktake” mechanism – ending years of health sector isolation from mainstream climate monitoring and reporting. Specifically, the Action plan aims to support stronger health sector surveillance of climate-sensitive disease trends, integration of “climate adaptation and resilience measures into all levels of health care,” strengthen the health care workforce and support “Innovation, Production, and Digital Health.” Buried under that last rubric is a call to support “investments in sustainable investments in sustainable innovation and technology to provide uninterrupted operation of health care services during extreme climate events.” And that, finally, includes “energy-efficient solutions, renewable energy sources, safe water supply and sanitation, and logistics systems in health facilities to strengthen operational resilience.” Translated, that means supporting shifts to more sustainable and reliable energy systems for energy-starved health systems in the global South, where some 1 billion people are served by health facilities with inadequate energy services, and 12-15% of facilities in South-East Asia and Africa have no electricity at all. Applied to high-income settings, the same strategies that lead to long-term reductions in health sector climate emissions, estimated at 5% of the global total. Central and eastern Africa have the highest proportion of health facilities with no electricity access – 50% or more in some regions. Critics have complained that the Bélem Action Plan is still far too tame – focusing primarily on adaptation in the health sector rather than on the millions of lives that climate mitigation can save through the simultaneous reduction of air pollution, the fostering of greener urban areas that enable physical activity, and healthier low-carbon diets. Even so, if the Bélem plan can help catapult health issues into the mainstream of talks, that would be a significant gain after decades of fighting for recognition. “The plan provides a detailed roadmap of adaptation measures to protect lives and livelihoods against the impacts of climate change, from early warning systems, to improving collaboration across sectors and health systems, to providing health workers with the tools to respond to climate impacts,” said the former WHO and Australian government advisor, Arthur Wyns, in a recent LinkedIn Post, “It builds on the COP28 Declaration on Climate and Health, which was endorsed by 150 countries and sent a powerful political signal that countries are ready to do more in this area.” Bélem Action Plan Health pavilion to livestream events non-stop WHO is also hosting a Health Pavilion at COP30 in the official Blue Zone in collaboration with the UK-based Wellcome Trust, engaging dozens of global health, finance and environmental partners from the International Energy Agency to the Asian Development Bank, not to mention local governmental, non-profit and youth alliances. Events livestreamed almost non-stop throughout the two weeks of talks will showcase evidence and discuss solutions that optimise the health benefits of tackling climate change across regions of the world; key sectors from transport to food production and health; and in cities as well as rural areas. “A sick planet means sick people,” WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told delegates at the COP high-level opening today in Bélem. “The climate crisis is a health crisis – not in the future, but now. It is already spreading disease, worsening malnutrition, displacing communities, and claiming lives through heat, floods, fires, and pollution.” .@WHO thanks Brazil for hosting #COP30. If our planet were a patient, it would be admitted to intensive care. Our call at the COP30 Leaders’ Summit was simple: – put health at the centre of every climate decision– direct climate finance towards protecting lives and… pic.twitter.com/XGUelHP9yL — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) November 8, 2025 Beyond the political rhetoric, however, health-specific climate action remains severely underfunded, capturing only 2% of adaptation funding and 0.5% of multilateral climate funding, advocates point out. “Health is the strongest argument for climate action,” Tedros said. “It’s much easier to convince people of the need to protect their own health or that of their children, than to protect glaciers or ecosystems. Both are important. One is a lot closer to home.” “Put health at the centre of every climate decision. Direct climate finance towards protecting lives and livelihoods. And recognise health as a measure of climate ambition and success. Because there can be no healthy people on a sick planet.” The talks continue through November 21. –Elaine Ruth Fletcher contributed to reporting and editing. Image Credits: COP30, COP30, COP30, Eden FlahertySource: Agência Nacional do Petróleo, Gás Natural e Biocombustíveis, Center for Global Development, COP30, WHO, WHO . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
South Africa Launches Trial of First African-Made Cholera Vaccine 13/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan A child gets an oral cholera vaccine. South Africa aims to become the first African country to manufacture a cholera vaccine with the launch this week of a clinical trial of an oral vaccine developed by local company Biovac. The vaccine candidate was developed thanks to a technology transfer partnership between Biovac and the International Vaccine Institute in South Korea in 2022. At present, the only manufacturer of a cholera vaccine is EuBiologics in South Korea, which makes a vaccine marketed as Euvichol-Plus. This has severely constrained the global supply of cholera vaccines, leading to rationing and global shortages as cholera outbreaks have surged worldwide, spurred by waves of climate-related weather crises and conflict, particularly in Africa. This week, Biovac announced the launch a Phase 1 safety trial of the vaccine at the University of the Witwatersrand in Johannesburg. If the vaccine is deemed safe, in the larger Phase 3 study, the Biovac Oral Cholera Vaccine will be compared to Euvichol-Plus, EuBiologics vaccine. The only cholera vaccine in the world is made by South Korea’s EuBiologics. Biovac was assisted in developing its vaccine by a technology transfer agreement with the International Vaccine Institute in South Korea. “Biovac is proud to be manufacturing this vaccine entirely in South Africa, the first time in over fifty years that such a milestone has been achieved,” said company CEO Dr Morena Makhoana. Biovac has evolved from a vaccine distributor to a” full-scale manufacturing hub”, the company noted in a statement. “Vaccines manufactured in South Africa usually receive the active pharmaceutical ingredient from abroad, with the final vaccine being completed in South Africa (often referred to as ‘fill and finish’), but in this case, the vaccine candidate is being manufactured from start to end by Biovac,” the company added. “If the trials are successful, South Africa will become the first country on the continent to produce a cholera vaccine,” Makhoana said. “This development addresses a critical, life-saving need, given the ongoing global shortages of the vaccine amid recurring cholera outbreaks.” Depending on the trial outcomes, the vaccine could be approved and ready for use in Africa in 2028. Enhanced health security South African Minister of Health, Dr Aaron Motsoaledi, described the trial as “a historic milestone, not only for Biovac and our nation, but for the entire continent”. “Building local vaccine manufacturing capability is not a luxury; it is a national necessity. It strengthens our sovereignty, enhances our health security, and ensures that our people are not left behind when the next global health crisis strikes,” said Motsoaledi. “When we can research, develop, and manufacture vaccines locally, we reduce our vulnerability to supply chain disruptions, geopolitical pressures, international market competition and vaccine hoarding or vaccine nationalism, which was apparent during the height of COVID-19 pandemic.” The African Union has set a target for 60% of all routine vaccines used in Africa to be manufactured on the continent by 2030, a major advancement from today’s level of less than 1%. Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance, has put incentives in place for African-made vaccines, putting Biovac in a strong position to secure market share and making it a frontrunner in the bid to sell the vaccine to African countries and those who need it. Gavi’s African Vaccine Manufacturing Accelerator (AVMA) will make up to $1 billion available over the next 10 years to support the growth of Africa’s medicines and vaccines manufacturing base. The Biovac vaccine development project is supported by the Gates Foundation, Open Philanthropy, Wellcome, and the ELMA Vaccines & Immunization Foundation, among others. Florian von Groote, Wellcome’s head of clinical research (infectious disease), said that the trial “could be a major step in strengthening the African vaccine manufacturing landscape, showing that local manufacturers can make vaccines that meet the needs of communities on the continent. “Through long-term support and investment, local manufacturing can deliver accessible and affordable vaccines made by Africa, for Africa.” Image Credits: WHO. Global Philanthropies Commit $300 Million at COP30 Towards Climate And Health Solutions 13/11/2025 Disha Shetty London heat wave in June 2024; climate change has triggered more extreme heat events, and related mortality, in rich and poor countries alike. A $300 million investment in projects integrating health into climate action has been announced at the UN Climate Conference in Bélem, Brazil by a coalition of “Climate and Health Funders Coalition” which includes over 35 of the world’s leading philanthropies and foundations, including Rockefeller, Gates and Wellcome. This announcement was made at the high-level opening of the COP30 Health Day – where a new Bélem Health Action Plan was launched. The Action Plan aims to thrust climate adaptation for the health sector more squarely into the centre of climate actions and tracking, making it part of the global stocktaking exercise. “Adaptation is a question of survival in the short run,” declared Brazil’s Minister of Health, Alexandre Padilha, while launching the Action Plan. “The most recent Lancet Countdown Report on Climate and Health is clear – 3.3 to 3.6 billion people live in highly vulnerable climate areas – and hospitals [in those areas] face a 41% risk of suffering from extreme weather events. Alexandre Padilha, Brazilian Minister of Health, at COP30 Health Day “If you don’t adapt, it threatens the coverage of health services of patients and professionals who are already facing adverse conditions. If we don’t adapt, we are going to increase inequality. In short, if you don’t adapt, we will kill people,” he added. The funding coalition aims to “accelerate solutions, innovations, policies and research on extreme heat, air pollution and climate-sensitive infectious diseases,” the partners said in a press release Thursday. While the $300 million commitment may be a drop in the bucket of needs, the aim is to expand the fund, coalition members told Health Policy Watch: “It is just initial funding and we intend to bring in more philanthropies in the year ahead as well as work with other sectors to significantly increase funding for climate and health solutions,” said Garth Davies, a spokesperson for Wellcome. See related story: Brazil Wins Limited Backing for COP30 Climate-Health Plan, But Nations Commit No Finance COP30 is currently underway in Brazil’s Amazon region city of Belém. “The warnings from scientists on climate change have become reality. And, it is clear that not all people are affected equally”, said John-Arne Røttingen, Wellcome CEO. “The impacts of rising temperatures hit the most vulnerable people hardest – children, pregnant people, older people, outdoor workers and those communities with the least resources to respond. Every country in the world is now affected by climate change, and we need to develop and implement solutions fast to save lives and livelihoods.” “Every person should have the opportunity to live a healthy, productive life, no matter where they were born,” said Steve Davis, Senior Advisor for Philanthropic Partnerships at the Gates Foundation. “But a hotter world with less predictable and more extreme weather is threatening that vision for the future, particularly for people in low- and middle-income countries. Philanthropy has a unique role to play in contributing flexible funding to accelerate innovative solutions that protect health and help communities build resilience to climate shocks,” he said. Other big names in the development sector that have signed onto the coalition plan include: Bloomberg Philanthropies, Children’s Investment Fund Foundation, IKEA Foundation, Quadrature Climate Foundation, and Philanthropy Asia Alliance. Climate data and heat adaptation Women in Bangladesh queue for drinking water in the southwestern coastal region, facing increased saltwater intrusion linked to storm surges and sea level rise that climate change has worsened. The Coalition’s funds are aimed to “support” the Bélem Health Action Plan through funding of projects on the ground, Davies said, citing projects on: adaptation to extreme heat in India, collecting climate and weather data in Africa, and combating air pollution, whose emissions also contribute to climate change: “In extreme heat, one example organization the Coalition is supporting is the Indian nonprofit Self-Employed Women’s Association (SEWA). SEWA is the largest movement of informal workers in India – and one of the largest in the world – with over 3.2 million members. SEWA works to address the threats that extreme heat poses to health and livelihoods.” Another project receiving support is The African Centre of Meteorological Application for Development (ACMAD). It is the primary pan-African centre working to collect, analyze, and disseminate weather and climate data across the continent, supporting national meteorological agencies and governments in all 53 African countries. “By coming together to align our priorities and combine our resources, this coalition can accelerate solutions faster, reach more communities, and achieve greater impact. This is the power of collaboration: recognizing the urgency of the challenge and working as one to protect lives, strengthen health systems, and build resilience for communities around the world,” said Naveen Rao, Senior Vice President of Health at The Rockefeller Foundation, in the press release. Making the Bélem COP, a health COP Through the Belém Health Action Plan, officials want to make this COP, a “health COP.” Brazilian authorities have long said that they hope to make this COP a “health COP” – after it played a largely backstage role at COP29 in Azerbaijan. COP28 featured the first Health Day at a UN Climate Conference, with high-powered speakers like Bill Gates and then-US Climate Envoy John Kerry on the podium. While the health impacts of climate change have been intensifying, health has, however, remained on the fringes of mainstream COP debates and decisions. It remains to be see if the Belém Health Action Plan can win widespread political buy-in and finance to empower countries to make health a more central element in their climate action agendas in the health sector. Along with “adaptation”, however, the massive health benefits of mitigating climate change in other sectors from transport to energy production and housing, have yet to be formally recognized by climate negotiators – benefits that could save tens of millions of lives across the coming decade, through reduced heat exposures, less air pollution, and more physical activity as well as healthier diets and food security. “The health consequences of climate change are mounting, and they fall hardest on communities least equipped to respond. By supporting the Climate and Health Funders Coalition, we’re working to build health systems that are resilient, equitable, and prepared for the challenges ahead,” said Jess Ayers, CEO of the Quadrature Climate Foundation. Image Credits: Abir Abdullah / Climate Visuals, Alastair Johnstone / Climate Visuals, X/@Cop30noBrasil, X/@Cop30noBrasil. New Malaria Drug Candidate Exceeds Cure Rate for Standard ACTs in Phase 3 Trial 12/11/2025 Felix Sassmannshausen GanLum Phase 3 trial results presented at ASTMH annual conference in Toronto. From right to left: David Fidock, American Society of Tropical Medicine; George Jagoe, MMV; Ruairidh Villar, Novartis; Sujata Vaidyanathan; Novartis; Abdoulaye Djimdé, University of Sciences Techniques and Technologies, Bamako, Mali. The 97% cure rate for the novel compound, ganaplacide/lumefantrine in a recent Phase 3 trial offers hope for continued progress rolling back malaria even as resistance to artemisinin combination therapies (ACT) escalates. A next-generation antimalarial drug GanLum (ganaplacide/lumefantrine, KLU156) slightly outperformed a standard of care Artemisinin Combination Therapy (ACT) in a recent Phase 3 trial – offering new hope that recent gains against malaria can be maintained and advanced despite growing parasite resistance to current treatments. The randomised controlled trial (RCT) involving over 1,600 participants across 12 Sub-Saharan African Countries demonstrated a +97% cure rate for GanLum, as compared to 94% for the ACT, Coartem©, in the control arm of the trial, said the pharma firm Novartis. The results were published Wednesday following an embargoed briefing at the annual conference of the American Society for Tropical Medicine and Health (ASTMH) in Toronto, including Novartis co-developer, Medicines for Malaria Venture (MMV), lead trial coordinator, Abdoulaye Djimdé, and ASTMH President, David Fidock. The trial is all the more significant insofar as it tested efficacy against malaria caused by the most deadly parasite, Plasmodium falciparum (P. falciparum). The Phase 3 trial results confirm the efficacy as well as safety of GanLum. P. falciparum is responsible for almost all malaria-related deaths worldwide. African countries bear the heaviest burden, accounting for an estimated 95% of the 597,000 malaria-related deaths globally in 2023. After falling dramatically from 2000 to 2015, malaria deaths and infections, which mainly occur in children under 5 years old, have increased. The 2023 levels of 263 million cases and 597,000 deaths reflect the sharp rise seen since 2016 when there were 216 million malaria cases and 445,000 deaths. “GanLum could represent the biggest advance in malaria treatment for decades,” declared Djimdé, Professor of Parasitology and Mycology at the Bamako University of Science, Techniques and Technologies in Mali. Djimdé coordinates the West African Network for Clinical Trials of Antimalarial Drugs (WANECAM), which was a lead partner in the GanLum trial. The trial, which included 34 sites across West and Central Africa along with others in Zambia, Kenya, Uganda, Tanzanina, and one site in India, began in March 2024 and concluded in June 2025. “After the successful Phase 3 trial, we will submit the drug for regulatory approval as soon as possible,“ said George Jagoe, Executive Vice President at Medicines for Malaria Venture (MMV), the Geneva-based non-profit product development partnership. “We hope to see it within a year, year and a half, in the hands of countries and eventually in patients.” Volunteer healthworkers collect supplies during a seasonal malaria chemoprevention campaign in Nigeria. Initial regulatory approval is expected to be sought in Switzerland via Swissmedic. But the aim is to kickstart national regulatory procedures in the Sub-Saharan Africa region as well, added Vaidyanathan. The drug would be made available on a ‘largely not-for-profit’ basis in low- and middle-income countries, MMV said, in accordance with agreements signed with Novartis. The next-generation drug GanLum combines the novel non-artemisinin compound ganaplacide (KAF156), with an updated formulation of lumefantrine (LUM-SDF), also used in standard ACTs. Ganaplacide was initially identified by Novartis through high-throughput screening of 2.3 million compounds in San Diego, California, funded by MMV and the Wellcome Trust. Together, the components target multiple stages of the malaria parasite’s life cycle and can prevent transmission. Ganaplacide disrupts the parasite’s internal protein transport system, which is essential for its survival inside red blood cells. It is also effective against the mature sexual stages of the parasite (gametocytes), as explained by Sujata Vaidyanathan, Head of the Global Health Development Unit at Novartis. This blocks them from spreading to other human hosts via mosquito bites. Meanwhile, lumefantrine prevents the parasite from re-emerging in the human’s body at a later stage. Trial confirms efficacy and safety A doctor at a district hospital in Ifakara, Tanzania treating a malaria patient. Nearly 600,000 people annually still die from the disease, mostly in Africa. The trial involved randomised testing of the GanLum against the control drug Coartem©, a gold standard for treatment, on 1,688 adults and children weighing at least 10 kg and aged at least two years with acute, uncomplicated malaria, across 34 sites in the 12 African countries where it was tested. The primary objective of the Phase 3 trial was to demonstrate that KLU156 is non-inferior to Coartem© (artemether-lumefantrine), as measured by the PCR-corrected cure rate on day 29 of treatment. According to data provided by Novartis, GanLum achieved an efficacy of 97.4% using the “estimand” framework. The current standard of care with ACTs has a rate of 94%. The “estimand” method is a conservative approach to results, required to support regulatory submissions, which considers patients that discontinue the study or for whom PCR data is missing at the time of the primary analysis to have failed the treatment. Regarding the side effects, expert Djimdé said: “As with any drug, there are certain expected side effects. However, this was a randomised trial, and the safety profile is comparable to that of the reference compound. So it is absolutely fine to be put in the hands of patients.” Hope in face of drug resistance and funding cuts Mapping of parsasite resistance to artemisin, the key active ingredient in component in ACTs. This new drug combination is a vital advance in the fight against malaria. Progress had recently stalled due to global health funding cuts and the conflict-linked displacement of many malaria-prone populations. In addition, extreme weather events caused by climate change have damaged public health infrastructure and enabled malaria parasites to spread to new regions. The emergence of partial resistance to artemisinin-based combination therapies (ACTs), threatens to undo years of progress. According to the WHO, this could result in an additional 78 million malaria cases over five years in a business as usual scenario. MMV’s Jagoe described reports of resistance in several countries in Central and Eastern Africa, such as Rwanda and Uganda, as “smoke signals’’, adding. “It is a huge relief that we can now think about a brighter future,“ he said. “We finally have a fire extinguisher ready.” The intention is not to abandon artemisinin-based treatments, but rather to add an effective new weapon to the fight against malaria. Significantly, GanLum also targets mutations of the parasite that are markers of drug resistance. Crucial step in long road toward elimination Animation of the ganaplacide molecule that is a key component of the novel antimalarial combination drug GanLum. The experts presenting the Phase 3 trial results described tremendous excitement over the results – a crucial step forward in the fight against malaria. “I’m very, very excited, and very pleased to see the results of this GanLum trial”, said Jagoe from MMV. However, after approval, the drug will still have to prove its efficacy in the field. Challenges to overcome And there are major challenges to overcome. The trial was initially designed to include children weighing over 5 kg and aged over two months. That is because infants and toddlers, especially those in the lowest weight category, typically have the highest mortality rates, particularly in areas with moderate to high transmission rates. However, since reported prevalence is often lower, the age, and weight thresholds of the trial were increased in a pragmatic move to identify trial participants and accelerate the process of testing the new drug. But the intention is to trial the drug on children between 5 and 10 kg in weight and 2 months and 2 years in age – as soon as it becomes feasible. As a Novartis spokesperson explained in an interview with Health Policy Watch, “We are committed to supporting the youngest children.” Novartis recently received approval for Coartem Baby, a malaria drug designed for newborns and young infants, also co-developed with MMV. See related story here. Ghanaian Newborns First to Get New Malaria Medication While the road to a single-dose curative treatment for malaria, often referred to as the Holy Grail, remains elusive, GanLum also represents a step forward on that score. It is administered as a daily sachet of granules for three consecutive days. Standard antimalarial therapy with ACTs involves taking medication twice daily for three days. This complex regimen is known to result in suboptimal patient adherence – wiith a third or more of patients failing to complete regimes in the real-world. This reduces the effectiveness of the drug and increases the likelihood of partial resistance. A potential single-dose treatment, also unveiled at the ASTMH, could significantly improve adherence as well as fighting parasite resistance, its proponents say. The single-dose treatment combining four known anti-malarials – sulfadoxine, pyrimethamine, artesunate and pyronaridine (SPAP) — was trialed on 539 patients in Gabon with uncomplicated malaria, including children under the age of 10, as compared to another 442 people who received the standard ACT. Some 93% of patients who received the single dose cure were free of parasites after 28 days, as compared to 90% of those who received the standard ACT. “We found that our single-dose treatment was just as effective as the standard course that typically requires taking six doses spaced out over three days, which many patients never complete,” said Ghyslain Mombo-Ngoma, MD, PhD, lead author of the study and head of clinical operations at the Medical Research Center of Lambaréné, Gabon (known by its French acronym CERMEL). Image Credits: Novartis, Health Policy Watch , Novartis , Munira Ismail_MSH, Peter Mgongo, WHO . Aid Cuts Jeopardise 2024’s Slight Global Progress Against Tuberculosis 12/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan A tuberculosis patient in Mozambique celebrates completed her treatment with a community health worker sponsored by USAID funds, which has since been slashed. Last year, the global battle to reduce tuberculosis infections and deaths showed small signs of recovery following three disruptive COVID-19 years – but this year’s precipitous drop in development aid is likely to cause new setbacks, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). TB killed 1.23 million people in 2024 and made 10.7 million people sick in 2024, according to the Global TB Report 2025 released by the WHO on Wednesday (12 November). There was a tiny 3% decline in deaths and a 1% decline in new infections last year in comparison to the previous year. But the impact of the precipitous drop in development aid, particularly from the United States since January, is not reflected in the report, which tracks data from 2024, noting only that: “Cuts to international donor funding from 2025 onwards threaten overall funding for the TB response in many countries.” Speaking at a WHO press conference Wednesday, Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus described as “good news” the decline in new TB cases and deaths. “Meanwhile, the number of people being tested and treated is increasing and research is advancing for the first time in over a century. New effective TB vaccine for adolescents and adults are within reach,” Tedros said, noting that 18 vaccine candidates are currently in clinical development, including six in Phase 3 trials. “Despite all this good news… TB still killed more than 1.2 million people in 2024 which for a disease that’s preventable and curable is simply unconscionable,” Tedros said, adding that, “funding cuts to international aid in many low and middle income countries threaten to reverse the hard won gains we see. “It’s therefore vital that countries step up domestic resource allocation, alongside international funding.” Just eight countries account for 67% of TB cases: India (25%), Indonesia (10%), the Philippines (6.8%), China (6.5%), Pakistan (6.3%), Nigeria (4.8%), the Democratic Republic of the Congo (3.9%) and Bangladesh (3.6%). ‘Concerning trends’ WHO TB director Dr Tereza Kasaeva. The WHO has already seen “some concerning trends” for 2025, particularly in the highest burden, low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) that have been “heavily dependent on international donor funding”, said Dr Tereza Kasaeva, WHO director for HIV, TB, Hepatitis and STIs. These include disruptions to access to TB treatment, diagnosis and prevention; problems with monitoring and reporting, drug delivery, sample transportation, and “one of the biggest impacts”, community engagement, she told a media briefing before the launch. The report notes that estimates of the impact of the funding cuts, particularly by the US, include “about half a million additional deaths and 1.4 million additional cases in the period 2025–2035 if USAID funding is not replaced, increasing to about two million additional deaths and five million additional cases when cuts in contributions to the Global Fund are also considered”. Least progress made in funds mobilisation Even before the funding cuts, progress in achieving TB goals fell far short of global targets. The worst-performing targets for 2024 relate to funds mobilisation. Only $5.9 billion of 2027’s $22 billion target for TB treatment had been collected, and slightly more than 20% of the $5.5 billion research target for 2027 has been achieved. Despite the lack of resaerch funds, the WHO notes that development pipeline is strong. “As of August 2025, 63 diagnostic tests were in development and 29 drugs were in clinical trials – up from just eight in 2015. Additionally, 18 vaccine candidates are undergoing clinical trials, including six in Phase 3.” Drop in deaths Since 2015, there has been a 29% drop in deaths – but the target was a 75% reduction by this year. However, two WHO regions have done substantially better than the global average: Europe, which cut deaths by 49% by 2024; and Africa, with a 46% reduction in deaths, mainly as a result of better outcomes for people coinfected with HIV. Similarly, there has only been a 12% drop in TB incidence against a global target of 50% between 2015 and 2025. However, Europe achieved a 39% decrease and Africa, a 28% decrease. In contrast, TB incidence has risen by 5% or more in Indonesia, Myanmar and the Philippines. Meanwhile, 47% of households with people living with TB face “catastrophic” health costs against a target of zero. However, Kasaeva noted that 8.3 million people who were newly diagnosed with TB in 2024 accessed treatment, “representing about 78% of the people who fell ill with the disease during that year”. In addition, the coverage of rapid testing for TB diagnosis increased from 48% in 2023 to 54%, while there was an 88% success rate for “treatment for drug-susceptible TB”. Building sustainable systems Dr Yogan Pillay, Gates Foundation’s director for HIV and TB. However, Dr Yogan Pillay, Gates Foundation’s director for HIV and TB delivery, said that several countries were “stepping up, both in increasing domestic financing and looking at other ways of delivering services” since the cuts in aid. He singled out Indonesia, Nigeria and South Africa for upping domestic financing for TB in the wake of cuts to global health financing. “That’s what we need to focus on now. How do we develop systems that are sustainable, including in low and middle-income countries?” Pillay asked. “We need to change the ways in which we do things so that we can sustain the gains that we’ve seen in the 2024 data, notwithstanding any funding cuts.” A significant proportion of the TB burden is driven by five major risk factors: undernutrition, HIV infection, alcohol abuse, smoking and diabetes, according to the report. “Tackling these issues, along with critical determinants like poverty and GDP per capita, requires coordinated multisectoral action,” according to the WHO. The report concludes by noting that, in the face of cuts to international donor funding from 2025, “political commitment and domestic funding in high TB burden countries are more important than ever”. Image Credits: Arnaldo Salomão Banze, ADPP Mozambique. Building Africa’s Health Sovereignty: From Dependence to Partnership 11/11/2025 Muhammad Ali Pate Ghana’s President John Mahama welcoming delegates to the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit In August, African leaders gathered in Accra, Ghana, to chart a path for the continent’s future in public health. Their message was unequivocal: Africa’s political independence is incomplete without the power to shape its own development – including the health of its people. The Africa Health Sovereignty Summit was a demand to break free from the dependency that has stunted the continent’s ability to safeguard the health of its own people. History shows why these matters. At the height of the AIDS crisis, lifesaving drugs reached Africa only years after they were standard in the West, costing countless lives to a treatable virus. During the COVID-19 pandemic, wealthy nations stockpiled vaccines in excess – even for low-risk groups – while African countries scrambled to secure doses for their most vulnerable. It was a stark reminder that the self-interest of the rich can override the basic needs of the poor. International funding has played a pivotal role in advancing Africa’s health. From the Global Fund to the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), to GAVI, external support has not only saved lives but also improved livelihoods, extended life expectancy, and strengthened economies. Inequities in global health architecture Biden-era US officials hand donated mpox vaccines to Nigerian health officials. That solidarity deserves recognition, but it must be retooled to truly serve Africa. Today, many inequities remain embedded in the current global health architecture. Investment frameworks are typically drawn up in Geneva or Washington, rather than in Accra or Nairobi. Funding rises and falls with the politics of donor nations. That imbalance also shapes perception. Our continent of 1.4 billion people – dynamic, youthful, and skilful – is still too often seen as a recipient of charity. Even when African scientists lead, as South African researchers did by sequencing the COVID-19 variant called Omicron, they are treated as recipients rather than equal partners. That not only limits Africa’s potential but also leaves the whole world more vulnerable to the next pandemic. The way forward is clear: Africa must invest in its own health with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance. Healthy citizens are the foundation of innovation, stability, and prosperity. Each dollar invested in health paves the path to wealth, multiplying productivity and resilience. New kind of solidarity Dr Muhammed Ali Pate addressing Nigeria’s high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. Some governments are charting the path forward. Last month in Nigeria, we convened a high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. The initiative brought together government officials, development partners, civil society, academia, and the private sector to design sustainable approaches to financing healthcare for all in Nigeria. This builds on Nigeria’s leadership in advancing universal health coverage (UHC). In the Abuja 2001 Declaration and the Abuja+12 Declaration, member states pledged to increase domestic financing for health to build stronger and more self-reliant health systems. At the 78th World Health Assembly this year, countries adopted a Nigeria-sponsored initiative aimed at strengthening global health financing and accelerating progress toward long-standing commitments to achieve UHC. The message from Accra and Abuja is not isolation or a call for donor retreat, but for a new kind of solidarity. Donors can continue to play a critical role by investing with us to address pressing health needs, while building robust, resilient, and sustainable health infrastructure that supports countries in managing transitions away from perpetual dependence. The aim is not disengagement but transformation – from recipients of aid to equal partners. Continental blueprint The Accra gathering offered a continental blueprint for the future of health engagement with international partners. Nigeria’s September dialogue aimed to anchor it in national reality. Together, the two initiatives reflect a new mood: Africans insisting on authorship of their own health future. The rest of the world should welcome this. A sovereign Africa, healthier and stronger, is in the interest of humanity. Pandemics know no borders; health insecurity in one corner of the continent is insecurity everywhere in the world. Supporting Africa’s health sovereignty is not just about “helping countries,” it is also enlightened self-interest. The Accra Summit and Nigeria’s dialogue point the way forward for Africa’s public health. To get there, we must act with urgency to strengthen South–South cooperation and collaboration, forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. Unified vision African Union leaders and Rwanda’s Ministry of Health signed an agreement to establish the African Medicines Agency’s first headquarters in Kigali, in June 2023. A single continental medicines agency will speed up approvals of medicines across the continent. This pivotal moment calls for bold African leadership – one that articulates a unified vision and drives coordinated action on regional health priorities. At the core of this transformation is the creation of a dynamic health ecosystem that integrates the public and private sectors across the entire value chain – from research and development to manufacturing, distribution, and healthcare delivery. True health sovereignty will remain elusive until Africa establishes a vibrant intra-continental health market capable of producing, regulating, and procuring its own medical products and technologies. The African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) must serve as the backbone of this vision, enabling the seamless movement of health goods, services, and expertise across borders, unlocking economies of scale, and spurring investment in local industries. By taking these decisive steps, Africa can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate has been Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare since 2023. He was also the country’s Minister of State for Health between 2011 and 2013, prior to which he was the executive director of Nigeria’s National Primary Health Care Development Agency. He has also been a professor of public health leadership at Harvard University, and held various positions at the World Bank Group. Image Credits: WHO, Nigeria Federal Ministry of Health and Welfare, Rwanda Ministry of Health. Dental Amalgam Set to Be Phased out by 2034 to Reduce Toxic Mercury Exposures 11/11/2025 Disha Shetty Dental amalgam used to fill tooth cavities is set to be phased out by 2034 to reduce toxic exposures to mercury. Mercury-containing dental amalgam, used to fill cavities, is set to be phased out globally by 2034 to reduce human exposure to the toxic heavy metal. The decision was taken by the 153 parties to the Minamata Convention on Mercury at the Sixth Conference of Parties (COP-6) that took place last week in Geneva. While 50 countries, including the European Union’s 27 member states, have already phased out dental amalgam, typically a mix of liquid mercury and silver, many countries, including the United States, continue to allow the use of the amalgam in dental procedures. Mercury is a highly toxic element and exposure to even small quantities of it can cause developmental delays in children as well as affect the nervous, digestive and immune systems, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). “Use of dental amalgam poses several challenges, including exposure to mercury of dental practitioners, also the cost challenges related to disposal of dental amalgam, and also mercury emissions from crematoria,” said Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary of the Minamata Convention, a global treaty adopted in 2013 to protect both humans and the environment from the adverse effects of mercury. Alternatives to the amalgam include composite resin, glass ionomer, ceramics and gold. Mercury in artisanal mining and cosmetics the focus of other COP6 initiatives Countries that have phased out dental amalgam. Stankiewicz spoke at a press conference on Monday, discussing the outcomes of COP6. Parties to the Convention also agreed to step up efforts to address mercury exposures in artisanal gold mining. They will also collaborate to reduce the availability of cosmetics with mercury. While such cosmetics are banned, they are available online, experts said. This year’s COP drew some 1000 in-person participants to Geneva as well as several thousand online. The convention, named after the Japanese city of Minamata, alludes to the neurological disease that drew global attention to the issue in 1956, when several thousand Japanese residents of the city were diagnosed with symptoms of severe mercury poisoning, due to their consumption of fish and shellfish exposed to high methylmercury levels in wastewater emissions from a nearby chemical plant. The Convention, adopted in 2013, came into force in 2017. Since the first Conference of the Parties in 2017, more restrictions on mercury use have progressively been added, based on the support and willingness of countries. “The issue of dental amalgam has been discussed also in the past two COPs,” Stankiewicz said. “So, it’s a third COP that the parties have been negotiating the matter. And then each of the COPs, certain measures were adopted to dramatically reduce the use of dental amalgam. So, the convention already includes a number of measures that restrict the use.” The decision to phase out dental amalgam worldwide received strong support from US Secretary of Health and Human Services Robert F Kennedy Jr, an environmental lawyer, who appeared before the COP’s opening session on 3 November via video link. However, he also criticised the continued use of thiomersal, a preservative used in some vaccines that contains a derivative of mercury called ethylmercury. “Why do we hold a double standard for mercury? Why do we call it dangerous in batteries, in over-the-counter medications, and makeup – but acceptable in vaccines and dental fillings,” Kennedy asked as the discussions kicked off on November 3. While the US FDA has recently banned the use of thiomersal, the WHO has continued to call it safe to use. With regards to the phase out of amalgam, some countries at this year’s COP, including a bloc of African states, called for speeding up the timeline to ban the production, import and export of amalgam by 2030 – arguing that they lacked facilities to safely manage mercury waste. But they were met with resistance from other countries, including the United Kingdom and India, which considered the date as too ambitious. The UK allows for amalgam although its use is banned for children under the age of 15, pregnant or breastfeeding women. Gold mining – a ‘just transition’ Crushing gold ore in Guinea before pouring in mercury and burning the mixture to produce pure gold. Countries also discussed new measures to phase out mercury use in artisanal and small-scale gold mining – an occupation that continues to draw poor communities in developing countries, given the high price of gold. The discussions took place just before the UN climate change conference (COP30) convened Monday (10-21 November) in the Amazonian city of Belém – one of the world’s regions where artisanal and small-scale gold mining exposes communities and the sensitive rain forest that they inhabit to dangerous levels of mercury emissions. Artisanal gold extraction involves mixing mercury with crushed rocks of gold ore, then heating the amalgam to vaporize the mercury, leaving the gold behind. The process exposes workers, including women and children, to severe health risks through inhalation of mercury vapor, as well as releasing methylmercury into the environment, which can bioaccumulate in the food chain. Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer, Minamata Convention. “The COP strengthened its commitment to addressing the challenges of artisanal and small-scale gold mining, otherwise referred to as ASGM, through acknowledging the need for a just transition for miners. So, this is supporting fair, inclusive and sustainable alternatives,” said Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer of the Minamata Convention. While no specific decision was taken, parties to the convention agreed to support new technologies and other measures to phase out the use of mercury and related toxic exposures. This pathway, conference participants stressed, is preferable to banning ASGM altogether, which would turn the miners into criminals. “This [discussion] does empower countries who have the mandatory obligation to develop national action plans under the Convention to consider measures of how they would look at the just transition (away from mercury use in artisanal mining) in their national action plans,” Koekkoek added. WHO to help draw up a strategy for mercury phase-out in public health systems Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary, Minamata Convention. For the next COP, scheduled in 2027, the WHO has been invited to prepare a strategy on mercury phase-out in cosmetics. This strategy would focus on advice to countries about measures to prevent the use, manufacture, import and export of mercury-contaminated cosmetics. “It could be then used domestically by parties, and also on that basis, prepare appropriate documentation to our COP in 2027,” Stankiewicz said. WHO has been a longtime observer to the Convention, and historically active in measures such as phasing out mercury-containing thermometers and other medical devices used by health systems. The parties to the convention also agreed to look more closely at the global mercury supply chain, sharing relevant information. An expert group has been constituted that would look more closely at the manufacture, use and trade in specific mercury compounds, as compared to elemental mercury, which has largely been the focus to date. Image Credits: Unsplash/Navy Medicine, European Network for Environmental Medicine, Planet Gold . African Countries Affirm Support for Multilateral Pandemic Agreement Amid Pressure to Make Bilateral Deals with US 11/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Zimbabwe, speaking for WHO Africa member states plus Egypt, Sudan, Somalia and Libya, committed to a multilateral pathogen system. African countries want information about pathogens with the potential to cause pandemics to be shared “exclusively” through a global system currently being negotiated at the World Health Organization (WHO) – yet at the same time, their governments are under pressure to agree to bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) with the United States that will trade their pathogen information for health aid. “We envision a PABS [Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing] system that ensures that all PABS materials and sequence information flow exclusively through the [WHO] system,” said Zimbabwe, speaking on behalf of 50 African member states. He was addressing the Intergovernmental Working Group (IGWG), charged with negotiating the PABS system, at the end of last week’s text-based negotiations. Once agreed, the PABS system will become an annex to the WHO’s Pandemic Agreement, setting out how information about pathogens with pandemic potential is shared in a safe, transparent and accountable manner, and how those who share this information will benefit from vaccines, diagnostics and therapeautics that are developed as a result. Under pressure from the US However, the US government is currently negotiating MOUs with several African countries that aim to compel them to share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” in exchange for aid to address HIV, tuberculosis and malaria, Health Policy Watch reported exclusively last week. Several countries have little power to refuse the terms of the MOUs as they face mounting deaths and illness of their citizens without resources to buy essential antiretroviral, TB and malaria medication, mosquito nets and other medical necessities. The loss of aid from the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), combined with a 24% reduction from other large donors, is predicted to “cause an additional 4·43 to 10·75 million new HIV infections and 0·77 to 2·93 million HIV-related deaths between 2025 and 2030 compared with the status quo,” according to a modelling study published in The Lancet in May. The MOUs are part of the US’s new America First Global Health Strategy, which is based on “keeping America safe, strong and prosperous”. However, several health leaders have expressed concern that sharing the information of dangerous pathogen via numerous bilateral agreements, rather than via one centralised PABS system under the WHO, will slow down the world’s response to future pandemics. Undermine multilateralism “These bilateral agreements will undermine the multilateral system. They will bypass the WHO, and the foundations of solidarity and equity we have been trying to build here,” Dr Michel Kazatchkine, a member of the Independent Panel for Pandemic Preparedness and Response, told the IGWG last week. “The template offers no guarantees of access to countermeasures and gives commercial dominance to one country. It threatens health security, data security and ultimately national sovereignty.” Nina Schwalbe, CEO of Spark Street Advisors, described the draft MOUs as “pure bullying by the US and a terrible deal for any country”. The bilateral MOUs propose that the US “gives a bit of aid for a few diseases for just a few years at best – and in return they give access to physical specimens and genetic sequence data for 25 years,” said Schwalbe. “There is zero promise by the US to provide any of the resulting drugs, diagnostics or vaccines [it] develops using their data. This is not a fair deal. It is a powerful country exerting its muscle once again put itself first in line,” she added. Jamie Love, head of Knowledge Ecology International, said it is “not surprising that the US is undermining the WHO negotiations”. ‘But Trump won’t be President forever, and the pandemic treaty will be around longer. I don’t think [the bilateral agreements] will kill the Pandemic Agreement, but it certainly is designed to undermine the equity provisions and reduce the industry incentives to participate in the near term.” Kazatchkine said that, while the Panel “fully understands that some countries will consider entering into these agreements”, it “cannot stress enough the importance of a multilateral approach for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response”. ‘Solidarity is our best immunity’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses IGWG3. The WHO told Health Policy Watch that it has “not received any official information”about the US MOUs. “However, WHO member states are working actively to develop the PABS system as part of the already adopted WHO Pandemic Agreement,” the WHO spokesperson added. “Solidarity is our best immunity. Finalising the Pandemic Agreement through a commitment to multilateral action, is our collective promise to protect humanity,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told IGWG “To enable a timely and effective response to future pandemics, countries must be able to quickly identify pathogens that have pandemic potential and share their genetic information and material so scientists can develop tools like tests, treatments, and vaccines,” the WHO explained. The PABS system is envisaged to facilitate both the rapid and timely sharing of biological material and sequence information from pathogens with pandemic potential on the one hand, and enable the “rapid, timely, fair and equitable sharing of benefits” – such as vaccines – that arise from sharing this information. IGWG Bureau co-chair Ambassador Tovar da Silva Nunes said that member states had shown during last week’s meeting that they are capable of the difficult conversations “that will make the world safer from the threat of future pandemics”. “By considering complex issues head-on, these negotiations are ensuring that future pandemic responses will be fair, timely and grounded in solidarity,” said da Silva Nunes. “Seeing the member states’ disposition to tackle these issues, I am optimistic that we will deliver a finalised annex to the World Health Assembly for adoption in May 2026.” Canada Loses Measles Elimination Status 10/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Dr Jarbas Barbosa, director of the Pan American Health Organization, the Americas region of WHO. Canada has lost its measles elimination status after 12 months of continuous transmission of the highly infectious disease, the Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) announced on Monday. This follows a PAHO expert meeting on infectious diseases last week, the Measles, Rubella, and Congenital Rubella Syndrome Elimination Regional Monitoring and Re-Verification Commission. “The commission determined that endemic measles transmission has been re-established in Canada, where the virus has circulated for at least 12 months,” PAHO director Dr Jarbas Barbosa told a media briefing. Since Canada’s measles outbreak started in October 2024, there have been over 5,000 cases in nine of the country’s 10 provinces. The Public Health Agency of Canada said in a statement on Monday that it is “currently experiencing a large, multi-jurisdictional outbreak of measles that began in October 2024 with cases in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Prince Edward Island, Quebec, Saskatchewan, and the Northwest Territories.” “While transmission has slowed recently, the outbreak has persisted for over 12 months, primarily within under-vaccinated communities,” it added. Thirty-fold increase Measles incidence in Canada by province in 2025. Canada’s loss is also PAHO’s loss, as the entire World Health Organization’s Region of the Americas has also lost its measles elimination status as a result. As of 7 November, 12,593 confirmed measles cases have been reported across 10 countries (approximately 95% in Canada, Mexico and US) in the region, PAHO reported. This is a 30-fold increase compared to 2024. Twenty-eight deaths have been recorded: 23 in Mexico, three in the United States, and two in Canada. “Measles is the most contagious disease known to humankind,” said Barbosa. “One infected person can transmit the disease to up to 18 others. Thanks to vaccines, many people have never seen an outbreak in their lifetime.” Measles can cause severe complications such as blindness, pneumonia, encephalitis and even death. “Stopping the spread of measles required that at least 95% of the population be vaccinated with two doses. This is very important across all communities, without exception,” Barbosa stressed. However, in 2024, regional coverage for the second dose of the measles, mumps and rubella vaccine (MMR2) averaged 79%. Only 31% of countries reached 95% or more coverage for the first dose, and just 20% achieved that level for the second dose. There are active measles outbreaks in Canada, Mexico, the United States, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay, and Belize. Canada has lost its measles elimination status…a sad milestone. Now is the time to double down on lowering barriers to routine childhood immunizations and ensuring Canadians have access to credible, science-based information. Link: https://t.co/JbALpkKWSW pic.twitter.com/JMiySJCOuM — Isaac Bogoch (@BogochIsaac) November 10, 2025 Mostly in the unvaccinated “Transmission has primarily affected under-vaccinated communities, with 89% of cases occurring in unvaccinated individuals or those with unknown vaccination status. Children under one year of age are the most affected, followed by those aged one to four years,” said PAHO. “Vaccination remains the most effective means of protection. Over the past 25 years, the measles vaccine has prevented more than six million deaths across the Americas —and an estimated 15 million deaths over the last 50 years,” stressed PAHO. To regain its measles elimination status, Canada must show that it has eliminated endemic transmission for at least 12 consecutive months, supported by comprehensive vaccination, surveillance, and outbreak-response data. Canada will present and implement an action plan under PAHO’s regional framework, focused on boosting immunisation coverage, reinforcing surveillance systems, and ensuring rapid outbreak response to stop endemic transmission and regain measles elimination status, said PAHO. PAHO is providing technical support to countries to strengthen surveillance, laboratory diagnosis, outbreak response, and vaccination campaigns. Experts have been deployed to Mexico, Argentina, and Bolivia, and it is monitoring risks in Belize, Brazil and Paraguay. Image Credits: Health Canada . COP30 Opens on Amazon’s Edge as World Battles to Claw Back 1.5°C Target 10/11/2025 Stefan Anderson Delegates arrive for the opening day of COP30 on the edge of the Brazilian Amazon. The third decade of United Nations climate negotiations opened on Monday in the Brazilian Amazon, as 50,000 negotiators, politicians, civil society representatives, industry lobbyists, and indigenous peoples from around the world gathered for talks on protecting the planet from climate catastrophe. The thirtieth anniversary of COP summits has little time to celebrate: Ten years after the world agreed to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, that threshold has been breached. In the health arena, the Bélem Action Plan to be launched on Wednesday aims to position health sector climate action a little closer to the mainstream of climate commitments, actions and stocktaking – after years of operating on the margins. Brazil insisted on hosting the talks in Belém, a small coastal city on the Amazon’s edge, to place the rainforest, nature, planet and people negotiators are there to protect at the center of negotiations. Limited hotels and housing has delegates housed on mammoth cruise ships, casting long shadows over local fishing villages. Others will spend the week in local, pay-by-the-hour love motels. All will be working under the heavy humidity and heat of the world’s largest rainforest, a constant reminder of the climate future awaiting the billions worldwide if negotiations fail. “Climate change is not a threat of the future, it is already a tragedy of the present,” Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva told the opening plenary, citing the hurricane that levelled Jamaica and a “trail of destruction, droughts, fires in Africa and Europe, floods in South America and South East Asia” that have killed thousands and displaced millions. “The climate emergency is a case of inequality; it exposes and exacerbates the unacceptable,” Lula said. Opening ceremony underway in Belem as COP30 kicks off on the edge of the Amazon. He also attacked rising military spending, arguing the world should prioritise climate finance over defence budgets. “The men that go to war, if they were here, present here, at this COP, they would perceive that it’s much cheaper to put $1.3 trillion for us to end the climate crisis than to put $2 trillion and sell $700 billion to buy weapons and go to war,” he said. Progress has been made since Paris. The planet was then on pace for 4°C of warming by century’s end. Today’s business-as-usual scenario projects 2.8°C. If countries implement their Paris commitments, warming could fall to between 2.3°C and 2.5°C. ‘COP of implementation’ Unlike previous summits, COP30 is not expected to produce a landmark agreement. Instead, the focus is implementation: meeting the promises made in Paris, Baku and Dubai to raise climate finance, transition away from fossil fuels, and return warming to under 1.5°C. The tasks ahead may be the most difficult COP in years: find the money, international cooperation and political will to protect billions facing life or death on current warming projections. In his inaugural address as COP president, André Aranha Corrêa do Lago said three priorities will dominate the agenda: climate adaptation, finance for a just transition, and implementing the global stocktake recommendations on clean energy and reversing deforestation. “This is a COP of implementation,” said Corrêa do Lago. “I hope it will be remembered as a COP of adaptation, a COP of advancing climate integration with economic activity and generation of jobs, and above all, a COP which will hear and believe in science.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. The latest COP is the first in several years not to be heavily clouded by the smoke and scandal of petrostate hosts. The last two climate summits, held in the UAE and Azerbaijan, two nations heavily reliant on state-owned oil conglomerates for government revenue, were hit with scandals alleging subterfuge and coordination between the chiefs of negotiations and fossil fuel interests seeking to weaken any global agreement. Brazil, an oil-producing state, is by no means immune to industry influence either. “Brazil is hosting COP30. Why is it still drilling for oil?” asked the award-winning Brazilian journalist, Cândida Schaedler, in a post published Monday, noting that Lula recently approved a plan by the state-owned company, Petrobras, to start drilling in a sensitive Amazonian region, at the mouth of the Amazon River. New oil exploration project greenlighted at the mouth of the Amazon River Even so, at this year’s COP, the heaviest pressures on the negotiators will likely come from outside. The United States, the world’s largest historical emitter, has spurned the talks entirely, after withdrawing from the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5° C. China’s President Xi Jinping and Nahrenda Modi of India, will not attend the Brazil summit, either – topping off the list of the world’s three largest polluters. Fears of US influence hover over talks A fear of US influence from Washington looms over the talks despite the fact that Washington is not sending a team. Recently, the Trump administration used intimidation and economic threats to derail a landmark deal to cut global shipping emissions. And the US administration employed similar tactics at the failed plastics treaty negotiations in Geneva in August. “Although climate change will hurt poor people more than anyone else, for the vast majority of them, it will not be the only or even the biggest threat to their lives and welfare. The biggest problems are poverty and disease, just as they always have been,” Gates wrote in a provocative new memo, roundly criticised by climate scientists for minimising the damage warming could do. Following the Gates memo, US President Donald Trump declared on social media: “I (WE!) just won the War on the Climate Change Hoax,” taking aim at Gates’ argument for a change in the framing of climate change from a “doomsday view” to a more optimistic framing of a crisis with billions of livelihoods in the balance. “Bill Gates has finally admitted that he was completely WRONG on the issue,” declared the US president, who has frequently called climate change “the greatest con job ever perpetrated”. US President Donald Trump removed the country from the Paris Agreement for a second time, cancelling his predecessor’s commitments to cut US emissions by 61% to 66% below 2005 levels by 2035. Lula: ‘defeat the denialists’ Brazil’s Lula has sought to frame COP30 as a direct counterpoint to forces such as the US administration. European Union officials have taken a similar tack. The bloc’s chief negotiator, Jacob Werksman, said last week COP30 must press on against the “strong counter-narrative that’s coming from a particular part of the world, suggesting that climate change is a hoax.” In an indirect swipe at the US in his opening remarks, Lula referred to a coalition of ‘denialists’ which he said: “reject not only the evidence and science,” but attack multilateralism, spread “hatred and fear,” and “attack institutions, science and universities.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. He spoke from experience. The nation’s previous president, Jair Bolsonaro, like Trump, dismissed climate change as a hoax, and deforestation in the Brazilian Amazon reached record heights. Bolsonaro was recently sentenced to 27 years in prison for organising a coup against Lula. Under Lula’s presidency, Brazil’s emissions fell nearly 17% last year – the biggest drop in 15 years – as the government cracked down on illegal deforestation. Whether the United States – which has never truly stepped into the climate leadership role its historical emissions would suggest – might one day follow a similar path from climate denial back to engagement remains an open question. But Brazil’s transformation demonstrates how climate policies can swing dramatically when governments change. And at the same time, Lula has tread a fine political line between his supporters and opponents. This was reflected in his signing of the “devastation bill” in August. The new legislation approved by the Brazilian parliament, removed many of the legal safeguards around the environmental review of new development, although the Brazilian leader vetoed some of its most damaging provisions. Green as the ‘growth story of the 21st century’ UNFCCC chief Simon Stiell addresses the opening plenary. As green technology surges ahead, however, climate denial is increasingly at odds with basic economics, the optimists point out. While the US retreats from climate leadership, China is moving to consolidate its dominance in renewable energy manufacturing and deployment, positioning itself to dominate the energy markets of the future. “The economics of this transition are as indisputable as the costs of inaction,” UN Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell told delegates. “Solar and wind are now the lowest-cost power in 90% of the world. Renewables overtook coal this year as the world’s top energy source.” “This is the growth story of the 21st Century, the economic transformation of our age,” Stiell said. “Those opting out or taking baby steps face stagnation and higher prices, while other economies surge ahead.” ‘Climate justice invoice’ But translating that economic momentum into the financing needed for a global transition remains the central – and likely insurmountable – challenge of COP30. At the opening ceremony of COP30, outgoing president Mukhtar Babayev presented delegates with an “invoice for climate justice”, a document outlining the minimum financial commitments required from wealthy nations. The invoice includes: $40 billion in urgent adaptation finance by 2025, tripling climate funds to $5.1 billion by 2030, and the $300 billion annual pledge by 2035 that emerged from last year’s negotiations. The total, including the aspirational $1.3 trillion annual climate funding target in the Baku finance deal? Several trillion. ‘Invoice for climate justice’ shown on stage by outgoing COP29 president Mukhtar Babayev. The invoice is addressed specifically to what are known as Annex II countries under the UN climate convention: 39 developed nations identified in 1992 when the framework was first opened for signing. These include the United States, European Union members, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, and a handful of others. But the US, historically the world’s largest emitter and responsible for roughly 40% of climate finance under this framework, has walked away from the table. The gap in the $1.3 trillion annual target agreed in Baku created by a US exit breaks the math: The EU and other Annex II nations cannot shoulder $1.3 trillion, or even the scaled-back $300bn commitment, on their own. This leads to the second, politically fraught problem that has plagued environmental negotiations from plastics, to biodiversity and climate alike for years: several of the world’s wealthiest nations – China, Russia, South Korea, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Poland, the United Arab Emirates, and Mexico – are classified as developing countries under the 1992 framework. They are not obligated to contribute climate finance, and they have so far largely refused to do so voluntarily. Since then, China’s cumulative emissions have surpassed the EU’s while it has become the world’s second-largest economy. Early drafts of the Baku agreement proposed expanding the donor list to include some of these nations. That language was quietly dropped from the final text, leaving the donor list unchanged. Fair share of total climate finance contributions by donor bloc, according to the Center for Global Development. China, the world’s largest annual emitter, contributes approximately $3.8 billion per year in climate finance, a fraction of what it would owe under a system based on current emissions or economic capacity. It does provide developing nations with cheap green technology, but resists any formal obligation to pay into global climate funds. Analysis by the Center for Global Development suggests that by 2030, non-Annex II nations should collectively shoulder around 30% of total climate finance, with Annex II countries covering the remaining 70%. Even the $300 billion target, however, remains distant. Current climate finance flows are estimated between $28 billion, according to Oxfam, which excludes loans, and $116 billion by OECD figures, which count loans equally with grants. The $1.3tn economists say is needed grows more remote with each passing year as inflation and continued warming increase the cost of adaptation and mitigation. The Baku agreement also made a key compromise to get it over the line: leaving unresolved whether loans should count toward the finance target. Loans currently make up two-thirds of climate finance for the Global South, with some countries, like France, providing 86% of their climate finance through loans. If this loan-to-grant ratio continues, approximately $200 billion of the $300 billion 2035 target would come as loans rather than grants, which developing countries argue perpetuates rather than solves their debt crises. “We now need to put the Baku to Belém roadmap to work to start moving towards the 1.3 trillion,” Stiell said. Billions of lives, species, and nations Brazil’s COP30 presidency chose the Amazon city of Belém in an effort to remind negotiators of the planet they are fighting to protect, The planet warming in line with the latest projections is a matter of life and death for billions of people, species, and nations. Over half a million people have died every year due to heat exposure over the past decade. Millions die due to air pollution. Conflicts drive resource wars, while droughts cause famine and displacement. Extreme weather destroys homes, while sea level rise threatens nations themselves. The UNHCR’s latest report, released on the opening day of the summit, adds to the reality just decades away – or already here – for the world’s most vulnerable populations. “Three in every four refugees and other displaced people fleeing war and persecution now live in countries that are highly vulnerable to climate-related hazards,” UNHCR chief Filippo Grandi said. “These communities face an impossible reality – they are being hit harder by more devastating floods, longer droughts and periods of extreme heat, without the means to adapt, recover and rebuild.” Of the 117 million people displaced by conflict today, around 75% – 86 million – are exposed to extreme weather. The one million refugees who returned home in the first half of this year returned to countries highly vulnerable to more of the climate impacts that displaced them in the first place. “Whilst mega droughts wreck national harvests, sending food prices soaring, it makes zero sense, economically or politically, to squabble while famines take hold, forcing millions to flee their homelands – this will never be forgotten,” Stiell said. “As conflicts spread while climate disasters decimate the lives of millions when we already have the solutions this will never, ever be forgiven.” “We have already agreed that transition pathways must be inclusive and just, covering whole economies and societies,” the UNFCCC chief added. “Now we must agree on concrete steps to turn aspirations into actions.” COP ‘Health Day’ to launch the Bélem Action Plan for health sector Nearly one-eighth of the global population does not have access to health facilities with reliable electricity. Health will have its own featured day at the conference, on the COP30 Health Day this Thursday. Proponents hope this year’s high-level event will create more of a buzz than last year’s COP29 in Baku, where the marquee Health Day event took place in a cramped, windowless meeting room with just a few dozen attendees in person and online. This year’s day will focus on the launch of the Belém Health Action Plan – a blueprint for health sector adaptation to climate change. A key political objective of the Action Plan, however, is to integrate by 2028 member state progress reports into the broader COP “Global Stocktake” mechanism – ending years of health sector isolation from mainstream climate monitoring and reporting. Specifically, the Action plan aims to support stronger health sector surveillance of climate-sensitive disease trends, integration of “climate adaptation and resilience measures into all levels of health care,” strengthen the health care workforce and support “Innovation, Production, and Digital Health.” Buried under that last rubric is a call to support “investments in sustainable investments in sustainable innovation and technology to provide uninterrupted operation of health care services during extreme climate events.” And that, finally, includes “energy-efficient solutions, renewable energy sources, safe water supply and sanitation, and logistics systems in health facilities to strengthen operational resilience.” Translated, that means supporting shifts to more sustainable and reliable energy systems for energy-starved health systems in the global South, where some 1 billion people are served by health facilities with inadequate energy services, and 12-15% of facilities in South-East Asia and Africa have no electricity at all. Applied to high-income settings, the same strategies that lead to long-term reductions in health sector climate emissions, estimated at 5% of the global total. Central and eastern Africa have the highest proportion of health facilities with no electricity access – 50% or more in some regions. Critics have complained that the Bélem Action Plan is still far too tame – focusing primarily on adaptation in the health sector rather than on the millions of lives that climate mitigation can save through the simultaneous reduction of air pollution, the fostering of greener urban areas that enable physical activity, and healthier low-carbon diets. Even so, if the Bélem plan can help catapult health issues into the mainstream of talks, that would be a significant gain after decades of fighting for recognition. “The plan provides a detailed roadmap of adaptation measures to protect lives and livelihoods against the impacts of climate change, from early warning systems, to improving collaboration across sectors and health systems, to providing health workers with the tools to respond to climate impacts,” said the former WHO and Australian government advisor, Arthur Wyns, in a recent LinkedIn Post, “It builds on the COP28 Declaration on Climate and Health, which was endorsed by 150 countries and sent a powerful political signal that countries are ready to do more in this area.” Bélem Action Plan Health pavilion to livestream events non-stop WHO is also hosting a Health Pavilion at COP30 in the official Blue Zone in collaboration with the UK-based Wellcome Trust, engaging dozens of global health, finance and environmental partners from the International Energy Agency to the Asian Development Bank, not to mention local governmental, non-profit and youth alliances. Events livestreamed almost non-stop throughout the two weeks of talks will showcase evidence and discuss solutions that optimise the health benefits of tackling climate change across regions of the world; key sectors from transport to food production and health; and in cities as well as rural areas. “A sick planet means sick people,” WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told delegates at the COP high-level opening today in Bélem. “The climate crisis is a health crisis – not in the future, but now. It is already spreading disease, worsening malnutrition, displacing communities, and claiming lives through heat, floods, fires, and pollution.” .@WHO thanks Brazil for hosting #COP30. If our planet were a patient, it would be admitted to intensive care. Our call at the COP30 Leaders’ Summit was simple: – put health at the centre of every climate decision– direct climate finance towards protecting lives and… pic.twitter.com/XGUelHP9yL — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) November 8, 2025 Beyond the political rhetoric, however, health-specific climate action remains severely underfunded, capturing only 2% of adaptation funding and 0.5% of multilateral climate funding, advocates point out. “Health is the strongest argument for climate action,” Tedros said. “It’s much easier to convince people of the need to protect their own health or that of their children, than to protect glaciers or ecosystems. Both are important. One is a lot closer to home.” “Put health at the centre of every climate decision. Direct climate finance towards protecting lives and livelihoods. And recognise health as a measure of climate ambition and success. Because there can be no healthy people on a sick planet.” The talks continue through November 21. –Elaine Ruth Fletcher contributed to reporting and editing. Image Credits: COP30, COP30, COP30, Eden FlahertySource: Agência Nacional do Petróleo, Gás Natural e Biocombustíveis, Center for Global Development, COP30, WHO, WHO . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Global Philanthropies Commit $300 Million at COP30 Towards Climate And Health Solutions 13/11/2025 Disha Shetty London heat wave in June 2024; climate change has triggered more extreme heat events, and related mortality, in rich and poor countries alike. A $300 million investment in projects integrating health into climate action has been announced at the UN Climate Conference in Bélem, Brazil by a coalition of “Climate and Health Funders Coalition” which includes over 35 of the world’s leading philanthropies and foundations, including Rockefeller, Gates and Wellcome. This announcement was made at the high-level opening of the COP30 Health Day – where a new Bélem Health Action Plan was launched. The Action Plan aims to thrust climate adaptation for the health sector more squarely into the centre of climate actions and tracking, making it part of the global stocktaking exercise. “Adaptation is a question of survival in the short run,” declared Brazil’s Minister of Health, Alexandre Padilha, while launching the Action Plan. “The most recent Lancet Countdown Report on Climate and Health is clear – 3.3 to 3.6 billion people live in highly vulnerable climate areas – and hospitals [in those areas] face a 41% risk of suffering from extreme weather events. Alexandre Padilha, Brazilian Minister of Health, at COP30 Health Day “If you don’t adapt, it threatens the coverage of health services of patients and professionals who are already facing adverse conditions. If we don’t adapt, we are going to increase inequality. In short, if you don’t adapt, we will kill people,” he added. The funding coalition aims to “accelerate solutions, innovations, policies and research on extreme heat, air pollution and climate-sensitive infectious diseases,” the partners said in a press release Thursday. While the $300 million commitment may be a drop in the bucket of needs, the aim is to expand the fund, coalition members told Health Policy Watch: “It is just initial funding and we intend to bring in more philanthropies in the year ahead as well as work with other sectors to significantly increase funding for climate and health solutions,” said Garth Davies, a spokesperson for Wellcome. See related story: Brazil Wins Limited Backing for COP30 Climate-Health Plan, But Nations Commit No Finance COP30 is currently underway in Brazil’s Amazon region city of Belém. “The warnings from scientists on climate change have become reality. And, it is clear that not all people are affected equally”, said John-Arne Røttingen, Wellcome CEO. “The impacts of rising temperatures hit the most vulnerable people hardest – children, pregnant people, older people, outdoor workers and those communities with the least resources to respond. Every country in the world is now affected by climate change, and we need to develop and implement solutions fast to save lives and livelihoods.” “Every person should have the opportunity to live a healthy, productive life, no matter where they were born,” said Steve Davis, Senior Advisor for Philanthropic Partnerships at the Gates Foundation. “But a hotter world with less predictable and more extreme weather is threatening that vision for the future, particularly for people in low- and middle-income countries. Philanthropy has a unique role to play in contributing flexible funding to accelerate innovative solutions that protect health and help communities build resilience to climate shocks,” he said. Other big names in the development sector that have signed onto the coalition plan include: Bloomberg Philanthropies, Children’s Investment Fund Foundation, IKEA Foundation, Quadrature Climate Foundation, and Philanthropy Asia Alliance. Climate data and heat adaptation Women in Bangladesh queue for drinking water in the southwestern coastal region, facing increased saltwater intrusion linked to storm surges and sea level rise that climate change has worsened. The Coalition’s funds are aimed to “support” the Bélem Health Action Plan through funding of projects on the ground, Davies said, citing projects on: adaptation to extreme heat in India, collecting climate and weather data in Africa, and combating air pollution, whose emissions also contribute to climate change: “In extreme heat, one example organization the Coalition is supporting is the Indian nonprofit Self-Employed Women’s Association (SEWA). SEWA is the largest movement of informal workers in India – and one of the largest in the world – with over 3.2 million members. SEWA works to address the threats that extreme heat poses to health and livelihoods.” Another project receiving support is The African Centre of Meteorological Application for Development (ACMAD). It is the primary pan-African centre working to collect, analyze, and disseminate weather and climate data across the continent, supporting national meteorological agencies and governments in all 53 African countries. “By coming together to align our priorities and combine our resources, this coalition can accelerate solutions faster, reach more communities, and achieve greater impact. This is the power of collaboration: recognizing the urgency of the challenge and working as one to protect lives, strengthen health systems, and build resilience for communities around the world,” said Naveen Rao, Senior Vice President of Health at The Rockefeller Foundation, in the press release. Making the Bélem COP, a health COP Through the Belém Health Action Plan, officials want to make this COP, a “health COP.” Brazilian authorities have long said that they hope to make this COP a “health COP” – after it played a largely backstage role at COP29 in Azerbaijan. COP28 featured the first Health Day at a UN Climate Conference, with high-powered speakers like Bill Gates and then-US Climate Envoy John Kerry on the podium. While the health impacts of climate change have been intensifying, health has, however, remained on the fringes of mainstream COP debates and decisions. It remains to be see if the Belém Health Action Plan can win widespread political buy-in and finance to empower countries to make health a more central element in their climate action agendas in the health sector. Along with “adaptation”, however, the massive health benefits of mitigating climate change in other sectors from transport to energy production and housing, have yet to be formally recognized by climate negotiators – benefits that could save tens of millions of lives across the coming decade, through reduced heat exposures, less air pollution, and more physical activity as well as healthier diets and food security. “The health consequences of climate change are mounting, and they fall hardest on communities least equipped to respond. By supporting the Climate and Health Funders Coalition, we’re working to build health systems that are resilient, equitable, and prepared for the challenges ahead,” said Jess Ayers, CEO of the Quadrature Climate Foundation. Image Credits: Abir Abdullah / Climate Visuals, Alastair Johnstone / Climate Visuals, X/@Cop30noBrasil, X/@Cop30noBrasil. New Malaria Drug Candidate Exceeds Cure Rate for Standard ACTs in Phase 3 Trial 12/11/2025 Felix Sassmannshausen GanLum Phase 3 trial results presented at ASTMH annual conference in Toronto. From right to left: David Fidock, American Society of Tropical Medicine; George Jagoe, MMV; Ruairidh Villar, Novartis; Sujata Vaidyanathan; Novartis; Abdoulaye Djimdé, University of Sciences Techniques and Technologies, Bamako, Mali. The 97% cure rate for the novel compound, ganaplacide/lumefantrine in a recent Phase 3 trial offers hope for continued progress rolling back malaria even as resistance to artemisinin combination therapies (ACT) escalates. A next-generation antimalarial drug GanLum (ganaplacide/lumefantrine, KLU156) slightly outperformed a standard of care Artemisinin Combination Therapy (ACT) in a recent Phase 3 trial – offering new hope that recent gains against malaria can be maintained and advanced despite growing parasite resistance to current treatments. The randomised controlled trial (RCT) involving over 1,600 participants across 12 Sub-Saharan African Countries demonstrated a +97% cure rate for GanLum, as compared to 94% for the ACT, Coartem©, in the control arm of the trial, said the pharma firm Novartis. The results were published Wednesday following an embargoed briefing at the annual conference of the American Society for Tropical Medicine and Health (ASTMH) in Toronto, including Novartis co-developer, Medicines for Malaria Venture (MMV), lead trial coordinator, Abdoulaye Djimdé, and ASTMH President, David Fidock. The trial is all the more significant insofar as it tested efficacy against malaria caused by the most deadly parasite, Plasmodium falciparum (P. falciparum). The Phase 3 trial results confirm the efficacy as well as safety of GanLum. P. falciparum is responsible for almost all malaria-related deaths worldwide. African countries bear the heaviest burden, accounting for an estimated 95% of the 597,000 malaria-related deaths globally in 2023. After falling dramatically from 2000 to 2015, malaria deaths and infections, which mainly occur in children under 5 years old, have increased. The 2023 levels of 263 million cases and 597,000 deaths reflect the sharp rise seen since 2016 when there were 216 million malaria cases and 445,000 deaths. “GanLum could represent the biggest advance in malaria treatment for decades,” declared Djimdé, Professor of Parasitology and Mycology at the Bamako University of Science, Techniques and Technologies in Mali. Djimdé coordinates the West African Network for Clinical Trials of Antimalarial Drugs (WANECAM), which was a lead partner in the GanLum trial. The trial, which included 34 sites across West and Central Africa along with others in Zambia, Kenya, Uganda, Tanzanina, and one site in India, began in March 2024 and concluded in June 2025. “After the successful Phase 3 trial, we will submit the drug for regulatory approval as soon as possible,“ said George Jagoe, Executive Vice President at Medicines for Malaria Venture (MMV), the Geneva-based non-profit product development partnership. “We hope to see it within a year, year and a half, in the hands of countries and eventually in patients.” Volunteer healthworkers collect supplies during a seasonal malaria chemoprevention campaign in Nigeria. Initial regulatory approval is expected to be sought in Switzerland via Swissmedic. But the aim is to kickstart national regulatory procedures in the Sub-Saharan Africa region as well, added Vaidyanathan. The drug would be made available on a ‘largely not-for-profit’ basis in low- and middle-income countries, MMV said, in accordance with agreements signed with Novartis. The next-generation drug GanLum combines the novel non-artemisinin compound ganaplacide (KAF156), with an updated formulation of lumefantrine (LUM-SDF), also used in standard ACTs. Ganaplacide was initially identified by Novartis through high-throughput screening of 2.3 million compounds in San Diego, California, funded by MMV and the Wellcome Trust. Together, the components target multiple stages of the malaria parasite’s life cycle and can prevent transmission. Ganaplacide disrupts the parasite’s internal protein transport system, which is essential for its survival inside red blood cells. It is also effective against the mature sexual stages of the parasite (gametocytes), as explained by Sujata Vaidyanathan, Head of the Global Health Development Unit at Novartis. This blocks them from spreading to other human hosts via mosquito bites. Meanwhile, lumefantrine prevents the parasite from re-emerging in the human’s body at a later stage. Trial confirms efficacy and safety A doctor at a district hospital in Ifakara, Tanzania treating a malaria patient. Nearly 600,000 people annually still die from the disease, mostly in Africa. The trial involved randomised testing of the GanLum against the control drug Coartem©, a gold standard for treatment, on 1,688 adults and children weighing at least 10 kg and aged at least two years with acute, uncomplicated malaria, across 34 sites in the 12 African countries where it was tested. The primary objective of the Phase 3 trial was to demonstrate that KLU156 is non-inferior to Coartem© (artemether-lumefantrine), as measured by the PCR-corrected cure rate on day 29 of treatment. According to data provided by Novartis, GanLum achieved an efficacy of 97.4% using the “estimand” framework. The current standard of care with ACTs has a rate of 94%. The “estimand” method is a conservative approach to results, required to support regulatory submissions, which considers patients that discontinue the study or for whom PCR data is missing at the time of the primary analysis to have failed the treatment. Regarding the side effects, expert Djimdé said: “As with any drug, there are certain expected side effects. However, this was a randomised trial, and the safety profile is comparable to that of the reference compound. So it is absolutely fine to be put in the hands of patients.” Hope in face of drug resistance and funding cuts Mapping of parsasite resistance to artemisin, the key active ingredient in component in ACTs. This new drug combination is a vital advance in the fight against malaria. Progress had recently stalled due to global health funding cuts and the conflict-linked displacement of many malaria-prone populations. In addition, extreme weather events caused by climate change have damaged public health infrastructure and enabled malaria parasites to spread to new regions. The emergence of partial resistance to artemisinin-based combination therapies (ACTs), threatens to undo years of progress. According to the WHO, this could result in an additional 78 million malaria cases over five years in a business as usual scenario. MMV’s Jagoe described reports of resistance in several countries in Central and Eastern Africa, such as Rwanda and Uganda, as “smoke signals’’, adding. “It is a huge relief that we can now think about a brighter future,“ he said. “We finally have a fire extinguisher ready.” The intention is not to abandon artemisinin-based treatments, but rather to add an effective new weapon to the fight against malaria. Significantly, GanLum also targets mutations of the parasite that are markers of drug resistance. Crucial step in long road toward elimination Animation of the ganaplacide molecule that is a key component of the novel antimalarial combination drug GanLum. The experts presenting the Phase 3 trial results described tremendous excitement over the results – a crucial step forward in the fight against malaria. “I’m very, very excited, and very pleased to see the results of this GanLum trial”, said Jagoe from MMV. However, after approval, the drug will still have to prove its efficacy in the field. Challenges to overcome And there are major challenges to overcome. The trial was initially designed to include children weighing over 5 kg and aged over two months. That is because infants and toddlers, especially those in the lowest weight category, typically have the highest mortality rates, particularly in areas with moderate to high transmission rates. However, since reported prevalence is often lower, the age, and weight thresholds of the trial were increased in a pragmatic move to identify trial participants and accelerate the process of testing the new drug. But the intention is to trial the drug on children between 5 and 10 kg in weight and 2 months and 2 years in age – as soon as it becomes feasible. As a Novartis spokesperson explained in an interview with Health Policy Watch, “We are committed to supporting the youngest children.” Novartis recently received approval for Coartem Baby, a malaria drug designed for newborns and young infants, also co-developed with MMV. See related story here. Ghanaian Newborns First to Get New Malaria Medication While the road to a single-dose curative treatment for malaria, often referred to as the Holy Grail, remains elusive, GanLum also represents a step forward on that score. It is administered as a daily sachet of granules for three consecutive days. Standard antimalarial therapy with ACTs involves taking medication twice daily for three days. This complex regimen is known to result in suboptimal patient adherence – wiith a third or more of patients failing to complete regimes in the real-world. This reduces the effectiveness of the drug and increases the likelihood of partial resistance. A potential single-dose treatment, also unveiled at the ASTMH, could significantly improve adherence as well as fighting parasite resistance, its proponents say. The single-dose treatment combining four known anti-malarials – sulfadoxine, pyrimethamine, artesunate and pyronaridine (SPAP) — was trialed on 539 patients in Gabon with uncomplicated malaria, including children under the age of 10, as compared to another 442 people who received the standard ACT. Some 93% of patients who received the single dose cure were free of parasites after 28 days, as compared to 90% of those who received the standard ACT. “We found that our single-dose treatment was just as effective as the standard course that typically requires taking six doses spaced out over three days, which many patients never complete,” said Ghyslain Mombo-Ngoma, MD, PhD, lead author of the study and head of clinical operations at the Medical Research Center of Lambaréné, Gabon (known by its French acronym CERMEL). Image Credits: Novartis, Health Policy Watch , Novartis , Munira Ismail_MSH, Peter Mgongo, WHO . Aid Cuts Jeopardise 2024’s Slight Global Progress Against Tuberculosis 12/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan A tuberculosis patient in Mozambique celebrates completed her treatment with a community health worker sponsored by USAID funds, which has since been slashed. Last year, the global battle to reduce tuberculosis infections and deaths showed small signs of recovery following three disruptive COVID-19 years – but this year’s precipitous drop in development aid is likely to cause new setbacks, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). TB killed 1.23 million people in 2024 and made 10.7 million people sick in 2024, according to the Global TB Report 2025 released by the WHO on Wednesday (12 November). There was a tiny 3% decline in deaths and a 1% decline in new infections last year in comparison to the previous year. But the impact of the precipitous drop in development aid, particularly from the United States since January, is not reflected in the report, which tracks data from 2024, noting only that: “Cuts to international donor funding from 2025 onwards threaten overall funding for the TB response in many countries.” Speaking at a WHO press conference Wednesday, Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus described as “good news” the decline in new TB cases and deaths. “Meanwhile, the number of people being tested and treated is increasing and research is advancing for the first time in over a century. New effective TB vaccine for adolescents and adults are within reach,” Tedros said, noting that 18 vaccine candidates are currently in clinical development, including six in Phase 3 trials. “Despite all this good news… TB still killed more than 1.2 million people in 2024 which for a disease that’s preventable and curable is simply unconscionable,” Tedros said, adding that, “funding cuts to international aid in many low and middle income countries threaten to reverse the hard won gains we see. “It’s therefore vital that countries step up domestic resource allocation, alongside international funding.” Just eight countries account for 67% of TB cases: India (25%), Indonesia (10%), the Philippines (6.8%), China (6.5%), Pakistan (6.3%), Nigeria (4.8%), the Democratic Republic of the Congo (3.9%) and Bangladesh (3.6%). ‘Concerning trends’ WHO TB director Dr Tereza Kasaeva. The WHO has already seen “some concerning trends” for 2025, particularly in the highest burden, low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) that have been “heavily dependent on international donor funding”, said Dr Tereza Kasaeva, WHO director for HIV, TB, Hepatitis and STIs. These include disruptions to access to TB treatment, diagnosis and prevention; problems with monitoring and reporting, drug delivery, sample transportation, and “one of the biggest impacts”, community engagement, she told a media briefing before the launch. The report notes that estimates of the impact of the funding cuts, particularly by the US, include “about half a million additional deaths and 1.4 million additional cases in the period 2025–2035 if USAID funding is not replaced, increasing to about two million additional deaths and five million additional cases when cuts in contributions to the Global Fund are also considered”. Least progress made in funds mobilisation Even before the funding cuts, progress in achieving TB goals fell far short of global targets. The worst-performing targets for 2024 relate to funds mobilisation. Only $5.9 billion of 2027’s $22 billion target for TB treatment had been collected, and slightly more than 20% of the $5.5 billion research target for 2027 has been achieved. Despite the lack of resaerch funds, the WHO notes that development pipeline is strong. “As of August 2025, 63 diagnostic tests were in development and 29 drugs were in clinical trials – up from just eight in 2015. Additionally, 18 vaccine candidates are undergoing clinical trials, including six in Phase 3.” Drop in deaths Since 2015, there has been a 29% drop in deaths – but the target was a 75% reduction by this year. However, two WHO regions have done substantially better than the global average: Europe, which cut deaths by 49% by 2024; and Africa, with a 46% reduction in deaths, mainly as a result of better outcomes for people coinfected with HIV. Similarly, there has only been a 12% drop in TB incidence against a global target of 50% between 2015 and 2025. However, Europe achieved a 39% decrease and Africa, a 28% decrease. In contrast, TB incidence has risen by 5% or more in Indonesia, Myanmar and the Philippines. Meanwhile, 47% of households with people living with TB face “catastrophic” health costs against a target of zero. However, Kasaeva noted that 8.3 million people who were newly diagnosed with TB in 2024 accessed treatment, “representing about 78% of the people who fell ill with the disease during that year”. In addition, the coverage of rapid testing for TB diagnosis increased from 48% in 2023 to 54%, while there was an 88% success rate for “treatment for drug-susceptible TB”. Building sustainable systems Dr Yogan Pillay, Gates Foundation’s director for HIV and TB. However, Dr Yogan Pillay, Gates Foundation’s director for HIV and TB delivery, said that several countries were “stepping up, both in increasing domestic financing and looking at other ways of delivering services” since the cuts in aid. He singled out Indonesia, Nigeria and South Africa for upping domestic financing for TB in the wake of cuts to global health financing. “That’s what we need to focus on now. How do we develop systems that are sustainable, including in low and middle-income countries?” Pillay asked. “We need to change the ways in which we do things so that we can sustain the gains that we’ve seen in the 2024 data, notwithstanding any funding cuts.” A significant proportion of the TB burden is driven by five major risk factors: undernutrition, HIV infection, alcohol abuse, smoking and diabetes, according to the report. “Tackling these issues, along with critical determinants like poverty and GDP per capita, requires coordinated multisectoral action,” according to the WHO. The report concludes by noting that, in the face of cuts to international donor funding from 2025, “political commitment and domestic funding in high TB burden countries are more important than ever”. Image Credits: Arnaldo Salomão Banze, ADPP Mozambique. Building Africa’s Health Sovereignty: From Dependence to Partnership 11/11/2025 Muhammad Ali Pate Ghana’s President John Mahama welcoming delegates to the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit In August, African leaders gathered in Accra, Ghana, to chart a path for the continent’s future in public health. Their message was unequivocal: Africa’s political independence is incomplete without the power to shape its own development – including the health of its people. The Africa Health Sovereignty Summit was a demand to break free from the dependency that has stunted the continent’s ability to safeguard the health of its own people. History shows why these matters. At the height of the AIDS crisis, lifesaving drugs reached Africa only years after they were standard in the West, costing countless lives to a treatable virus. During the COVID-19 pandemic, wealthy nations stockpiled vaccines in excess – even for low-risk groups – while African countries scrambled to secure doses for their most vulnerable. It was a stark reminder that the self-interest of the rich can override the basic needs of the poor. International funding has played a pivotal role in advancing Africa’s health. From the Global Fund to the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), to GAVI, external support has not only saved lives but also improved livelihoods, extended life expectancy, and strengthened economies. Inequities in global health architecture Biden-era US officials hand donated mpox vaccines to Nigerian health officials. That solidarity deserves recognition, but it must be retooled to truly serve Africa. Today, many inequities remain embedded in the current global health architecture. Investment frameworks are typically drawn up in Geneva or Washington, rather than in Accra or Nairobi. Funding rises and falls with the politics of donor nations. That imbalance also shapes perception. Our continent of 1.4 billion people – dynamic, youthful, and skilful – is still too often seen as a recipient of charity. Even when African scientists lead, as South African researchers did by sequencing the COVID-19 variant called Omicron, they are treated as recipients rather than equal partners. That not only limits Africa’s potential but also leaves the whole world more vulnerable to the next pandemic. The way forward is clear: Africa must invest in its own health with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance. Healthy citizens are the foundation of innovation, stability, and prosperity. Each dollar invested in health paves the path to wealth, multiplying productivity and resilience. New kind of solidarity Dr Muhammed Ali Pate addressing Nigeria’s high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. Some governments are charting the path forward. Last month in Nigeria, we convened a high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. The initiative brought together government officials, development partners, civil society, academia, and the private sector to design sustainable approaches to financing healthcare for all in Nigeria. This builds on Nigeria’s leadership in advancing universal health coverage (UHC). In the Abuja 2001 Declaration and the Abuja+12 Declaration, member states pledged to increase domestic financing for health to build stronger and more self-reliant health systems. At the 78th World Health Assembly this year, countries adopted a Nigeria-sponsored initiative aimed at strengthening global health financing and accelerating progress toward long-standing commitments to achieve UHC. The message from Accra and Abuja is not isolation or a call for donor retreat, but for a new kind of solidarity. Donors can continue to play a critical role by investing with us to address pressing health needs, while building robust, resilient, and sustainable health infrastructure that supports countries in managing transitions away from perpetual dependence. The aim is not disengagement but transformation – from recipients of aid to equal partners. Continental blueprint The Accra gathering offered a continental blueprint for the future of health engagement with international partners. Nigeria’s September dialogue aimed to anchor it in national reality. Together, the two initiatives reflect a new mood: Africans insisting on authorship of their own health future. The rest of the world should welcome this. A sovereign Africa, healthier and stronger, is in the interest of humanity. Pandemics know no borders; health insecurity in one corner of the continent is insecurity everywhere in the world. Supporting Africa’s health sovereignty is not just about “helping countries,” it is also enlightened self-interest. The Accra Summit and Nigeria’s dialogue point the way forward for Africa’s public health. To get there, we must act with urgency to strengthen South–South cooperation and collaboration, forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. Unified vision African Union leaders and Rwanda’s Ministry of Health signed an agreement to establish the African Medicines Agency’s first headquarters in Kigali, in June 2023. A single continental medicines agency will speed up approvals of medicines across the continent. This pivotal moment calls for bold African leadership – one that articulates a unified vision and drives coordinated action on regional health priorities. At the core of this transformation is the creation of a dynamic health ecosystem that integrates the public and private sectors across the entire value chain – from research and development to manufacturing, distribution, and healthcare delivery. True health sovereignty will remain elusive until Africa establishes a vibrant intra-continental health market capable of producing, regulating, and procuring its own medical products and technologies. The African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) must serve as the backbone of this vision, enabling the seamless movement of health goods, services, and expertise across borders, unlocking economies of scale, and spurring investment in local industries. By taking these decisive steps, Africa can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate has been Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare since 2023. He was also the country’s Minister of State for Health between 2011 and 2013, prior to which he was the executive director of Nigeria’s National Primary Health Care Development Agency. He has also been a professor of public health leadership at Harvard University, and held various positions at the World Bank Group. Image Credits: WHO, Nigeria Federal Ministry of Health and Welfare, Rwanda Ministry of Health. Dental Amalgam Set to Be Phased out by 2034 to Reduce Toxic Mercury Exposures 11/11/2025 Disha Shetty Dental amalgam used to fill tooth cavities is set to be phased out by 2034 to reduce toxic exposures to mercury. Mercury-containing dental amalgam, used to fill cavities, is set to be phased out globally by 2034 to reduce human exposure to the toxic heavy metal. The decision was taken by the 153 parties to the Minamata Convention on Mercury at the Sixth Conference of Parties (COP-6) that took place last week in Geneva. While 50 countries, including the European Union’s 27 member states, have already phased out dental amalgam, typically a mix of liquid mercury and silver, many countries, including the United States, continue to allow the use of the amalgam in dental procedures. Mercury is a highly toxic element and exposure to even small quantities of it can cause developmental delays in children as well as affect the nervous, digestive and immune systems, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). “Use of dental amalgam poses several challenges, including exposure to mercury of dental practitioners, also the cost challenges related to disposal of dental amalgam, and also mercury emissions from crematoria,” said Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary of the Minamata Convention, a global treaty adopted in 2013 to protect both humans and the environment from the adverse effects of mercury. Alternatives to the amalgam include composite resin, glass ionomer, ceramics and gold. Mercury in artisanal mining and cosmetics the focus of other COP6 initiatives Countries that have phased out dental amalgam. Stankiewicz spoke at a press conference on Monday, discussing the outcomes of COP6. Parties to the Convention also agreed to step up efforts to address mercury exposures in artisanal gold mining. They will also collaborate to reduce the availability of cosmetics with mercury. While such cosmetics are banned, they are available online, experts said. This year’s COP drew some 1000 in-person participants to Geneva as well as several thousand online. The convention, named after the Japanese city of Minamata, alludes to the neurological disease that drew global attention to the issue in 1956, when several thousand Japanese residents of the city were diagnosed with symptoms of severe mercury poisoning, due to their consumption of fish and shellfish exposed to high methylmercury levels in wastewater emissions from a nearby chemical plant. The Convention, adopted in 2013, came into force in 2017. Since the first Conference of the Parties in 2017, more restrictions on mercury use have progressively been added, based on the support and willingness of countries. “The issue of dental amalgam has been discussed also in the past two COPs,” Stankiewicz said. “So, it’s a third COP that the parties have been negotiating the matter. And then each of the COPs, certain measures were adopted to dramatically reduce the use of dental amalgam. So, the convention already includes a number of measures that restrict the use.” The decision to phase out dental amalgam worldwide received strong support from US Secretary of Health and Human Services Robert F Kennedy Jr, an environmental lawyer, who appeared before the COP’s opening session on 3 November via video link. However, he also criticised the continued use of thiomersal, a preservative used in some vaccines that contains a derivative of mercury called ethylmercury. “Why do we hold a double standard for mercury? Why do we call it dangerous in batteries, in over-the-counter medications, and makeup – but acceptable in vaccines and dental fillings,” Kennedy asked as the discussions kicked off on November 3. While the US FDA has recently banned the use of thiomersal, the WHO has continued to call it safe to use. With regards to the phase out of amalgam, some countries at this year’s COP, including a bloc of African states, called for speeding up the timeline to ban the production, import and export of amalgam by 2030 – arguing that they lacked facilities to safely manage mercury waste. But they were met with resistance from other countries, including the United Kingdom and India, which considered the date as too ambitious. The UK allows for amalgam although its use is banned for children under the age of 15, pregnant or breastfeeding women. Gold mining – a ‘just transition’ Crushing gold ore in Guinea before pouring in mercury and burning the mixture to produce pure gold. Countries also discussed new measures to phase out mercury use in artisanal and small-scale gold mining – an occupation that continues to draw poor communities in developing countries, given the high price of gold. The discussions took place just before the UN climate change conference (COP30) convened Monday (10-21 November) in the Amazonian city of Belém – one of the world’s regions where artisanal and small-scale gold mining exposes communities and the sensitive rain forest that they inhabit to dangerous levels of mercury emissions. Artisanal gold extraction involves mixing mercury with crushed rocks of gold ore, then heating the amalgam to vaporize the mercury, leaving the gold behind. The process exposes workers, including women and children, to severe health risks through inhalation of mercury vapor, as well as releasing methylmercury into the environment, which can bioaccumulate in the food chain. Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer, Minamata Convention. “The COP strengthened its commitment to addressing the challenges of artisanal and small-scale gold mining, otherwise referred to as ASGM, through acknowledging the need for a just transition for miners. So, this is supporting fair, inclusive and sustainable alternatives,” said Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer of the Minamata Convention. While no specific decision was taken, parties to the convention agreed to support new technologies and other measures to phase out the use of mercury and related toxic exposures. This pathway, conference participants stressed, is preferable to banning ASGM altogether, which would turn the miners into criminals. “This [discussion] does empower countries who have the mandatory obligation to develop national action plans under the Convention to consider measures of how they would look at the just transition (away from mercury use in artisanal mining) in their national action plans,” Koekkoek added. WHO to help draw up a strategy for mercury phase-out in public health systems Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary, Minamata Convention. For the next COP, scheduled in 2027, the WHO has been invited to prepare a strategy on mercury phase-out in cosmetics. This strategy would focus on advice to countries about measures to prevent the use, manufacture, import and export of mercury-contaminated cosmetics. “It could be then used domestically by parties, and also on that basis, prepare appropriate documentation to our COP in 2027,” Stankiewicz said. WHO has been a longtime observer to the Convention, and historically active in measures such as phasing out mercury-containing thermometers and other medical devices used by health systems. The parties to the convention also agreed to look more closely at the global mercury supply chain, sharing relevant information. An expert group has been constituted that would look more closely at the manufacture, use and trade in specific mercury compounds, as compared to elemental mercury, which has largely been the focus to date. Image Credits: Unsplash/Navy Medicine, European Network for Environmental Medicine, Planet Gold . African Countries Affirm Support for Multilateral Pandemic Agreement Amid Pressure to Make Bilateral Deals with US 11/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Zimbabwe, speaking for WHO Africa member states plus Egypt, Sudan, Somalia and Libya, committed to a multilateral pathogen system. African countries want information about pathogens with the potential to cause pandemics to be shared “exclusively” through a global system currently being negotiated at the World Health Organization (WHO) – yet at the same time, their governments are under pressure to agree to bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) with the United States that will trade their pathogen information for health aid. “We envision a PABS [Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing] system that ensures that all PABS materials and sequence information flow exclusively through the [WHO] system,” said Zimbabwe, speaking on behalf of 50 African member states. He was addressing the Intergovernmental Working Group (IGWG), charged with negotiating the PABS system, at the end of last week’s text-based negotiations. Once agreed, the PABS system will become an annex to the WHO’s Pandemic Agreement, setting out how information about pathogens with pandemic potential is shared in a safe, transparent and accountable manner, and how those who share this information will benefit from vaccines, diagnostics and therapeautics that are developed as a result. Under pressure from the US However, the US government is currently negotiating MOUs with several African countries that aim to compel them to share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” in exchange for aid to address HIV, tuberculosis and malaria, Health Policy Watch reported exclusively last week. Several countries have little power to refuse the terms of the MOUs as they face mounting deaths and illness of their citizens without resources to buy essential antiretroviral, TB and malaria medication, mosquito nets and other medical necessities. The loss of aid from the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), combined with a 24% reduction from other large donors, is predicted to “cause an additional 4·43 to 10·75 million new HIV infections and 0·77 to 2·93 million HIV-related deaths between 2025 and 2030 compared with the status quo,” according to a modelling study published in The Lancet in May. The MOUs are part of the US’s new America First Global Health Strategy, which is based on “keeping America safe, strong and prosperous”. However, several health leaders have expressed concern that sharing the information of dangerous pathogen via numerous bilateral agreements, rather than via one centralised PABS system under the WHO, will slow down the world’s response to future pandemics. Undermine multilateralism “These bilateral agreements will undermine the multilateral system. They will bypass the WHO, and the foundations of solidarity and equity we have been trying to build here,” Dr Michel Kazatchkine, a member of the Independent Panel for Pandemic Preparedness and Response, told the IGWG last week. “The template offers no guarantees of access to countermeasures and gives commercial dominance to one country. It threatens health security, data security and ultimately national sovereignty.” Nina Schwalbe, CEO of Spark Street Advisors, described the draft MOUs as “pure bullying by the US and a terrible deal for any country”. The bilateral MOUs propose that the US “gives a bit of aid for a few diseases for just a few years at best – and in return they give access to physical specimens and genetic sequence data for 25 years,” said Schwalbe. “There is zero promise by the US to provide any of the resulting drugs, diagnostics or vaccines [it] develops using their data. This is not a fair deal. It is a powerful country exerting its muscle once again put itself first in line,” she added. Jamie Love, head of Knowledge Ecology International, said it is “not surprising that the US is undermining the WHO negotiations”. ‘But Trump won’t be President forever, and the pandemic treaty will be around longer. I don’t think [the bilateral agreements] will kill the Pandemic Agreement, but it certainly is designed to undermine the equity provisions and reduce the industry incentives to participate in the near term.” Kazatchkine said that, while the Panel “fully understands that some countries will consider entering into these agreements”, it “cannot stress enough the importance of a multilateral approach for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response”. ‘Solidarity is our best immunity’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses IGWG3. The WHO told Health Policy Watch that it has “not received any official information”about the US MOUs. “However, WHO member states are working actively to develop the PABS system as part of the already adopted WHO Pandemic Agreement,” the WHO spokesperson added. “Solidarity is our best immunity. Finalising the Pandemic Agreement through a commitment to multilateral action, is our collective promise to protect humanity,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told IGWG “To enable a timely and effective response to future pandemics, countries must be able to quickly identify pathogens that have pandemic potential and share their genetic information and material so scientists can develop tools like tests, treatments, and vaccines,” the WHO explained. The PABS system is envisaged to facilitate both the rapid and timely sharing of biological material and sequence information from pathogens with pandemic potential on the one hand, and enable the “rapid, timely, fair and equitable sharing of benefits” – such as vaccines – that arise from sharing this information. IGWG Bureau co-chair Ambassador Tovar da Silva Nunes said that member states had shown during last week’s meeting that they are capable of the difficult conversations “that will make the world safer from the threat of future pandemics”. “By considering complex issues head-on, these negotiations are ensuring that future pandemic responses will be fair, timely and grounded in solidarity,” said da Silva Nunes. “Seeing the member states’ disposition to tackle these issues, I am optimistic that we will deliver a finalised annex to the World Health Assembly for adoption in May 2026.” Canada Loses Measles Elimination Status 10/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Dr Jarbas Barbosa, director of the Pan American Health Organization, the Americas region of WHO. Canada has lost its measles elimination status after 12 months of continuous transmission of the highly infectious disease, the Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) announced on Monday. This follows a PAHO expert meeting on infectious diseases last week, the Measles, Rubella, and Congenital Rubella Syndrome Elimination Regional Monitoring and Re-Verification Commission. “The commission determined that endemic measles transmission has been re-established in Canada, where the virus has circulated for at least 12 months,” PAHO director Dr Jarbas Barbosa told a media briefing. Since Canada’s measles outbreak started in October 2024, there have been over 5,000 cases in nine of the country’s 10 provinces. The Public Health Agency of Canada said in a statement on Monday that it is “currently experiencing a large, multi-jurisdictional outbreak of measles that began in October 2024 with cases in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Prince Edward Island, Quebec, Saskatchewan, and the Northwest Territories.” “While transmission has slowed recently, the outbreak has persisted for over 12 months, primarily within under-vaccinated communities,” it added. Thirty-fold increase Measles incidence in Canada by province in 2025. Canada’s loss is also PAHO’s loss, as the entire World Health Organization’s Region of the Americas has also lost its measles elimination status as a result. As of 7 November, 12,593 confirmed measles cases have been reported across 10 countries (approximately 95% in Canada, Mexico and US) in the region, PAHO reported. This is a 30-fold increase compared to 2024. Twenty-eight deaths have been recorded: 23 in Mexico, three in the United States, and two in Canada. “Measles is the most contagious disease known to humankind,” said Barbosa. “One infected person can transmit the disease to up to 18 others. Thanks to vaccines, many people have never seen an outbreak in their lifetime.” Measles can cause severe complications such as blindness, pneumonia, encephalitis and even death. “Stopping the spread of measles required that at least 95% of the population be vaccinated with two doses. This is very important across all communities, without exception,” Barbosa stressed. However, in 2024, regional coverage for the second dose of the measles, mumps and rubella vaccine (MMR2) averaged 79%. Only 31% of countries reached 95% or more coverage for the first dose, and just 20% achieved that level for the second dose. There are active measles outbreaks in Canada, Mexico, the United States, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay, and Belize. Canada has lost its measles elimination status…a sad milestone. Now is the time to double down on lowering barriers to routine childhood immunizations and ensuring Canadians have access to credible, science-based information. Link: https://t.co/JbALpkKWSW pic.twitter.com/JMiySJCOuM — Isaac Bogoch (@BogochIsaac) November 10, 2025 Mostly in the unvaccinated “Transmission has primarily affected under-vaccinated communities, with 89% of cases occurring in unvaccinated individuals or those with unknown vaccination status. Children under one year of age are the most affected, followed by those aged one to four years,” said PAHO. “Vaccination remains the most effective means of protection. Over the past 25 years, the measles vaccine has prevented more than six million deaths across the Americas —and an estimated 15 million deaths over the last 50 years,” stressed PAHO. To regain its measles elimination status, Canada must show that it has eliminated endemic transmission for at least 12 consecutive months, supported by comprehensive vaccination, surveillance, and outbreak-response data. Canada will present and implement an action plan under PAHO’s regional framework, focused on boosting immunisation coverage, reinforcing surveillance systems, and ensuring rapid outbreak response to stop endemic transmission and regain measles elimination status, said PAHO. PAHO is providing technical support to countries to strengthen surveillance, laboratory diagnosis, outbreak response, and vaccination campaigns. Experts have been deployed to Mexico, Argentina, and Bolivia, and it is monitoring risks in Belize, Brazil and Paraguay. Image Credits: Health Canada . COP30 Opens on Amazon’s Edge as World Battles to Claw Back 1.5°C Target 10/11/2025 Stefan Anderson Delegates arrive for the opening day of COP30 on the edge of the Brazilian Amazon. The third decade of United Nations climate negotiations opened on Monday in the Brazilian Amazon, as 50,000 negotiators, politicians, civil society representatives, industry lobbyists, and indigenous peoples from around the world gathered for talks on protecting the planet from climate catastrophe. The thirtieth anniversary of COP summits has little time to celebrate: Ten years after the world agreed to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, that threshold has been breached. In the health arena, the Bélem Action Plan to be launched on Wednesday aims to position health sector climate action a little closer to the mainstream of climate commitments, actions and stocktaking – after years of operating on the margins. Brazil insisted on hosting the talks in Belém, a small coastal city on the Amazon’s edge, to place the rainforest, nature, planet and people negotiators are there to protect at the center of negotiations. Limited hotels and housing has delegates housed on mammoth cruise ships, casting long shadows over local fishing villages. Others will spend the week in local, pay-by-the-hour love motels. All will be working under the heavy humidity and heat of the world’s largest rainforest, a constant reminder of the climate future awaiting the billions worldwide if negotiations fail. “Climate change is not a threat of the future, it is already a tragedy of the present,” Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva told the opening plenary, citing the hurricane that levelled Jamaica and a “trail of destruction, droughts, fires in Africa and Europe, floods in South America and South East Asia” that have killed thousands and displaced millions. “The climate emergency is a case of inequality; it exposes and exacerbates the unacceptable,” Lula said. Opening ceremony underway in Belem as COP30 kicks off on the edge of the Amazon. He also attacked rising military spending, arguing the world should prioritise climate finance over defence budgets. “The men that go to war, if they were here, present here, at this COP, they would perceive that it’s much cheaper to put $1.3 trillion for us to end the climate crisis than to put $2 trillion and sell $700 billion to buy weapons and go to war,” he said. Progress has been made since Paris. The planet was then on pace for 4°C of warming by century’s end. Today’s business-as-usual scenario projects 2.8°C. If countries implement their Paris commitments, warming could fall to between 2.3°C and 2.5°C. ‘COP of implementation’ Unlike previous summits, COP30 is not expected to produce a landmark agreement. Instead, the focus is implementation: meeting the promises made in Paris, Baku and Dubai to raise climate finance, transition away from fossil fuels, and return warming to under 1.5°C. The tasks ahead may be the most difficult COP in years: find the money, international cooperation and political will to protect billions facing life or death on current warming projections. In his inaugural address as COP president, André Aranha Corrêa do Lago said three priorities will dominate the agenda: climate adaptation, finance for a just transition, and implementing the global stocktake recommendations on clean energy and reversing deforestation. “This is a COP of implementation,” said Corrêa do Lago. “I hope it will be remembered as a COP of adaptation, a COP of advancing climate integration with economic activity and generation of jobs, and above all, a COP which will hear and believe in science.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. The latest COP is the first in several years not to be heavily clouded by the smoke and scandal of petrostate hosts. The last two climate summits, held in the UAE and Azerbaijan, two nations heavily reliant on state-owned oil conglomerates for government revenue, were hit with scandals alleging subterfuge and coordination between the chiefs of negotiations and fossil fuel interests seeking to weaken any global agreement. Brazil, an oil-producing state, is by no means immune to industry influence either. “Brazil is hosting COP30. Why is it still drilling for oil?” asked the award-winning Brazilian journalist, Cândida Schaedler, in a post published Monday, noting that Lula recently approved a plan by the state-owned company, Petrobras, to start drilling in a sensitive Amazonian region, at the mouth of the Amazon River. New oil exploration project greenlighted at the mouth of the Amazon River Even so, at this year’s COP, the heaviest pressures on the negotiators will likely come from outside. The United States, the world’s largest historical emitter, has spurned the talks entirely, after withdrawing from the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5° C. China’s President Xi Jinping and Nahrenda Modi of India, will not attend the Brazil summit, either – topping off the list of the world’s three largest polluters. Fears of US influence hover over talks A fear of US influence from Washington looms over the talks despite the fact that Washington is not sending a team. Recently, the Trump administration used intimidation and economic threats to derail a landmark deal to cut global shipping emissions. And the US administration employed similar tactics at the failed plastics treaty negotiations in Geneva in August. “Although climate change will hurt poor people more than anyone else, for the vast majority of them, it will not be the only or even the biggest threat to their lives and welfare. The biggest problems are poverty and disease, just as they always have been,” Gates wrote in a provocative new memo, roundly criticised by climate scientists for minimising the damage warming could do. Following the Gates memo, US President Donald Trump declared on social media: “I (WE!) just won the War on the Climate Change Hoax,” taking aim at Gates’ argument for a change in the framing of climate change from a “doomsday view” to a more optimistic framing of a crisis with billions of livelihoods in the balance. “Bill Gates has finally admitted that he was completely WRONG on the issue,” declared the US president, who has frequently called climate change “the greatest con job ever perpetrated”. US President Donald Trump removed the country from the Paris Agreement for a second time, cancelling his predecessor’s commitments to cut US emissions by 61% to 66% below 2005 levels by 2035. Lula: ‘defeat the denialists’ Brazil’s Lula has sought to frame COP30 as a direct counterpoint to forces such as the US administration. European Union officials have taken a similar tack. The bloc’s chief negotiator, Jacob Werksman, said last week COP30 must press on against the “strong counter-narrative that’s coming from a particular part of the world, suggesting that climate change is a hoax.” In an indirect swipe at the US in his opening remarks, Lula referred to a coalition of ‘denialists’ which he said: “reject not only the evidence and science,” but attack multilateralism, spread “hatred and fear,” and “attack institutions, science and universities.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. He spoke from experience. The nation’s previous president, Jair Bolsonaro, like Trump, dismissed climate change as a hoax, and deforestation in the Brazilian Amazon reached record heights. Bolsonaro was recently sentenced to 27 years in prison for organising a coup against Lula. Under Lula’s presidency, Brazil’s emissions fell nearly 17% last year – the biggest drop in 15 years – as the government cracked down on illegal deforestation. Whether the United States – which has never truly stepped into the climate leadership role its historical emissions would suggest – might one day follow a similar path from climate denial back to engagement remains an open question. But Brazil’s transformation demonstrates how climate policies can swing dramatically when governments change. And at the same time, Lula has tread a fine political line between his supporters and opponents. This was reflected in his signing of the “devastation bill” in August. The new legislation approved by the Brazilian parliament, removed many of the legal safeguards around the environmental review of new development, although the Brazilian leader vetoed some of its most damaging provisions. Green as the ‘growth story of the 21st century’ UNFCCC chief Simon Stiell addresses the opening plenary. As green technology surges ahead, however, climate denial is increasingly at odds with basic economics, the optimists point out. While the US retreats from climate leadership, China is moving to consolidate its dominance in renewable energy manufacturing and deployment, positioning itself to dominate the energy markets of the future. “The economics of this transition are as indisputable as the costs of inaction,” UN Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell told delegates. “Solar and wind are now the lowest-cost power in 90% of the world. Renewables overtook coal this year as the world’s top energy source.” “This is the growth story of the 21st Century, the economic transformation of our age,” Stiell said. “Those opting out or taking baby steps face stagnation and higher prices, while other economies surge ahead.” ‘Climate justice invoice’ But translating that economic momentum into the financing needed for a global transition remains the central – and likely insurmountable – challenge of COP30. At the opening ceremony of COP30, outgoing president Mukhtar Babayev presented delegates with an “invoice for climate justice”, a document outlining the minimum financial commitments required from wealthy nations. The invoice includes: $40 billion in urgent adaptation finance by 2025, tripling climate funds to $5.1 billion by 2030, and the $300 billion annual pledge by 2035 that emerged from last year’s negotiations. The total, including the aspirational $1.3 trillion annual climate funding target in the Baku finance deal? Several trillion. ‘Invoice for climate justice’ shown on stage by outgoing COP29 president Mukhtar Babayev. The invoice is addressed specifically to what are known as Annex II countries under the UN climate convention: 39 developed nations identified in 1992 when the framework was first opened for signing. These include the United States, European Union members, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, and a handful of others. But the US, historically the world’s largest emitter and responsible for roughly 40% of climate finance under this framework, has walked away from the table. The gap in the $1.3 trillion annual target agreed in Baku created by a US exit breaks the math: The EU and other Annex II nations cannot shoulder $1.3 trillion, or even the scaled-back $300bn commitment, on their own. This leads to the second, politically fraught problem that has plagued environmental negotiations from plastics, to biodiversity and climate alike for years: several of the world’s wealthiest nations – China, Russia, South Korea, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Poland, the United Arab Emirates, and Mexico – are classified as developing countries under the 1992 framework. They are not obligated to contribute climate finance, and they have so far largely refused to do so voluntarily. Since then, China’s cumulative emissions have surpassed the EU’s while it has become the world’s second-largest economy. Early drafts of the Baku agreement proposed expanding the donor list to include some of these nations. That language was quietly dropped from the final text, leaving the donor list unchanged. Fair share of total climate finance contributions by donor bloc, according to the Center for Global Development. China, the world’s largest annual emitter, contributes approximately $3.8 billion per year in climate finance, a fraction of what it would owe under a system based on current emissions or economic capacity. It does provide developing nations with cheap green technology, but resists any formal obligation to pay into global climate funds. Analysis by the Center for Global Development suggests that by 2030, non-Annex II nations should collectively shoulder around 30% of total climate finance, with Annex II countries covering the remaining 70%. Even the $300 billion target, however, remains distant. Current climate finance flows are estimated between $28 billion, according to Oxfam, which excludes loans, and $116 billion by OECD figures, which count loans equally with grants. The $1.3tn economists say is needed grows more remote with each passing year as inflation and continued warming increase the cost of adaptation and mitigation. The Baku agreement also made a key compromise to get it over the line: leaving unresolved whether loans should count toward the finance target. Loans currently make up two-thirds of climate finance for the Global South, with some countries, like France, providing 86% of their climate finance through loans. If this loan-to-grant ratio continues, approximately $200 billion of the $300 billion 2035 target would come as loans rather than grants, which developing countries argue perpetuates rather than solves their debt crises. “We now need to put the Baku to Belém roadmap to work to start moving towards the 1.3 trillion,” Stiell said. Billions of lives, species, and nations Brazil’s COP30 presidency chose the Amazon city of Belém in an effort to remind negotiators of the planet they are fighting to protect, The planet warming in line with the latest projections is a matter of life and death for billions of people, species, and nations. Over half a million people have died every year due to heat exposure over the past decade. Millions die due to air pollution. Conflicts drive resource wars, while droughts cause famine and displacement. Extreme weather destroys homes, while sea level rise threatens nations themselves. The UNHCR’s latest report, released on the opening day of the summit, adds to the reality just decades away – or already here – for the world’s most vulnerable populations. “Three in every four refugees and other displaced people fleeing war and persecution now live in countries that are highly vulnerable to climate-related hazards,” UNHCR chief Filippo Grandi said. “These communities face an impossible reality – they are being hit harder by more devastating floods, longer droughts and periods of extreme heat, without the means to adapt, recover and rebuild.” Of the 117 million people displaced by conflict today, around 75% – 86 million – are exposed to extreme weather. The one million refugees who returned home in the first half of this year returned to countries highly vulnerable to more of the climate impacts that displaced them in the first place. “Whilst mega droughts wreck national harvests, sending food prices soaring, it makes zero sense, economically or politically, to squabble while famines take hold, forcing millions to flee their homelands – this will never be forgotten,” Stiell said. “As conflicts spread while climate disasters decimate the lives of millions when we already have the solutions this will never, ever be forgiven.” “We have already agreed that transition pathways must be inclusive and just, covering whole economies and societies,” the UNFCCC chief added. “Now we must agree on concrete steps to turn aspirations into actions.” COP ‘Health Day’ to launch the Bélem Action Plan for health sector Nearly one-eighth of the global population does not have access to health facilities with reliable electricity. Health will have its own featured day at the conference, on the COP30 Health Day this Thursday. Proponents hope this year’s high-level event will create more of a buzz than last year’s COP29 in Baku, where the marquee Health Day event took place in a cramped, windowless meeting room with just a few dozen attendees in person and online. This year’s day will focus on the launch of the Belém Health Action Plan – a blueprint for health sector adaptation to climate change. A key political objective of the Action Plan, however, is to integrate by 2028 member state progress reports into the broader COP “Global Stocktake” mechanism – ending years of health sector isolation from mainstream climate monitoring and reporting. Specifically, the Action plan aims to support stronger health sector surveillance of climate-sensitive disease trends, integration of “climate adaptation and resilience measures into all levels of health care,” strengthen the health care workforce and support “Innovation, Production, and Digital Health.” Buried under that last rubric is a call to support “investments in sustainable investments in sustainable innovation and technology to provide uninterrupted operation of health care services during extreme climate events.” And that, finally, includes “energy-efficient solutions, renewable energy sources, safe water supply and sanitation, and logistics systems in health facilities to strengthen operational resilience.” Translated, that means supporting shifts to more sustainable and reliable energy systems for energy-starved health systems in the global South, where some 1 billion people are served by health facilities with inadequate energy services, and 12-15% of facilities in South-East Asia and Africa have no electricity at all. Applied to high-income settings, the same strategies that lead to long-term reductions in health sector climate emissions, estimated at 5% of the global total. Central and eastern Africa have the highest proportion of health facilities with no electricity access – 50% or more in some regions. Critics have complained that the Bélem Action Plan is still far too tame – focusing primarily on adaptation in the health sector rather than on the millions of lives that climate mitigation can save through the simultaneous reduction of air pollution, the fostering of greener urban areas that enable physical activity, and healthier low-carbon diets. Even so, if the Bélem plan can help catapult health issues into the mainstream of talks, that would be a significant gain after decades of fighting for recognition. “The plan provides a detailed roadmap of adaptation measures to protect lives and livelihoods against the impacts of climate change, from early warning systems, to improving collaboration across sectors and health systems, to providing health workers with the tools to respond to climate impacts,” said the former WHO and Australian government advisor, Arthur Wyns, in a recent LinkedIn Post, “It builds on the COP28 Declaration on Climate and Health, which was endorsed by 150 countries and sent a powerful political signal that countries are ready to do more in this area.” Bélem Action Plan Health pavilion to livestream events non-stop WHO is also hosting a Health Pavilion at COP30 in the official Blue Zone in collaboration with the UK-based Wellcome Trust, engaging dozens of global health, finance and environmental partners from the International Energy Agency to the Asian Development Bank, not to mention local governmental, non-profit and youth alliances. Events livestreamed almost non-stop throughout the two weeks of talks will showcase evidence and discuss solutions that optimise the health benefits of tackling climate change across regions of the world; key sectors from transport to food production and health; and in cities as well as rural areas. “A sick planet means sick people,” WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told delegates at the COP high-level opening today in Bélem. “The climate crisis is a health crisis – not in the future, but now. It is already spreading disease, worsening malnutrition, displacing communities, and claiming lives through heat, floods, fires, and pollution.” .@WHO thanks Brazil for hosting #COP30. If our planet were a patient, it would be admitted to intensive care. Our call at the COP30 Leaders’ Summit was simple: – put health at the centre of every climate decision– direct climate finance towards protecting lives and… pic.twitter.com/XGUelHP9yL — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) November 8, 2025 Beyond the political rhetoric, however, health-specific climate action remains severely underfunded, capturing only 2% of adaptation funding and 0.5% of multilateral climate funding, advocates point out. “Health is the strongest argument for climate action,” Tedros said. “It’s much easier to convince people of the need to protect their own health or that of their children, than to protect glaciers or ecosystems. Both are important. One is a lot closer to home.” “Put health at the centre of every climate decision. Direct climate finance towards protecting lives and livelihoods. And recognise health as a measure of climate ambition and success. Because there can be no healthy people on a sick planet.” The talks continue through November 21. –Elaine Ruth Fletcher contributed to reporting and editing. Image Credits: COP30, COP30, COP30, Eden FlahertySource: Agência Nacional do Petróleo, Gás Natural e Biocombustíveis, Center for Global Development, COP30, WHO, WHO . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
New Malaria Drug Candidate Exceeds Cure Rate for Standard ACTs in Phase 3 Trial 12/11/2025 Felix Sassmannshausen GanLum Phase 3 trial results presented at ASTMH annual conference in Toronto. From right to left: David Fidock, American Society of Tropical Medicine; George Jagoe, MMV; Ruairidh Villar, Novartis; Sujata Vaidyanathan; Novartis; Abdoulaye Djimdé, University of Sciences Techniques and Technologies, Bamako, Mali. The 97% cure rate for the novel compound, ganaplacide/lumefantrine in a recent Phase 3 trial offers hope for continued progress rolling back malaria even as resistance to artemisinin combination therapies (ACT) escalates. A next-generation antimalarial drug GanLum (ganaplacide/lumefantrine, KLU156) slightly outperformed a standard of care Artemisinin Combination Therapy (ACT) in a recent Phase 3 trial – offering new hope that recent gains against malaria can be maintained and advanced despite growing parasite resistance to current treatments. The randomised controlled trial (RCT) involving over 1,600 participants across 12 Sub-Saharan African Countries demonstrated a +97% cure rate for GanLum, as compared to 94% for the ACT, Coartem©, in the control arm of the trial, said the pharma firm Novartis. The results were published Wednesday following an embargoed briefing at the annual conference of the American Society for Tropical Medicine and Health (ASTMH) in Toronto, including Novartis co-developer, Medicines for Malaria Venture (MMV), lead trial coordinator, Abdoulaye Djimdé, and ASTMH President, David Fidock. The trial is all the more significant insofar as it tested efficacy against malaria caused by the most deadly parasite, Plasmodium falciparum (P. falciparum). The Phase 3 trial results confirm the efficacy as well as safety of GanLum. P. falciparum is responsible for almost all malaria-related deaths worldwide. African countries bear the heaviest burden, accounting for an estimated 95% of the 597,000 malaria-related deaths globally in 2023. After falling dramatically from 2000 to 2015, malaria deaths and infections, which mainly occur in children under 5 years old, have increased. The 2023 levels of 263 million cases and 597,000 deaths reflect the sharp rise seen since 2016 when there were 216 million malaria cases and 445,000 deaths. “GanLum could represent the biggest advance in malaria treatment for decades,” declared Djimdé, Professor of Parasitology and Mycology at the Bamako University of Science, Techniques and Technologies in Mali. Djimdé coordinates the West African Network for Clinical Trials of Antimalarial Drugs (WANECAM), which was a lead partner in the GanLum trial. The trial, which included 34 sites across West and Central Africa along with others in Zambia, Kenya, Uganda, Tanzanina, and one site in India, began in March 2024 and concluded in June 2025. “After the successful Phase 3 trial, we will submit the drug for regulatory approval as soon as possible,“ said George Jagoe, Executive Vice President at Medicines for Malaria Venture (MMV), the Geneva-based non-profit product development partnership. “We hope to see it within a year, year and a half, in the hands of countries and eventually in patients.” Volunteer healthworkers collect supplies during a seasonal malaria chemoprevention campaign in Nigeria. Initial regulatory approval is expected to be sought in Switzerland via Swissmedic. But the aim is to kickstart national regulatory procedures in the Sub-Saharan Africa region as well, added Vaidyanathan. The drug would be made available on a ‘largely not-for-profit’ basis in low- and middle-income countries, MMV said, in accordance with agreements signed with Novartis. The next-generation drug GanLum combines the novel non-artemisinin compound ganaplacide (KAF156), with an updated formulation of lumefantrine (LUM-SDF), also used in standard ACTs. Ganaplacide was initially identified by Novartis through high-throughput screening of 2.3 million compounds in San Diego, California, funded by MMV and the Wellcome Trust. Together, the components target multiple stages of the malaria parasite’s life cycle and can prevent transmission. Ganaplacide disrupts the parasite’s internal protein transport system, which is essential for its survival inside red blood cells. It is also effective against the mature sexual stages of the parasite (gametocytes), as explained by Sujata Vaidyanathan, Head of the Global Health Development Unit at Novartis. This blocks them from spreading to other human hosts via mosquito bites. Meanwhile, lumefantrine prevents the parasite from re-emerging in the human’s body at a later stage. Trial confirms efficacy and safety A doctor at a district hospital in Ifakara, Tanzania treating a malaria patient. Nearly 600,000 people annually still die from the disease, mostly in Africa. The trial involved randomised testing of the GanLum against the control drug Coartem©, a gold standard for treatment, on 1,688 adults and children weighing at least 10 kg and aged at least two years with acute, uncomplicated malaria, across 34 sites in the 12 African countries where it was tested. The primary objective of the Phase 3 trial was to demonstrate that KLU156 is non-inferior to Coartem© (artemether-lumefantrine), as measured by the PCR-corrected cure rate on day 29 of treatment. According to data provided by Novartis, GanLum achieved an efficacy of 97.4% using the “estimand” framework. The current standard of care with ACTs has a rate of 94%. The “estimand” method is a conservative approach to results, required to support regulatory submissions, which considers patients that discontinue the study or for whom PCR data is missing at the time of the primary analysis to have failed the treatment. Regarding the side effects, expert Djimdé said: “As with any drug, there are certain expected side effects. However, this was a randomised trial, and the safety profile is comparable to that of the reference compound. So it is absolutely fine to be put in the hands of patients.” Hope in face of drug resistance and funding cuts Mapping of parsasite resistance to artemisin, the key active ingredient in component in ACTs. This new drug combination is a vital advance in the fight against malaria. Progress had recently stalled due to global health funding cuts and the conflict-linked displacement of many malaria-prone populations. In addition, extreme weather events caused by climate change have damaged public health infrastructure and enabled malaria parasites to spread to new regions. The emergence of partial resistance to artemisinin-based combination therapies (ACTs), threatens to undo years of progress. According to the WHO, this could result in an additional 78 million malaria cases over five years in a business as usual scenario. MMV’s Jagoe described reports of resistance in several countries in Central and Eastern Africa, such as Rwanda and Uganda, as “smoke signals’’, adding. “It is a huge relief that we can now think about a brighter future,“ he said. “We finally have a fire extinguisher ready.” The intention is not to abandon artemisinin-based treatments, but rather to add an effective new weapon to the fight against malaria. Significantly, GanLum also targets mutations of the parasite that are markers of drug resistance. Crucial step in long road toward elimination Animation of the ganaplacide molecule that is a key component of the novel antimalarial combination drug GanLum. The experts presenting the Phase 3 trial results described tremendous excitement over the results – a crucial step forward in the fight against malaria. “I’m very, very excited, and very pleased to see the results of this GanLum trial”, said Jagoe from MMV. However, after approval, the drug will still have to prove its efficacy in the field. Challenges to overcome And there are major challenges to overcome. The trial was initially designed to include children weighing over 5 kg and aged over two months. That is because infants and toddlers, especially those in the lowest weight category, typically have the highest mortality rates, particularly in areas with moderate to high transmission rates. However, since reported prevalence is often lower, the age, and weight thresholds of the trial were increased in a pragmatic move to identify trial participants and accelerate the process of testing the new drug. But the intention is to trial the drug on children between 5 and 10 kg in weight and 2 months and 2 years in age – as soon as it becomes feasible. As a Novartis spokesperson explained in an interview with Health Policy Watch, “We are committed to supporting the youngest children.” Novartis recently received approval for Coartem Baby, a malaria drug designed for newborns and young infants, also co-developed with MMV. See related story here. Ghanaian Newborns First to Get New Malaria Medication While the road to a single-dose curative treatment for malaria, often referred to as the Holy Grail, remains elusive, GanLum also represents a step forward on that score. It is administered as a daily sachet of granules for three consecutive days. Standard antimalarial therapy with ACTs involves taking medication twice daily for three days. This complex regimen is known to result in suboptimal patient adherence – wiith a third or more of patients failing to complete regimes in the real-world. This reduces the effectiveness of the drug and increases the likelihood of partial resistance. A potential single-dose treatment, also unveiled at the ASTMH, could significantly improve adherence as well as fighting parasite resistance, its proponents say. The single-dose treatment combining four known anti-malarials – sulfadoxine, pyrimethamine, artesunate and pyronaridine (SPAP) — was trialed on 539 patients in Gabon with uncomplicated malaria, including children under the age of 10, as compared to another 442 people who received the standard ACT. Some 93% of patients who received the single dose cure were free of parasites after 28 days, as compared to 90% of those who received the standard ACT. “We found that our single-dose treatment was just as effective as the standard course that typically requires taking six doses spaced out over three days, which many patients never complete,” said Ghyslain Mombo-Ngoma, MD, PhD, lead author of the study and head of clinical operations at the Medical Research Center of Lambaréné, Gabon (known by its French acronym CERMEL). Image Credits: Novartis, Health Policy Watch , Novartis , Munira Ismail_MSH, Peter Mgongo, WHO . Aid Cuts Jeopardise 2024’s Slight Global Progress Against Tuberculosis 12/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan A tuberculosis patient in Mozambique celebrates completed her treatment with a community health worker sponsored by USAID funds, which has since been slashed. Last year, the global battle to reduce tuberculosis infections and deaths showed small signs of recovery following three disruptive COVID-19 years – but this year’s precipitous drop in development aid is likely to cause new setbacks, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). TB killed 1.23 million people in 2024 and made 10.7 million people sick in 2024, according to the Global TB Report 2025 released by the WHO on Wednesday (12 November). There was a tiny 3% decline in deaths and a 1% decline in new infections last year in comparison to the previous year. But the impact of the precipitous drop in development aid, particularly from the United States since January, is not reflected in the report, which tracks data from 2024, noting only that: “Cuts to international donor funding from 2025 onwards threaten overall funding for the TB response in many countries.” Speaking at a WHO press conference Wednesday, Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus described as “good news” the decline in new TB cases and deaths. “Meanwhile, the number of people being tested and treated is increasing and research is advancing for the first time in over a century. New effective TB vaccine for adolescents and adults are within reach,” Tedros said, noting that 18 vaccine candidates are currently in clinical development, including six in Phase 3 trials. “Despite all this good news… TB still killed more than 1.2 million people in 2024 which for a disease that’s preventable and curable is simply unconscionable,” Tedros said, adding that, “funding cuts to international aid in many low and middle income countries threaten to reverse the hard won gains we see. “It’s therefore vital that countries step up domestic resource allocation, alongside international funding.” Just eight countries account for 67% of TB cases: India (25%), Indonesia (10%), the Philippines (6.8%), China (6.5%), Pakistan (6.3%), Nigeria (4.8%), the Democratic Republic of the Congo (3.9%) and Bangladesh (3.6%). ‘Concerning trends’ WHO TB director Dr Tereza Kasaeva. The WHO has already seen “some concerning trends” for 2025, particularly in the highest burden, low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) that have been “heavily dependent on international donor funding”, said Dr Tereza Kasaeva, WHO director for HIV, TB, Hepatitis and STIs. These include disruptions to access to TB treatment, diagnosis and prevention; problems with monitoring and reporting, drug delivery, sample transportation, and “one of the biggest impacts”, community engagement, she told a media briefing before the launch. The report notes that estimates of the impact of the funding cuts, particularly by the US, include “about half a million additional deaths and 1.4 million additional cases in the period 2025–2035 if USAID funding is not replaced, increasing to about two million additional deaths and five million additional cases when cuts in contributions to the Global Fund are also considered”. Least progress made in funds mobilisation Even before the funding cuts, progress in achieving TB goals fell far short of global targets. The worst-performing targets for 2024 relate to funds mobilisation. Only $5.9 billion of 2027’s $22 billion target for TB treatment had been collected, and slightly more than 20% of the $5.5 billion research target for 2027 has been achieved. Despite the lack of resaerch funds, the WHO notes that development pipeline is strong. “As of August 2025, 63 diagnostic tests were in development and 29 drugs were in clinical trials – up from just eight in 2015. Additionally, 18 vaccine candidates are undergoing clinical trials, including six in Phase 3.” Drop in deaths Since 2015, there has been a 29% drop in deaths – but the target was a 75% reduction by this year. However, two WHO regions have done substantially better than the global average: Europe, which cut deaths by 49% by 2024; and Africa, with a 46% reduction in deaths, mainly as a result of better outcomes for people coinfected with HIV. Similarly, there has only been a 12% drop in TB incidence against a global target of 50% between 2015 and 2025. However, Europe achieved a 39% decrease and Africa, a 28% decrease. In contrast, TB incidence has risen by 5% or more in Indonesia, Myanmar and the Philippines. Meanwhile, 47% of households with people living with TB face “catastrophic” health costs against a target of zero. However, Kasaeva noted that 8.3 million people who were newly diagnosed with TB in 2024 accessed treatment, “representing about 78% of the people who fell ill with the disease during that year”. In addition, the coverage of rapid testing for TB diagnosis increased from 48% in 2023 to 54%, while there was an 88% success rate for “treatment for drug-susceptible TB”. Building sustainable systems Dr Yogan Pillay, Gates Foundation’s director for HIV and TB. However, Dr Yogan Pillay, Gates Foundation’s director for HIV and TB delivery, said that several countries were “stepping up, both in increasing domestic financing and looking at other ways of delivering services” since the cuts in aid. He singled out Indonesia, Nigeria and South Africa for upping domestic financing for TB in the wake of cuts to global health financing. “That’s what we need to focus on now. How do we develop systems that are sustainable, including in low and middle-income countries?” Pillay asked. “We need to change the ways in which we do things so that we can sustain the gains that we’ve seen in the 2024 data, notwithstanding any funding cuts.” A significant proportion of the TB burden is driven by five major risk factors: undernutrition, HIV infection, alcohol abuse, smoking and diabetes, according to the report. “Tackling these issues, along with critical determinants like poverty and GDP per capita, requires coordinated multisectoral action,” according to the WHO. The report concludes by noting that, in the face of cuts to international donor funding from 2025, “political commitment and domestic funding in high TB burden countries are more important than ever”. Image Credits: Arnaldo Salomão Banze, ADPP Mozambique. Building Africa’s Health Sovereignty: From Dependence to Partnership 11/11/2025 Muhammad Ali Pate Ghana’s President John Mahama welcoming delegates to the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit In August, African leaders gathered in Accra, Ghana, to chart a path for the continent’s future in public health. Their message was unequivocal: Africa’s political independence is incomplete without the power to shape its own development – including the health of its people. The Africa Health Sovereignty Summit was a demand to break free from the dependency that has stunted the continent’s ability to safeguard the health of its own people. History shows why these matters. At the height of the AIDS crisis, lifesaving drugs reached Africa only years after they were standard in the West, costing countless lives to a treatable virus. During the COVID-19 pandemic, wealthy nations stockpiled vaccines in excess – even for low-risk groups – while African countries scrambled to secure doses for their most vulnerable. It was a stark reminder that the self-interest of the rich can override the basic needs of the poor. International funding has played a pivotal role in advancing Africa’s health. From the Global Fund to the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), to GAVI, external support has not only saved lives but also improved livelihoods, extended life expectancy, and strengthened economies. Inequities in global health architecture Biden-era US officials hand donated mpox vaccines to Nigerian health officials. That solidarity deserves recognition, but it must be retooled to truly serve Africa. Today, many inequities remain embedded in the current global health architecture. Investment frameworks are typically drawn up in Geneva or Washington, rather than in Accra or Nairobi. Funding rises and falls with the politics of donor nations. That imbalance also shapes perception. Our continent of 1.4 billion people – dynamic, youthful, and skilful – is still too often seen as a recipient of charity. Even when African scientists lead, as South African researchers did by sequencing the COVID-19 variant called Omicron, they are treated as recipients rather than equal partners. That not only limits Africa’s potential but also leaves the whole world more vulnerable to the next pandemic. The way forward is clear: Africa must invest in its own health with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance. Healthy citizens are the foundation of innovation, stability, and prosperity. Each dollar invested in health paves the path to wealth, multiplying productivity and resilience. New kind of solidarity Dr Muhammed Ali Pate addressing Nigeria’s high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. Some governments are charting the path forward. Last month in Nigeria, we convened a high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. The initiative brought together government officials, development partners, civil society, academia, and the private sector to design sustainable approaches to financing healthcare for all in Nigeria. This builds on Nigeria’s leadership in advancing universal health coverage (UHC). In the Abuja 2001 Declaration and the Abuja+12 Declaration, member states pledged to increase domestic financing for health to build stronger and more self-reliant health systems. At the 78th World Health Assembly this year, countries adopted a Nigeria-sponsored initiative aimed at strengthening global health financing and accelerating progress toward long-standing commitments to achieve UHC. The message from Accra and Abuja is not isolation or a call for donor retreat, but for a new kind of solidarity. Donors can continue to play a critical role by investing with us to address pressing health needs, while building robust, resilient, and sustainable health infrastructure that supports countries in managing transitions away from perpetual dependence. The aim is not disengagement but transformation – from recipients of aid to equal partners. Continental blueprint The Accra gathering offered a continental blueprint for the future of health engagement with international partners. Nigeria’s September dialogue aimed to anchor it in national reality. Together, the two initiatives reflect a new mood: Africans insisting on authorship of their own health future. The rest of the world should welcome this. A sovereign Africa, healthier and stronger, is in the interest of humanity. Pandemics know no borders; health insecurity in one corner of the continent is insecurity everywhere in the world. Supporting Africa’s health sovereignty is not just about “helping countries,” it is also enlightened self-interest. The Accra Summit and Nigeria’s dialogue point the way forward for Africa’s public health. To get there, we must act with urgency to strengthen South–South cooperation and collaboration, forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. Unified vision African Union leaders and Rwanda’s Ministry of Health signed an agreement to establish the African Medicines Agency’s first headquarters in Kigali, in June 2023. A single continental medicines agency will speed up approvals of medicines across the continent. This pivotal moment calls for bold African leadership – one that articulates a unified vision and drives coordinated action on regional health priorities. At the core of this transformation is the creation of a dynamic health ecosystem that integrates the public and private sectors across the entire value chain – from research and development to manufacturing, distribution, and healthcare delivery. True health sovereignty will remain elusive until Africa establishes a vibrant intra-continental health market capable of producing, regulating, and procuring its own medical products and technologies. The African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) must serve as the backbone of this vision, enabling the seamless movement of health goods, services, and expertise across borders, unlocking economies of scale, and spurring investment in local industries. By taking these decisive steps, Africa can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate has been Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare since 2023. He was also the country’s Minister of State for Health between 2011 and 2013, prior to which he was the executive director of Nigeria’s National Primary Health Care Development Agency. He has also been a professor of public health leadership at Harvard University, and held various positions at the World Bank Group. Image Credits: WHO, Nigeria Federal Ministry of Health and Welfare, Rwanda Ministry of Health. Dental Amalgam Set to Be Phased out by 2034 to Reduce Toxic Mercury Exposures 11/11/2025 Disha Shetty Dental amalgam used to fill tooth cavities is set to be phased out by 2034 to reduce toxic exposures to mercury. Mercury-containing dental amalgam, used to fill cavities, is set to be phased out globally by 2034 to reduce human exposure to the toxic heavy metal. The decision was taken by the 153 parties to the Minamata Convention on Mercury at the Sixth Conference of Parties (COP-6) that took place last week in Geneva. While 50 countries, including the European Union’s 27 member states, have already phased out dental amalgam, typically a mix of liquid mercury and silver, many countries, including the United States, continue to allow the use of the amalgam in dental procedures. Mercury is a highly toxic element and exposure to even small quantities of it can cause developmental delays in children as well as affect the nervous, digestive and immune systems, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). “Use of dental amalgam poses several challenges, including exposure to mercury of dental practitioners, also the cost challenges related to disposal of dental amalgam, and also mercury emissions from crematoria,” said Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary of the Minamata Convention, a global treaty adopted in 2013 to protect both humans and the environment from the adverse effects of mercury. Alternatives to the amalgam include composite resin, glass ionomer, ceramics and gold. Mercury in artisanal mining and cosmetics the focus of other COP6 initiatives Countries that have phased out dental amalgam. Stankiewicz spoke at a press conference on Monday, discussing the outcomes of COP6. Parties to the Convention also agreed to step up efforts to address mercury exposures in artisanal gold mining. They will also collaborate to reduce the availability of cosmetics with mercury. While such cosmetics are banned, they are available online, experts said. This year’s COP drew some 1000 in-person participants to Geneva as well as several thousand online. The convention, named after the Japanese city of Minamata, alludes to the neurological disease that drew global attention to the issue in 1956, when several thousand Japanese residents of the city were diagnosed with symptoms of severe mercury poisoning, due to their consumption of fish and shellfish exposed to high methylmercury levels in wastewater emissions from a nearby chemical plant. The Convention, adopted in 2013, came into force in 2017. Since the first Conference of the Parties in 2017, more restrictions on mercury use have progressively been added, based on the support and willingness of countries. “The issue of dental amalgam has been discussed also in the past two COPs,” Stankiewicz said. “So, it’s a third COP that the parties have been negotiating the matter. And then each of the COPs, certain measures were adopted to dramatically reduce the use of dental amalgam. So, the convention already includes a number of measures that restrict the use.” The decision to phase out dental amalgam worldwide received strong support from US Secretary of Health and Human Services Robert F Kennedy Jr, an environmental lawyer, who appeared before the COP’s opening session on 3 November via video link. However, he also criticised the continued use of thiomersal, a preservative used in some vaccines that contains a derivative of mercury called ethylmercury. “Why do we hold a double standard for mercury? Why do we call it dangerous in batteries, in over-the-counter medications, and makeup – but acceptable in vaccines and dental fillings,” Kennedy asked as the discussions kicked off on November 3. While the US FDA has recently banned the use of thiomersal, the WHO has continued to call it safe to use. With regards to the phase out of amalgam, some countries at this year’s COP, including a bloc of African states, called for speeding up the timeline to ban the production, import and export of amalgam by 2030 – arguing that they lacked facilities to safely manage mercury waste. But they were met with resistance from other countries, including the United Kingdom and India, which considered the date as too ambitious. The UK allows for amalgam although its use is banned for children under the age of 15, pregnant or breastfeeding women. Gold mining – a ‘just transition’ Crushing gold ore in Guinea before pouring in mercury and burning the mixture to produce pure gold. Countries also discussed new measures to phase out mercury use in artisanal and small-scale gold mining – an occupation that continues to draw poor communities in developing countries, given the high price of gold. The discussions took place just before the UN climate change conference (COP30) convened Monday (10-21 November) in the Amazonian city of Belém – one of the world’s regions where artisanal and small-scale gold mining exposes communities and the sensitive rain forest that they inhabit to dangerous levels of mercury emissions. Artisanal gold extraction involves mixing mercury with crushed rocks of gold ore, then heating the amalgam to vaporize the mercury, leaving the gold behind. The process exposes workers, including women and children, to severe health risks through inhalation of mercury vapor, as well as releasing methylmercury into the environment, which can bioaccumulate in the food chain. Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer, Minamata Convention. “The COP strengthened its commitment to addressing the challenges of artisanal and small-scale gold mining, otherwise referred to as ASGM, through acknowledging the need for a just transition for miners. So, this is supporting fair, inclusive and sustainable alternatives,” said Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer of the Minamata Convention. While no specific decision was taken, parties to the convention agreed to support new technologies and other measures to phase out the use of mercury and related toxic exposures. This pathway, conference participants stressed, is preferable to banning ASGM altogether, which would turn the miners into criminals. “This [discussion] does empower countries who have the mandatory obligation to develop national action plans under the Convention to consider measures of how they would look at the just transition (away from mercury use in artisanal mining) in their national action plans,” Koekkoek added. WHO to help draw up a strategy for mercury phase-out in public health systems Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary, Minamata Convention. For the next COP, scheduled in 2027, the WHO has been invited to prepare a strategy on mercury phase-out in cosmetics. This strategy would focus on advice to countries about measures to prevent the use, manufacture, import and export of mercury-contaminated cosmetics. “It could be then used domestically by parties, and also on that basis, prepare appropriate documentation to our COP in 2027,” Stankiewicz said. WHO has been a longtime observer to the Convention, and historically active in measures such as phasing out mercury-containing thermometers and other medical devices used by health systems. The parties to the convention also agreed to look more closely at the global mercury supply chain, sharing relevant information. An expert group has been constituted that would look more closely at the manufacture, use and trade in specific mercury compounds, as compared to elemental mercury, which has largely been the focus to date. Image Credits: Unsplash/Navy Medicine, European Network for Environmental Medicine, Planet Gold . African Countries Affirm Support for Multilateral Pandemic Agreement Amid Pressure to Make Bilateral Deals with US 11/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Zimbabwe, speaking for WHO Africa member states plus Egypt, Sudan, Somalia and Libya, committed to a multilateral pathogen system. African countries want information about pathogens with the potential to cause pandemics to be shared “exclusively” through a global system currently being negotiated at the World Health Organization (WHO) – yet at the same time, their governments are under pressure to agree to bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) with the United States that will trade their pathogen information for health aid. “We envision a PABS [Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing] system that ensures that all PABS materials and sequence information flow exclusively through the [WHO] system,” said Zimbabwe, speaking on behalf of 50 African member states. He was addressing the Intergovernmental Working Group (IGWG), charged with negotiating the PABS system, at the end of last week’s text-based negotiations. Once agreed, the PABS system will become an annex to the WHO’s Pandemic Agreement, setting out how information about pathogens with pandemic potential is shared in a safe, transparent and accountable manner, and how those who share this information will benefit from vaccines, diagnostics and therapeautics that are developed as a result. Under pressure from the US However, the US government is currently negotiating MOUs with several African countries that aim to compel them to share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” in exchange for aid to address HIV, tuberculosis and malaria, Health Policy Watch reported exclusively last week. Several countries have little power to refuse the terms of the MOUs as they face mounting deaths and illness of their citizens without resources to buy essential antiretroviral, TB and malaria medication, mosquito nets and other medical necessities. The loss of aid from the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), combined with a 24% reduction from other large donors, is predicted to “cause an additional 4·43 to 10·75 million new HIV infections and 0·77 to 2·93 million HIV-related deaths between 2025 and 2030 compared with the status quo,” according to a modelling study published in The Lancet in May. The MOUs are part of the US’s new America First Global Health Strategy, which is based on “keeping America safe, strong and prosperous”. However, several health leaders have expressed concern that sharing the information of dangerous pathogen via numerous bilateral agreements, rather than via one centralised PABS system under the WHO, will slow down the world’s response to future pandemics. Undermine multilateralism “These bilateral agreements will undermine the multilateral system. They will bypass the WHO, and the foundations of solidarity and equity we have been trying to build here,” Dr Michel Kazatchkine, a member of the Independent Panel for Pandemic Preparedness and Response, told the IGWG last week. “The template offers no guarantees of access to countermeasures and gives commercial dominance to one country. It threatens health security, data security and ultimately national sovereignty.” Nina Schwalbe, CEO of Spark Street Advisors, described the draft MOUs as “pure bullying by the US and a terrible deal for any country”. The bilateral MOUs propose that the US “gives a bit of aid for a few diseases for just a few years at best – and in return they give access to physical specimens and genetic sequence data for 25 years,” said Schwalbe. “There is zero promise by the US to provide any of the resulting drugs, diagnostics or vaccines [it] develops using their data. This is not a fair deal. It is a powerful country exerting its muscle once again put itself first in line,” she added. Jamie Love, head of Knowledge Ecology International, said it is “not surprising that the US is undermining the WHO negotiations”. ‘But Trump won’t be President forever, and the pandemic treaty will be around longer. I don’t think [the bilateral agreements] will kill the Pandemic Agreement, but it certainly is designed to undermine the equity provisions and reduce the industry incentives to participate in the near term.” Kazatchkine said that, while the Panel “fully understands that some countries will consider entering into these agreements”, it “cannot stress enough the importance of a multilateral approach for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response”. ‘Solidarity is our best immunity’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses IGWG3. The WHO told Health Policy Watch that it has “not received any official information”about the US MOUs. “However, WHO member states are working actively to develop the PABS system as part of the already adopted WHO Pandemic Agreement,” the WHO spokesperson added. “Solidarity is our best immunity. Finalising the Pandemic Agreement through a commitment to multilateral action, is our collective promise to protect humanity,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told IGWG “To enable a timely and effective response to future pandemics, countries must be able to quickly identify pathogens that have pandemic potential and share their genetic information and material so scientists can develop tools like tests, treatments, and vaccines,” the WHO explained. The PABS system is envisaged to facilitate both the rapid and timely sharing of biological material and sequence information from pathogens with pandemic potential on the one hand, and enable the “rapid, timely, fair and equitable sharing of benefits” – such as vaccines – that arise from sharing this information. IGWG Bureau co-chair Ambassador Tovar da Silva Nunes said that member states had shown during last week’s meeting that they are capable of the difficult conversations “that will make the world safer from the threat of future pandemics”. “By considering complex issues head-on, these negotiations are ensuring that future pandemic responses will be fair, timely and grounded in solidarity,” said da Silva Nunes. “Seeing the member states’ disposition to tackle these issues, I am optimistic that we will deliver a finalised annex to the World Health Assembly for adoption in May 2026.” Canada Loses Measles Elimination Status 10/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Dr Jarbas Barbosa, director of the Pan American Health Organization, the Americas region of WHO. Canada has lost its measles elimination status after 12 months of continuous transmission of the highly infectious disease, the Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) announced on Monday. This follows a PAHO expert meeting on infectious diseases last week, the Measles, Rubella, and Congenital Rubella Syndrome Elimination Regional Monitoring and Re-Verification Commission. “The commission determined that endemic measles transmission has been re-established in Canada, where the virus has circulated for at least 12 months,” PAHO director Dr Jarbas Barbosa told a media briefing. Since Canada’s measles outbreak started in October 2024, there have been over 5,000 cases in nine of the country’s 10 provinces. The Public Health Agency of Canada said in a statement on Monday that it is “currently experiencing a large, multi-jurisdictional outbreak of measles that began in October 2024 with cases in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Prince Edward Island, Quebec, Saskatchewan, and the Northwest Territories.” “While transmission has slowed recently, the outbreak has persisted for over 12 months, primarily within under-vaccinated communities,” it added. Thirty-fold increase Measles incidence in Canada by province in 2025. Canada’s loss is also PAHO’s loss, as the entire World Health Organization’s Region of the Americas has also lost its measles elimination status as a result. As of 7 November, 12,593 confirmed measles cases have been reported across 10 countries (approximately 95% in Canada, Mexico and US) in the region, PAHO reported. This is a 30-fold increase compared to 2024. Twenty-eight deaths have been recorded: 23 in Mexico, three in the United States, and two in Canada. “Measles is the most contagious disease known to humankind,” said Barbosa. “One infected person can transmit the disease to up to 18 others. Thanks to vaccines, many people have never seen an outbreak in their lifetime.” Measles can cause severe complications such as blindness, pneumonia, encephalitis and even death. “Stopping the spread of measles required that at least 95% of the population be vaccinated with two doses. This is very important across all communities, without exception,” Barbosa stressed. However, in 2024, regional coverage for the second dose of the measles, mumps and rubella vaccine (MMR2) averaged 79%. Only 31% of countries reached 95% or more coverage for the first dose, and just 20% achieved that level for the second dose. There are active measles outbreaks in Canada, Mexico, the United States, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay, and Belize. Canada has lost its measles elimination status…a sad milestone. Now is the time to double down on lowering barriers to routine childhood immunizations and ensuring Canadians have access to credible, science-based information. Link: https://t.co/JbALpkKWSW pic.twitter.com/JMiySJCOuM — Isaac Bogoch (@BogochIsaac) November 10, 2025 Mostly in the unvaccinated “Transmission has primarily affected under-vaccinated communities, with 89% of cases occurring in unvaccinated individuals or those with unknown vaccination status. Children under one year of age are the most affected, followed by those aged one to four years,” said PAHO. “Vaccination remains the most effective means of protection. Over the past 25 years, the measles vaccine has prevented more than six million deaths across the Americas —and an estimated 15 million deaths over the last 50 years,” stressed PAHO. To regain its measles elimination status, Canada must show that it has eliminated endemic transmission for at least 12 consecutive months, supported by comprehensive vaccination, surveillance, and outbreak-response data. Canada will present and implement an action plan under PAHO’s regional framework, focused on boosting immunisation coverage, reinforcing surveillance systems, and ensuring rapid outbreak response to stop endemic transmission and regain measles elimination status, said PAHO. PAHO is providing technical support to countries to strengthen surveillance, laboratory diagnosis, outbreak response, and vaccination campaigns. Experts have been deployed to Mexico, Argentina, and Bolivia, and it is monitoring risks in Belize, Brazil and Paraguay. Image Credits: Health Canada . COP30 Opens on Amazon’s Edge as World Battles to Claw Back 1.5°C Target 10/11/2025 Stefan Anderson Delegates arrive for the opening day of COP30 on the edge of the Brazilian Amazon. The third decade of United Nations climate negotiations opened on Monday in the Brazilian Amazon, as 50,000 negotiators, politicians, civil society representatives, industry lobbyists, and indigenous peoples from around the world gathered for talks on protecting the planet from climate catastrophe. The thirtieth anniversary of COP summits has little time to celebrate: Ten years after the world agreed to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, that threshold has been breached. In the health arena, the Bélem Action Plan to be launched on Wednesday aims to position health sector climate action a little closer to the mainstream of climate commitments, actions and stocktaking – after years of operating on the margins. Brazil insisted on hosting the talks in Belém, a small coastal city on the Amazon’s edge, to place the rainforest, nature, planet and people negotiators are there to protect at the center of negotiations. Limited hotels and housing has delegates housed on mammoth cruise ships, casting long shadows over local fishing villages. Others will spend the week in local, pay-by-the-hour love motels. All will be working under the heavy humidity and heat of the world’s largest rainforest, a constant reminder of the climate future awaiting the billions worldwide if negotiations fail. “Climate change is not a threat of the future, it is already a tragedy of the present,” Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva told the opening plenary, citing the hurricane that levelled Jamaica and a “trail of destruction, droughts, fires in Africa and Europe, floods in South America and South East Asia” that have killed thousands and displaced millions. “The climate emergency is a case of inequality; it exposes and exacerbates the unacceptable,” Lula said. Opening ceremony underway in Belem as COP30 kicks off on the edge of the Amazon. He also attacked rising military spending, arguing the world should prioritise climate finance over defence budgets. “The men that go to war, if they were here, present here, at this COP, they would perceive that it’s much cheaper to put $1.3 trillion for us to end the climate crisis than to put $2 trillion and sell $700 billion to buy weapons and go to war,” he said. Progress has been made since Paris. The planet was then on pace for 4°C of warming by century’s end. Today’s business-as-usual scenario projects 2.8°C. If countries implement their Paris commitments, warming could fall to between 2.3°C and 2.5°C. ‘COP of implementation’ Unlike previous summits, COP30 is not expected to produce a landmark agreement. Instead, the focus is implementation: meeting the promises made in Paris, Baku and Dubai to raise climate finance, transition away from fossil fuels, and return warming to under 1.5°C. The tasks ahead may be the most difficult COP in years: find the money, international cooperation and political will to protect billions facing life or death on current warming projections. In his inaugural address as COP president, André Aranha Corrêa do Lago said three priorities will dominate the agenda: climate adaptation, finance for a just transition, and implementing the global stocktake recommendations on clean energy and reversing deforestation. “This is a COP of implementation,” said Corrêa do Lago. “I hope it will be remembered as a COP of adaptation, a COP of advancing climate integration with economic activity and generation of jobs, and above all, a COP which will hear and believe in science.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. The latest COP is the first in several years not to be heavily clouded by the smoke and scandal of petrostate hosts. The last two climate summits, held in the UAE and Azerbaijan, two nations heavily reliant on state-owned oil conglomerates for government revenue, were hit with scandals alleging subterfuge and coordination between the chiefs of negotiations and fossil fuel interests seeking to weaken any global agreement. Brazil, an oil-producing state, is by no means immune to industry influence either. “Brazil is hosting COP30. Why is it still drilling for oil?” asked the award-winning Brazilian journalist, Cândida Schaedler, in a post published Monday, noting that Lula recently approved a plan by the state-owned company, Petrobras, to start drilling in a sensitive Amazonian region, at the mouth of the Amazon River. New oil exploration project greenlighted at the mouth of the Amazon River Even so, at this year’s COP, the heaviest pressures on the negotiators will likely come from outside. The United States, the world’s largest historical emitter, has spurned the talks entirely, after withdrawing from the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5° C. China’s President Xi Jinping and Nahrenda Modi of India, will not attend the Brazil summit, either – topping off the list of the world’s three largest polluters. Fears of US influence hover over talks A fear of US influence from Washington looms over the talks despite the fact that Washington is not sending a team. Recently, the Trump administration used intimidation and economic threats to derail a landmark deal to cut global shipping emissions. And the US administration employed similar tactics at the failed plastics treaty negotiations in Geneva in August. “Although climate change will hurt poor people more than anyone else, for the vast majority of them, it will not be the only or even the biggest threat to their lives and welfare. The biggest problems are poverty and disease, just as they always have been,” Gates wrote in a provocative new memo, roundly criticised by climate scientists for minimising the damage warming could do. Following the Gates memo, US President Donald Trump declared on social media: “I (WE!) just won the War on the Climate Change Hoax,” taking aim at Gates’ argument for a change in the framing of climate change from a “doomsday view” to a more optimistic framing of a crisis with billions of livelihoods in the balance. “Bill Gates has finally admitted that he was completely WRONG on the issue,” declared the US president, who has frequently called climate change “the greatest con job ever perpetrated”. US President Donald Trump removed the country from the Paris Agreement for a second time, cancelling his predecessor’s commitments to cut US emissions by 61% to 66% below 2005 levels by 2035. Lula: ‘defeat the denialists’ Brazil’s Lula has sought to frame COP30 as a direct counterpoint to forces such as the US administration. European Union officials have taken a similar tack. The bloc’s chief negotiator, Jacob Werksman, said last week COP30 must press on against the “strong counter-narrative that’s coming from a particular part of the world, suggesting that climate change is a hoax.” In an indirect swipe at the US in his opening remarks, Lula referred to a coalition of ‘denialists’ which he said: “reject not only the evidence and science,” but attack multilateralism, spread “hatred and fear,” and “attack institutions, science and universities.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. He spoke from experience. The nation’s previous president, Jair Bolsonaro, like Trump, dismissed climate change as a hoax, and deforestation in the Brazilian Amazon reached record heights. Bolsonaro was recently sentenced to 27 years in prison for organising a coup against Lula. Under Lula’s presidency, Brazil’s emissions fell nearly 17% last year – the biggest drop in 15 years – as the government cracked down on illegal deforestation. Whether the United States – which has never truly stepped into the climate leadership role its historical emissions would suggest – might one day follow a similar path from climate denial back to engagement remains an open question. But Brazil’s transformation demonstrates how climate policies can swing dramatically when governments change. And at the same time, Lula has tread a fine political line between his supporters and opponents. This was reflected in his signing of the “devastation bill” in August. The new legislation approved by the Brazilian parliament, removed many of the legal safeguards around the environmental review of new development, although the Brazilian leader vetoed some of its most damaging provisions. Green as the ‘growth story of the 21st century’ UNFCCC chief Simon Stiell addresses the opening plenary. As green technology surges ahead, however, climate denial is increasingly at odds with basic economics, the optimists point out. While the US retreats from climate leadership, China is moving to consolidate its dominance in renewable energy manufacturing and deployment, positioning itself to dominate the energy markets of the future. “The economics of this transition are as indisputable as the costs of inaction,” UN Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell told delegates. “Solar and wind are now the lowest-cost power in 90% of the world. Renewables overtook coal this year as the world’s top energy source.” “This is the growth story of the 21st Century, the economic transformation of our age,” Stiell said. “Those opting out or taking baby steps face stagnation and higher prices, while other economies surge ahead.” ‘Climate justice invoice’ But translating that economic momentum into the financing needed for a global transition remains the central – and likely insurmountable – challenge of COP30. At the opening ceremony of COP30, outgoing president Mukhtar Babayev presented delegates with an “invoice for climate justice”, a document outlining the minimum financial commitments required from wealthy nations. The invoice includes: $40 billion in urgent adaptation finance by 2025, tripling climate funds to $5.1 billion by 2030, and the $300 billion annual pledge by 2035 that emerged from last year’s negotiations. The total, including the aspirational $1.3 trillion annual climate funding target in the Baku finance deal? Several trillion. ‘Invoice for climate justice’ shown on stage by outgoing COP29 president Mukhtar Babayev. The invoice is addressed specifically to what are known as Annex II countries under the UN climate convention: 39 developed nations identified in 1992 when the framework was first opened for signing. These include the United States, European Union members, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, and a handful of others. But the US, historically the world’s largest emitter and responsible for roughly 40% of climate finance under this framework, has walked away from the table. The gap in the $1.3 trillion annual target agreed in Baku created by a US exit breaks the math: The EU and other Annex II nations cannot shoulder $1.3 trillion, or even the scaled-back $300bn commitment, on their own. This leads to the second, politically fraught problem that has plagued environmental negotiations from plastics, to biodiversity and climate alike for years: several of the world’s wealthiest nations – China, Russia, South Korea, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Poland, the United Arab Emirates, and Mexico – are classified as developing countries under the 1992 framework. They are not obligated to contribute climate finance, and they have so far largely refused to do so voluntarily. Since then, China’s cumulative emissions have surpassed the EU’s while it has become the world’s second-largest economy. Early drafts of the Baku agreement proposed expanding the donor list to include some of these nations. That language was quietly dropped from the final text, leaving the donor list unchanged. Fair share of total climate finance contributions by donor bloc, according to the Center for Global Development. China, the world’s largest annual emitter, contributes approximately $3.8 billion per year in climate finance, a fraction of what it would owe under a system based on current emissions or economic capacity. It does provide developing nations with cheap green technology, but resists any formal obligation to pay into global climate funds. Analysis by the Center for Global Development suggests that by 2030, non-Annex II nations should collectively shoulder around 30% of total climate finance, with Annex II countries covering the remaining 70%. Even the $300 billion target, however, remains distant. Current climate finance flows are estimated between $28 billion, according to Oxfam, which excludes loans, and $116 billion by OECD figures, which count loans equally with grants. The $1.3tn economists say is needed grows more remote with each passing year as inflation and continued warming increase the cost of adaptation and mitigation. The Baku agreement also made a key compromise to get it over the line: leaving unresolved whether loans should count toward the finance target. Loans currently make up two-thirds of climate finance for the Global South, with some countries, like France, providing 86% of their climate finance through loans. If this loan-to-grant ratio continues, approximately $200 billion of the $300 billion 2035 target would come as loans rather than grants, which developing countries argue perpetuates rather than solves their debt crises. “We now need to put the Baku to Belém roadmap to work to start moving towards the 1.3 trillion,” Stiell said. Billions of lives, species, and nations Brazil’s COP30 presidency chose the Amazon city of Belém in an effort to remind negotiators of the planet they are fighting to protect, The planet warming in line with the latest projections is a matter of life and death for billions of people, species, and nations. Over half a million people have died every year due to heat exposure over the past decade. Millions die due to air pollution. Conflicts drive resource wars, while droughts cause famine and displacement. Extreme weather destroys homes, while sea level rise threatens nations themselves. The UNHCR’s latest report, released on the opening day of the summit, adds to the reality just decades away – or already here – for the world’s most vulnerable populations. “Three in every four refugees and other displaced people fleeing war and persecution now live in countries that are highly vulnerable to climate-related hazards,” UNHCR chief Filippo Grandi said. “These communities face an impossible reality – they are being hit harder by more devastating floods, longer droughts and periods of extreme heat, without the means to adapt, recover and rebuild.” Of the 117 million people displaced by conflict today, around 75% – 86 million – are exposed to extreme weather. The one million refugees who returned home in the first half of this year returned to countries highly vulnerable to more of the climate impacts that displaced them in the first place. “Whilst mega droughts wreck national harvests, sending food prices soaring, it makes zero sense, economically or politically, to squabble while famines take hold, forcing millions to flee their homelands – this will never be forgotten,” Stiell said. “As conflicts spread while climate disasters decimate the lives of millions when we already have the solutions this will never, ever be forgiven.” “We have already agreed that transition pathways must be inclusive and just, covering whole economies and societies,” the UNFCCC chief added. “Now we must agree on concrete steps to turn aspirations into actions.” COP ‘Health Day’ to launch the Bélem Action Plan for health sector Nearly one-eighth of the global population does not have access to health facilities with reliable electricity. Health will have its own featured day at the conference, on the COP30 Health Day this Thursday. Proponents hope this year’s high-level event will create more of a buzz than last year’s COP29 in Baku, where the marquee Health Day event took place in a cramped, windowless meeting room with just a few dozen attendees in person and online. This year’s day will focus on the launch of the Belém Health Action Plan – a blueprint for health sector adaptation to climate change. A key political objective of the Action Plan, however, is to integrate by 2028 member state progress reports into the broader COP “Global Stocktake” mechanism – ending years of health sector isolation from mainstream climate monitoring and reporting. Specifically, the Action plan aims to support stronger health sector surveillance of climate-sensitive disease trends, integration of “climate adaptation and resilience measures into all levels of health care,” strengthen the health care workforce and support “Innovation, Production, and Digital Health.” Buried under that last rubric is a call to support “investments in sustainable investments in sustainable innovation and technology to provide uninterrupted operation of health care services during extreme climate events.” And that, finally, includes “energy-efficient solutions, renewable energy sources, safe water supply and sanitation, and logistics systems in health facilities to strengthen operational resilience.” Translated, that means supporting shifts to more sustainable and reliable energy systems for energy-starved health systems in the global South, where some 1 billion people are served by health facilities with inadequate energy services, and 12-15% of facilities in South-East Asia and Africa have no electricity at all. Applied to high-income settings, the same strategies that lead to long-term reductions in health sector climate emissions, estimated at 5% of the global total. Central and eastern Africa have the highest proportion of health facilities with no electricity access – 50% or more in some regions. Critics have complained that the Bélem Action Plan is still far too tame – focusing primarily on adaptation in the health sector rather than on the millions of lives that climate mitigation can save through the simultaneous reduction of air pollution, the fostering of greener urban areas that enable physical activity, and healthier low-carbon diets. Even so, if the Bélem plan can help catapult health issues into the mainstream of talks, that would be a significant gain after decades of fighting for recognition. “The plan provides a detailed roadmap of adaptation measures to protect lives and livelihoods against the impacts of climate change, from early warning systems, to improving collaboration across sectors and health systems, to providing health workers with the tools to respond to climate impacts,” said the former WHO and Australian government advisor, Arthur Wyns, in a recent LinkedIn Post, “It builds on the COP28 Declaration on Climate and Health, which was endorsed by 150 countries and sent a powerful political signal that countries are ready to do more in this area.” Bélem Action Plan Health pavilion to livestream events non-stop WHO is also hosting a Health Pavilion at COP30 in the official Blue Zone in collaboration with the UK-based Wellcome Trust, engaging dozens of global health, finance and environmental partners from the International Energy Agency to the Asian Development Bank, not to mention local governmental, non-profit and youth alliances. Events livestreamed almost non-stop throughout the two weeks of talks will showcase evidence and discuss solutions that optimise the health benefits of tackling climate change across regions of the world; key sectors from transport to food production and health; and in cities as well as rural areas. “A sick planet means sick people,” WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told delegates at the COP high-level opening today in Bélem. “The climate crisis is a health crisis – not in the future, but now. It is already spreading disease, worsening malnutrition, displacing communities, and claiming lives through heat, floods, fires, and pollution.” .@WHO thanks Brazil for hosting #COP30. If our planet were a patient, it would be admitted to intensive care. Our call at the COP30 Leaders’ Summit was simple: – put health at the centre of every climate decision– direct climate finance towards protecting lives and… pic.twitter.com/XGUelHP9yL — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) November 8, 2025 Beyond the political rhetoric, however, health-specific climate action remains severely underfunded, capturing only 2% of adaptation funding and 0.5% of multilateral climate funding, advocates point out. “Health is the strongest argument for climate action,” Tedros said. “It’s much easier to convince people of the need to protect their own health or that of their children, than to protect glaciers or ecosystems. Both are important. One is a lot closer to home.” “Put health at the centre of every climate decision. Direct climate finance towards protecting lives and livelihoods. And recognise health as a measure of climate ambition and success. Because there can be no healthy people on a sick planet.” The talks continue through November 21. –Elaine Ruth Fletcher contributed to reporting and editing. Image Credits: COP30, COP30, COP30, Eden FlahertySource: Agência Nacional do Petróleo, Gás Natural e Biocombustíveis, Center for Global Development, COP30, WHO, WHO . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Aid Cuts Jeopardise 2024’s Slight Global Progress Against Tuberculosis 12/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan A tuberculosis patient in Mozambique celebrates completed her treatment with a community health worker sponsored by USAID funds, which has since been slashed. Last year, the global battle to reduce tuberculosis infections and deaths showed small signs of recovery following three disruptive COVID-19 years – but this year’s precipitous drop in development aid is likely to cause new setbacks, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). TB killed 1.23 million people in 2024 and made 10.7 million people sick in 2024, according to the Global TB Report 2025 released by the WHO on Wednesday (12 November). There was a tiny 3% decline in deaths and a 1% decline in new infections last year in comparison to the previous year. But the impact of the precipitous drop in development aid, particularly from the United States since January, is not reflected in the report, which tracks data from 2024, noting only that: “Cuts to international donor funding from 2025 onwards threaten overall funding for the TB response in many countries.” Speaking at a WHO press conference Wednesday, Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus described as “good news” the decline in new TB cases and deaths. “Meanwhile, the number of people being tested and treated is increasing and research is advancing for the first time in over a century. New effective TB vaccine for adolescents and adults are within reach,” Tedros said, noting that 18 vaccine candidates are currently in clinical development, including six in Phase 3 trials. “Despite all this good news… TB still killed more than 1.2 million people in 2024 which for a disease that’s preventable and curable is simply unconscionable,” Tedros said, adding that, “funding cuts to international aid in many low and middle income countries threaten to reverse the hard won gains we see. “It’s therefore vital that countries step up domestic resource allocation, alongside international funding.” Just eight countries account for 67% of TB cases: India (25%), Indonesia (10%), the Philippines (6.8%), China (6.5%), Pakistan (6.3%), Nigeria (4.8%), the Democratic Republic of the Congo (3.9%) and Bangladesh (3.6%). ‘Concerning trends’ WHO TB director Dr Tereza Kasaeva. The WHO has already seen “some concerning trends” for 2025, particularly in the highest burden, low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) that have been “heavily dependent on international donor funding”, said Dr Tereza Kasaeva, WHO director for HIV, TB, Hepatitis and STIs. These include disruptions to access to TB treatment, diagnosis and prevention; problems with monitoring and reporting, drug delivery, sample transportation, and “one of the biggest impacts”, community engagement, she told a media briefing before the launch. The report notes that estimates of the impact of the funding cuts, particularly by the US, include “about half a million additional deaths and 1.4 million additional cases in the period 2025–2035 if USAID funding is not replaced, increasing to about two million additional deaths and five million additional cases when cuts in contributions to the Global Fund are also considered”. Least progress made in funds mobilisation Even before the funding cuts, progress in achieving TB goals fell far short of global targets. The worst-performing targets for 2024 relate to funds mobilisation. Only $5.9 billion of 2027’s $22 billion target for TB treatment had been collected, and slightly more than 20% of the $5.5 billion research target for 2027 has been achieved. Despite the lack of resaerch funds, the WHO notes that development pipeline is strong. “As of August 2025, 63 diagnostic tests were in development and 29 drugs were in clinical trials – up from just eight in 2015. Additionally, 18 vaccine candidates are undergoing clinical trials, including six in Phase 3.” Drop in deaths Since 2015, there has been a 29% drop in deaths – but the target was a 75% reduction by this year. However, two WHO regions have done substantially better than the global average: Europe, which cut deaths by 49% by 2024; and Africa, with a 46% reduction in deaths, mainly as a result of better outcomes for people coinfected with HIV. Similarly, there has only been a 12% drop in TB incidence against a global target of 50% between 2015 and 2025. However, Europe achieved a 39% decrease and Africa, a 28% decrease. In contrast, TB incidence has risen by 5% or more in Indonesia, Myanmar and the Philippines. Meanwhile, 47% of households with people living with TB face “catastrophic” health costs against a target of zero. However, Kasaeva noted that 8.3 million people who were newly diagnosed with TB in 2024 accessed treatment, “representing about 78% of the people who fell ill with the disease during that year”. In addition, the coverage of rapid testing for TB diagnosis increased from 48% in 2023 to 54%, while there was an 88% success rate for “treatment for drug-susceptible TB”. Building sustainable systems Dr Yogan Pillay, Gates Foundation’s director for HIV and TB. However, Dr Yogan Pillay, Gates Foundation’s director for HIV and TB delivery, said that several countries were “stepping up, both in increasing domestic financing and looking at other ways of delivering services” since the cuts in aid. He singled out Indonesia, Nigeria and South Africa for upping domestic financing for TB in the wake of cuts to global health financing. “That’s what we need to focus on now. How do we develop systems that are sustainable, including in low and middle-income countries?” Pillay asked. “We need to change the ways in which we do things so that we can sustain the gains that we’ve seen in the 2024 data, notwithstanding any funding cuts.” A significant proportion of the TB burden is driven by five major risk factors: undernutrition, HIV infection, alcohol abuse, smoking and diabetes, according to the report. “Tackling these issues, along with critical determinants like poverty and GDP per capita, requires coordinated multisectoral action,” according to the WHO. The report concludes by noting that, in the face of cuts to international donor funding from 2025, “political commitment and domestic funding in high TB burden countries are more important than ever”. Image Credits: Arnaldo Salomão Banze, ADPP Mozambique. Building Africa’s Health Sovereignty: From Dependence to Partnership 11/11/2025 Muhammad Ali Pate Ghana’s President John Mahama welcoming delegates to the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit In August, African leaders gathered in Accra, Ghana, to chart a path for the continent’s future in public health. Their message was unequivocal: Africa’s political independence is incomplete without the power to shape its own development – including the health of its people. The Africa Health Sovereignty Summit was a demand to break free from the dependency that has stunted the continent’s ability to safeguard the health of its own people. History shows why these matters. At the height of the AIDS crisis, lifesaving drugs reached Africa only years after they were standard in the West, costing countless lives to a treatable virus. During the COVID-19 pandemic, wealthy nations stockpiled vaccines in excess – even for low-risk groups – while African countries scrambled to secure doses for their most vulnerable. It was a stark reminder that the self-interest of the rich can override the basic needs of the poor. International funding has played a pivotal role in advancing Africa’s health. From the Global Fund to the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), to GAVI, external support has not only saved lives but also improved livelihoods, extended life expectancy, and strengthened economies. Inequities in global health architecture Biden-era US officials hand donated mpox vaccines to Nigerian health officials. That solidarity deserves recognition, but it must be retooled to truly serve Africa. Today, many inequities remain embedded in the current global health architecture. Investment frameworks are typically drawn up in Geneva or Washington, rather than in Accra or Nairobi. Funding rises and falls with the politics of donor nations. That imbalance also shapes perception. Our continent of 1.4 billion people – dynamic, youthful, and skilful – is still too often seen as a recipient of charity. Even when African scientists lead, as South African researchers did by sequencing the COVID-19 variant called Omicron, they are treated as recipients rather than equal partners. That not only limits Africa’s potential but also leaves the whole world more vulnerable to the next pandemic. The way forward is clear: Africa must invest in its own health with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance. Healthy citizens are the foundation of innovation, stability, and prosperity. Each dollar invested in health paves the path to wealth, multiplying productivity and resilience. New kind of solidarity Dr Muhammed Ali Pate addressing Nigeria’s high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. Some governments are charting the path forward. Last month in Nigeria, we convened a high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. The initiative brought together government officials, development partners, civil society, academia, and the private sector to design sustainable approaches to financing healthcare for all in Nigeria. This builds on Nigeria’s leadership in advancing universal health coverage (UHC). In the Abuja 2001 Declaration and the Abuja+12 Declaration, member states pledged to increase domestic financing for health to build stronger and more self-reliant health systems. At the 78th World Health Assembly this year, countries adopted a Nigeria-sponsored initiative aimed at strengthening global health financing and accelerating progress toward long-standing commitments to achieve UHC. The message from Accra and Abuja is not isolation or a call for donor retreat, but for a new kind of solidarity. Donors can continue to play a critical role by investing with us to address pressing health needs, while building robust, resilient, and sustainable health infrastructure that supports countries in managing transitions away from perpetual dependence. The aim is not disengagement but transformation – from recipients of aid to equal partners. Continental blueprint The Accra gathering offered a continental blueprint for the future of health engagement with international partners. Nigeria’s September dialogue aimed to anchor it in national reality. Together, the two initiatives reflect a new mood: Africans insisting on authorship of their own health future. The rest of the world should welcome this. A sovereign Africa, healthier and stronger, is in the interest of humanity. Pandemics know no borders; health insecurity in one corner of the continent is insecurity everywhere in the world. Supporting Africa’s health sovereignty is not just about “helping countries,” it is also enlightened self-interest. The Accra Summit and Nigeria’s dialogue point the way forward for Africa’s public health. To get there, we must act with urgency to strengthen South–South cooperation and collaboration, forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. Unified vision African Union leaders and Rwanda’s Ministry of Health signed an agreement to establish the African Medicines Agency’s first headquarters in Kigali, in June 2023. A single continental medicines agency will speed up approvals of medicines across the continent. This pivotal moment calls for bold African leadership – one that articulates a unified vision and drives coordinated action on regional health priorities. At the core of this transformation is the creation of a dynamic health ecosystem that integrates the public and private sectors across the entire value chain – from research and development to manufacturing, distribution, and healthcare delivery. True health sovereignty will remain elusive until Africa establishes a vibrant intra-continental health market capable of producing, regulating, and procuring its own medical products and technologies. The African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) must serve as the backbone of this vision, enabling the seamless movement of health goods, services, and expertise across borders, unlocking economies of scale, and spurring investment in local industries. By taking these decisive steps, Africa can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate has been Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare since 2023. He was also the country’s Minister of State for Health between 2011 and 2013, prior to which he was the executive director of Nigeria’s National Primary Health Care Development Agency. He has also been a professor of public health leadership at Harvard University, and held various positions at the World Bank Group. Image Credits: WHO, Nigeria Federal Ministry of Health and Welfare, Rwanda Ministry of Health. Dental Amalgam Set to Be Phased out by 2034 to Reduce Toxic Mercury Exposures 11/11/2025 Disha Shetty Dental amalgam used to fill tooth cavities is set to be phased out by 2034 to reduce toxic exposures to mercury. Mercury-containing dental amalgam, used to fill cavities, is set to be phased out globally by 2034 to reduce human exposure to the toxic heavy metal. The decision was taken by the 153 parties to the Minamata Convention on Mercury at the Sixth Conference of Parties (COP-6) that took place last week in Geneva. While 50 countries, including the European Union’s 27 member states, have already phased out dental amalgam, typically a mix of liquid mercury and silver, many countries, including the United States, continue to allow the use of the amalgam in dental procedures. Mercury is a highly toxic element and exposure to even small quantities of it can cause developmental delays in children as well as affect the nervous, digestive and immune systems, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). “Use of dental amalgam poses several challenges, including exposure to mercury of dental practitioners, also the cost challenges related to disposal of dental amalgam, and also mercury emissions from crematoria,” said Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary of the Minamata Convention, a global treaty adopted in 2013 to protect both humans and the environment from the adverse effects of mercury. Alternatives to the amalgam include composite resin, glass ionomer, ceramics and gold. Mercury in artisanal mining and cosmetics the focus of other COP6 initiatives Countries that have phased out dental amalgam. Stankiewicz spoke at a press conference on Monday, discussing the outcomes of COP6. Parties to the Convention also agreed to step up efforts to address mercury exposures in artisanal gold mining. They will also collaborate to reduce the availability of cosmetics with mercury. While such cosmetics are banned, they are available online, experts said. This year’s COP drew some 1000 in-person participants to Geneva as well as several thousand online. The convention, named after the Japanese city of Minamata, alludes to the neurological disease that drew global attention to the issue in 1956, when several thousand Japanese residents of the city were diagnosed with symptoms of severe mercury poisoning, due to their consumption of fish and shellfish exposed to high methylmercury levels in wastewater emissions from a nearby chemical plant. The Convention, adopted in 2013, came into force in 2017. Since the first Conference of the Parties in 2017, more restrictions on mercury use have progressively been added, based on the support and willingness of countries. “The issue of dental amalgam has been discussed also in the past two COPs,” Stankiewicz said. “So, it’s a third COP that the parties have been negotiating the matter. And then each of the COPs, certain measures were adopted to dramatically reduce the use of dental amalgam. So, the convention already includes a number of measures that restrict the use.” The decision to phase out dental amalgam worldwide received strong support from US Secretary of Health and Human Services Robert F Kennedy Jr, an environmental lawyer, who appeared before the COP’s opening session on 3 November via video link. However, he also criticised the continued use of thiomersal, a preservative used in some vaccines that contains a derivative of mercury called ethylmercury. “Why do we hold a double standard for mercury? Why do we call it dangerous in batteries, in over-the-counter medications, and makeup – but acceptable in vaccines and dental fillings,” Kennedy asked as the discussions kicked off on November 3. While the US FDA has recently banned the use of thiomersal, the WHO has continued to call it safe to use. With regards to the phase out of amalgam, some countries at this year’s COP, including a bloc of African states, called for speeding up the timeline to ban the production, import and export of amalgam by 2030 – arguing that they lacked facilities to safely manage mercury waste. But they were met with resistance from other countries, including the United Kingdom and India, which considered the date as too ambitious. The UK allows for amalgam although its use is banned for children under the age of 15, pregnant or breastfeeding women. Gold mining – a ‘just transition’ Crushing gold ore in Guinea before pouring in mercury and burning the mixture to produce pure gold. Countries also discussed new measures to phase out mercury use in artisanal and small-scale gold mining – an occupation that continues to draw poor communities in developing countries, given the high price of gold. The discussions took place just before the UN climate change conference (COP30) convened Monday (10-21 November) in the Amazonian city of Belém – one of the world’s regions where artisanal and small-scale gold mining exposes communities and the sensitive rain forest that they inhabit to dangerous levels of mercury emissions. Artisanal gold extraction involves mixing mercury with crushed rocks of gold ore, then heating the amalgam to vaporize the mercury, leaving the gold behind. The process exposes workers, including women and children, to severe health risks through inhalation of mercury vapor, as well as releasing methylmercury into the environment, which can bioaccumulate in the food chain. Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer, Minamata Convention. “The COP strengthened its commitment to addressing the challenges of artisanal and small-scale gold mining, otherwise referred to as ASGM, through acknowledging the need for a just transition for miners. So, this is supporting fair, inclusive and sustainable alternatives,” said Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer of the Minamata Convention. While no specific decision was taken, parties to the convention agreed to support new technologies and other measures to phase out the use of mercury and related toxic exposures. This pathway, conference participants stressed, is preferable to banning ASGM altogether, which would turn the miners into criminals. “This [discussion] does empower countries who have the mandatory obligation to develop national action plans under the Convention to consider measures of how they would look at the just transition (away from mercury use in artisanal mining) in their national action plans,” Koekkoek added. WHO to help draw up a strategy for mercury phase-out in public health systems Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary, Minamata Convention. For the next COP, scheduled in 2027, the WHO has been invited to prepare a strategy on mercury phase-out in cosmetics. This strategy would focus on advice to countries about measures to prevent the use, manufacture, import and export of mercury-contaminated cosmetics. “It could be then used domestically by parties, and also on that basis, prepare appropriate documentation to our COP in 2027,” Stankiewicz said. WHO has been a longtime observer to the Convention, and historically active in measures such as phasing out mercury-containing thermometers and other medical devices used by health systems. The parties to the convention also agreed to look more closely at the global mercury supply chain, sharing relevant information. An expert group has been constituted that would look more closely at the manufacture, use and trade in specific mercury compounds, as compared to elemental mercury, which has largely been the focus to date. Image Credits: Unsplash/Navy Medicine, European Network for Environmental Medicine, Planet Gold . African Countries Affirm Support for Multilateral Pandemic Agreement Amid Pressure to Make Bilateral Deals with US 11/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Zimbabwe, speaking for WHO Africa member states plus Egypt, Sudan, Somalia and Libya, committed to a multilateral pathogen system. African countries want information about pathogens with the potential to cause pandemics to be shared “exclusively” through a global system currently being negotiated at the World Health Organization (WHO) – yet at the same time, their governments are under pressure to agree to bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) with the United States that will trade their pathogen information for health aid. “We envision a PABS [Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing] system that ensures that all PABS materials and sequence information flow exclusively through the [WHO] system,” said Zimbabwe, speaking on behalf of 50 African member states. He was addressing the Intergovernmental Working Group (IGWG), charged with negotiating the PABS system, at the end of last week’s text-based negotiations. Once agreed, the PABS system will become an annex to the WHO’s Pandemic Agreement, setting out how information about pathogens with pandemic potential is shared in a safe, transparent and accountable manner, and how those who share this information will benefit from vaccines, diagnostics and therapeautics that are developed as a result. Under pressure from the US However, the US government is currently negotiating MOUs with several African countries that aim to compel them to share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” in exchange for aid to address HIV, tuberculosis and malaria, Health Policy Watch reported exclusively last week. Several countries have little power to refuse the terms of the MOUs as they face mounting deaths and illness of their citizens without resources to buy essential antiretroviral, TB and malaria medication, mosquito nets and other medical necessities. The loss of aid from the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), combined with a 24% reduction from other large donors, is predicted to “cause an additional 4·43 to 10·75 million new HIV infections and 0·77 to 2·93 million HIV-related deaths between 2025 and 2030 compared with the status quo,” according to a modelling study published in The Lancet in May. The MOUs are part of the US’s new America First Global Health Strategy, which is based on “keeping America safe, strong and prosperous”. However, several health leaders have expressed concern that sharing the information of dangerous pathogen via numerous bilateral agreements, rather than via one centralised PABS system under the WHO, will slow down the world’s response to future pandemics. Undermine multilateralism “These bilateral agreements will undermine the multilateral system. They will bypass the WHO, and the foundations of solidarity and equity we have been trying to build here,” Dr Michel Kazatchkine, a member of the Independent Panel for Pandemic Preparedness and Response, told the IGWG last week. “The template offers no guarantees of access to countermeasures and gives commercial dominance to one country. It threatens health security, data security and ultimately national sovereignty.” Nina Schwalbe, CEO of Spark Street Advisors, described the draft MOUs as “pure bullying by the US and a terrible deal for any country”. The bilateral MOUs propose that the US “gives a bit of aid for a few diseases for just a few years at best – and in return they give access to physical specimens and genetic sequence data for 25 years,” said Schwalbe. “There is zero promise by the US to provide any of the resulting drugs, diagnostics or vaccines [it] develops using their data. This is not a fair deal. It is a powerful country exerting its muscle once again put itself first in line,” she added. Jamie Love, head of Knowledge Ecology International, said it is “not surprising that the US is undermining the WHO negotiations”. ‘But Trump won’t be President forever, and the pandemic treaty will be around longer. I don’t think [the bilateral agreements] will kill the Pandemic Agreement, but it certainly is designed to undermine the equity provisions and reduce the industry incentives to participate in the near term.” Kazatchkine said that, while the Panel “fully understands that some countries will consider entering into these agreements”, it “cannot stress enough the importance of a multilateral approach for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response”. ‘Solidarity is our best immunity’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses IGWG3. The WHO told Health Policy Watch that it has “not received any official information”about the US MOUs. “However, WHO member states are working actively to develop the PABS system as part of the already adopted WHO Pandemic Agreement,” the WHO spokesperson added. “Solidarity is our best immunity. Finalising the Pandemic Agreement through a commitment to multilateral action, is our collective promise to protect humanity,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told IGWG “To enable a timely and effective response to future pandemics, countries must be able to quickly identify pathogens that have pandemic potential and share their genetic information and material so scientists can develop tools like tests, treatments, and vaccines,” the WHO explained. The PABS system is envisaged to facilitate both the rapid and timely sharing of biological material and sequence information from pathogens with pandemic potential on the one hand, and enable the “rapid, timely, fair and equitable sharing of benefits” – such as vaccines – that arise from sharing this information. IGWG Bureau co-chair Ambassador Tovar da Silva Nunes said that member states had shown during last week’s meeting that they are capable of the difficult conversations “that will make the world safer from the threat of future pandemics”. “By considering complex issues head-on, these negotiations are ensuring that future pandemic responses will be fair, timely and grounded in solidarity,” said da Silva Nunes. “Seeing the member states’ disposition to tackle these issues, I am optimistic that we will deliver a finalised annex to the World Health Assembly for adoption in May 2026.” Canada Loses Measles Elimination Status 10/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Dr Jarbas Barbosa, director of the Pan American Health Organization, the Americas region of WHO. Canada has lost its measles elimination status after 12 months of continuous transmission of the highly infectious disease, the Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) announced on Monday. This follows a PAHO expert meeting on infectious diseases last week, the Measles, Rubella, and Congenital Rubella Syndrome Elimination Regional Monitoring and Re-Verification Commission. “The commission determined that endemic measles transmission has been re-established in Canada, where the virus has circulated for at least 12 months,” PAHO director Dr Jarbas Barbosa told a media briefing. Since Canada’s measles outbreak started in October 2024, there have been over 5,000 cases in nine of the country’s 10 provinces. The Public Health Agency of Canada said in a statement on Monday that it is “currently experiencing a large, multi-jurisdictional outbreak of measles that began in October 2024 with cases in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Prince Edward Island, Quebec, Saskatchewan, and the Northwest Territories.” “While transmission has slowed recently, the outbreak has persisted for over 12 months, primarily within under-vaccinated communities,” it added. Thirty-fold increase Measles incidence in Canada by province in 2025. Canada’s loss is also PAHO’s loss, as the entire World Health Organization’s Region of the Americas has also lost its measles elimination status as a result. As of 7 November, 12,593 confirmed measles cases have been reported across 10 countries (approximately 95% in Canada, Mexico and US) in the region, PAHO reported. This is a 30-fold increase compared to 2024. Twenty-eight deaths have been recorded: 23 in Mexico, three in the United States, and two in Canada. “Measles is the most contagious disease known to humankind,” said Barbosa. “One infected person can transmit the disease to up to 18 others. Thanks to vaccines, many people have never seen an outbreak in their lifetime.” Measles can cause severe complications such as blindness, pneumonia, encephalitis and even death. “Stopping the spread of measles required that at least 95% of the population be vaccinated with two doses. This is very important across all communities, without exception,” Barbosa stressed. However, in 2024, regional coverage for the second dose of the measles, mumps and rubella vaccine (MMR2) averaged 79%. Only 31% of countries reached 95% or more coverage for the first dose, and just 20% achieved that level for the second dose. There are active measles outbreaks in Canada, Mexico, the United States, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay, and Belize. Canada has lost its measles elimination status…a sad milestone. Now is the time to double down on lowering barriers to routine childhood immunizations and ensuring Canadians have access to credible, science-based information. Link: https://t.co/JbALpkKWSW pic.twitter.com/JMiySJCOuM — Isaac Bogoch (@BogochIsaac) November 10, 2025 Mostly in the unvaccinated “Transmission has primarily affected under-vaccinated communities, with 89% of cases occurring in unvaccinated individuals or those with unknown vaccination status. Children under one year of age are the most affected, followed by those aged one to four years,” said PAHO. “Vaccination remains the most effective means of protection. Over the past 25 years, the measles vaccine has prevented more than six million deaths across the Americas —and an estimated 15 million deaths over the last 50 years,” stressed PAHO. To regain its measles elimination status, Canada must show that it has eliminated endemic transmission for at least 12 consecutive months, supported by comprehensive vaccination, surveillance, and outbreak-response data. Canada will present and implement an action plan under PAHO’s regional framework, focused on boosting immunisation coverage, reinforcing surveillance systems, and ensuring rapid outbreak response to stop endemic transmission and regain measles elimination status, said PAHO. PAHO is providing technical support to countries to strengthen surveillance, laboratory diagnosis, outbreak response, and vaccination campaigns. Experts have been deployed to Mexico, Argentina, and Bolivia, and it is monitoring risks in Belize, Brazil and Paraguay. Image Credits: Health Canada . COP30 Opens on Amazon’s Edge as World Battles to Claw Back 1.5°C Target 10/11/2025 Stefan Anderson Delegates arrive for the opening day of COP30 on the edge of the Brazilian Amazon. The third decade of United Nations climate negotiations opened on Monday in the Brazilian Amazon, as 50,000 negotiators, politicians, civil society representatives, industry lobbyists, and indigenous peoples from around the world gathered for talks on protecting the planet from climate catastrophe. The thirtieth anniversary of COP summits has little time to celebrate: Ten years after the world agreed to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, that threshold has been breached. In the health arena, the Bélem Action Plan to be launched on Wednesday aims to position health sector climate action a little closer to the mainstream of climate commitments, actions and stocktaking – after years of operating on the margins. Brazil insisted on hosting the talks in Belém, a small coastal city on the Amazon’s edge, to place the rainforest, nature, planet and people negotiators are there to protect at the center of negotiations. Limited hotels and housing has delegates housed on mammoth cruise ships, casting long shadows over local fishing villages. Others will spend the week in local, pay-by-the-hour love motels. All will be working under the heavy humidity and heat of the world’s largest rainforest, a constant reminder of the climate future awaiting the billions worldwide if negotiations fail. “Climate change is not a threat of the future, it is already a tragedy of the present,” Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva told the opening plenary, citing the hurricane that levelled Jamaica and a “trail of destruction, droughts, fires in Africa and Europe, floods in South America and South East Asia” that have killed thousands and displaced millions. “The climate emergency is a case of inequality; it exposes and exacerbates the unacceptable,” Lula said. Opening ceremony underway in Belem as COP30 kicks off on the edge of the Amazon. He also attacked rising military spending, arguing the world should prioritise climate finance over defence budgets. “The men that go to war, if they were here, present here, at this COP, they would perceive that it’s much cheaper to put $1.3 trillion for us to end the climate crisis than to put $2 trillion and sell $700 billion to buy weapons and go to war,” he said. Progress has been made since Paris. The planet was then on pace for 4°C of warming by century’s end. Today’s business-as-usual scenario projects 2.8°C. If countries implement their Paris commitments, warming could fall to between 2.3°C and 2.5°C. ‘COP of implementation’ Unlike previous summits, COP30 is not expected to produce a landmark agreement. Instead, the focus is implementation: meeting the promises made in Paris, Baku and Dubai to raise climate finance, transition away from fossil fuels, and return warming to under 1.5°C. The tasks ahead may be the most difficult COP in years: find the money, international cooperation and political will to protect billions facing life or death on current warming projections. In his inaugural address as COP president, André Aranha Corrêa do Lago said three priorities will dominate the agenda: climate adaptation, finance for a just transition, and implementing the global stocktake recommendations on clean energy and reversing deforestation. “This is a COP of implementation,” said Corrêa do Lago. “I hope it will be remembered as a COP of adaptation, a COP of advancing climate integration with economic activity and generation of jobs, and above all, a COP which will hear and believe in science.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. The latest COP is the first in several years not to be heavily clouded by the smoke and scandal of petrostate hosts. The last two climate summits, held in the UAE and Azerbaijan, two nations heavily reliant on state-owned oil conglomerates for government revenue, were hit with scandals alleging subterfuge and coordination between the chiefs of negotiations and fossil fuel interests seeking to weaken any global agreement. Brazil, an oil-producing state, is by no means immune to industry influence either. “Brazil is hosting COP30. Why is it still drilling for oil?” asked the award-winning Brazilian journalist, Cândida Schaedler, in a post published Monday, noting that Lula recently approved a plan by the state-owned company, Petrobras, to start drilling in a sensitive Amazonian region, at the mouth of the Amazon River. New oil exploration project greenlighted at the mouth of the Amazon River Even so, at this year’s COP, the heaviest pressures on the negotiators will likely come from outside. The United States, the world’s largest historical emitter, has spurned the talks entirely, after withdrawing from the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5° C. China’s President Xi Jinping and Nahrenda Modi of India, will not attend the Brazil summit, either – topping off the list of the world’s three largest polluters. Fears of US influence hover over talks A fear of US influence from Washington looms over the talks despite the fact that Washington is not sending a team. Recently, the Trump administration used intimidation and economic threats to derail a landmark deal to cut global shipping emissions. And the US administration employed similar tactics at the failed plastics treaty negotiations in Geneva in August. “Although climate change will hurt poor people more than anyone else, for the vast majority of them, it will not be the only or even the biggest threat to their lives and welfare. The biggest problems are poverty and disease, just as they always have been,” Gates wrote in a provocative new memo, roundly criticised by climate scientists for minimising the damage warming could do. Following the Gates memo, US President Donald Trump declared on social media: “I (WE!) just won the War on the Climate Change Hoax,” taking aim at Gates’ argument for a change in the framing of climate change from a “doomsday view” to a more optimistic framing of a crisis with billions of livelihoods in the balance. “Bill Gates has finally admitted that he was completely WRONG on the issue,” declared the US president, who has frequently called climate change “the greatest con job ever perpetrated”. US President Donald Trump removed the country from the Paris Agreement for a second time, cancelling his predecessor’s commitments to cut US emissions by 61% to 66% below 2005 levels by 2035. Lula: ‘defeat the denialists’ Brazil’s Lula has sought to frame COP30 as a direct counterpoint to forces such as the US administration. European Union officials have taken a similar tack. The bloc’s chief negotiator, Jacob Werksman, said last week COP30 must press on against the “strong counter-narrative that’s coming from a particular part of the world, suggesting that climate change is a hoax.” In an indirect swipe at the US in his opening remarks, Lula referred to a coalition of ‘denialists’ which he said: “reject not only the evidence and science,” but attack multilateralism, spread “hatred and fear,” and “attack institutions, science and universities.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. He spoke from experience. The nation’s previous president, Jair Bolsonaro, like Trump, dismissed climate change as a hoax, and deforestation in the Brazilian Amazon reached record heights. Bolsonaro was recently sentenced to 27 years in prison for organising a coup against Lula. Under Lula’s presidency, Brazil’s emissions fell nearly 17% last year – the biggest drop in 15 years – as the government cracked down on illegal deforestation. Whether the United States – which has never truly stepped into the climate leadership role its historical emissions would suggest – might one day follow a similar path from climate denial back to engagement remains an open question. But Brazil’s transformation demonstrates how climate policies can swing dramatically when governments change. And at the same time, Lula has tread a fine political line between his supporters and opponents. This was reflected in his signing of the “devastation bill” in August. The new legislation approved by the Brazilian parliament, removed many of the legal safeguards around the environmental review of new development, although the Brazilian leader vetoed some of its most damaging provisions. Green as the ‘growth story of the 21st century’ UNFCCC chief Simon Stiell addresses the opening plenary. As green technology surges ahead, however, climate denial is increasingly at odds with basic economics, the optimists point out. While the US retreats from climate leadership, China is moving to consolidate its dominance in renewable energy manufacturing and deployment, positioning itself to dominate the energy markets of the future. “The economics of this transition are as indisputable as the costs of inaction,” UN Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell told delegates. “Solar and wind are now the lowest-cost power in 90% of the world. Renewables overtook coal this year as the world’s top energy source.” “This is the growth story of the 21st Century, the economic transformation of our age,” Stiell said. “Those opting out or taking baby steps face stagnation and higher prices, while other economies surge ahead.” ‘Climate justice invoice’ But translating that economic momentum into the financing needed for a global transition remains the central – and likely insurmountable – challenge of COP30. At the opening ceremony of COP30, outgoing president Mukhtar Babayev presented delegates with an “invoice for climate justice”, a document outlining the minimum financial commitments required from wealthy nations. The invoice includes: $40 billion in urgent adaptation finance by 2025, tripling climate funds to $5.1 billion by 2030, and the $300 billion annual pledge by 2035 that emerged from last year’s negotiations. The total, including the aspirational $1.3 trillion annual climate funding target in the Baku finance deal? Several trillion. ‘Invoice for climate justice’ shown on stage by outgoing COP29 president Mukhtar Babayev. The invoice is addressed specifically to what are known as Annex II countries under the UN climate convention: 39 developed nations identified in 1992 when the framework was first opened for signing. These include the United States, European Union members, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, and a handful of others. But the US, historically the world’s largest emitter and responsible for roughly 40% of climate finance under this framework, has walked away from the table. The gap in the $1.3 trillion annual target agreed in Baku created by a US exit breaks the math: The EU and other Annex II nations cannot shoulder $1.3 trillion, or even the scaled-back $300bn commitment, on their own. This leads to the second, politically fraught problem that has plagued environmental negotiations from plastics, to biodiversity and climate alike for years: several of the world’s wealthiest nations – China, Russia, South Korea, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Poland, the United Arab Emirates, and Mexico – are classified as developing countries under the 1992 framework. They are not obligated to contribute climate finance, and they have so far largely refused to do so voluntarily. Since then, China’s cumulative emissions have surpassed the EU’s while it has become the world’s second-largest economy. Early drafts of the Baku agreement proposed expanding the donor list to include some of these nations. That language was quietly dropped from the final text, leaving the donor list unchanged. Fair share of total climate finance contributions by donor bloc, according to the Center for Global Development. China, the world’s largest annual emitter, contributes approximately $3.8 billion per year in climate finance, a fraction of what it would owe under a system based on current emissions or economic capacity. It does provide developing nations with cheap green technology, but resists any formal obligation to pay into global climate funds. Analysis by the Center for Global Development suggests that by 2030, non-Annex II nations should collectively shoulder around 30% of total climate finance, with Annex II countries covering the remaining 70%. Even the $300 billion target, however, remains distant. Current climate finance flows are estimated between $28 billion, according to Oxfam, which excludes loans, and $116 billion by OECD figures, which count loans equally with grants. The $1.3tn economists say is needed grows more remote with each passing year as inflation and continued warming increase the cost of adaptation and mitigation. The Baku agreement also made a key compromise to get it over the line: leaving unresolved whether loans should count toward the finance target. Loans currently make up two-thirds of climate finance for the Global South, with some countries, like France, providing 86% of their climate finance through loans. If this loan-to-grant ratio continues, approximately $200 billion of the $300 billion 2035 target would come as loans rather than grants, which developing countries argue perpetuates rather than solves their debt crises. “We now need to put the Baku to Belém roadmap to work to start moving towards the 1.3 trillion,” Stiell said. Billions of lives, species, and nations Brazil’s COP30 presidency chose the Amazon city of Belém in an effort to remind negotiators of the planet they are fighting to protect, The planet warming in line with the latest projections is a matter of life and death for billions of people, species, and nations. Over half a million people have died every year due to heat exposure over the past decade. Millions die due to air pollution. Conflicts drive resource wars, while droughts cause famine and displacement. Extreme weather destroys homes, while sea level rise threatens nations themselves. The UNHCR’s latest report, released on the opening day of the summit, adds to the reality just decades away – or already here – for the world’s most vulnerable populations. “Three in every four refugees and other displaced people fleeing war and persecution now live in countries that are highly vulnerable to climate-related hazards,” UNHCR chief Filippo Grandi said. “These communities face an impossible reality – they are being hit harder by more devastating floods, longer droughts and periods of extreme heat, without the means to adapt, recover and rebuild.” Of the 117 million people displaced by conflict today, around 75% – 86 million – are exposed to extreme weather. The one million refugees who returned home in the first half of this year returned to countries highly vulnerable to more of the climate impacts that displaced them in the first place. “Whilst mega droughts wreck national harvests, sending food prices soaring, it makes zero sense, economically or politically, to squabble while famines take hold, forcing millions to flee their homelands – this will never be forgotten,” Stiell said. “As conflicts spread while climate disasters decimate the lives of millions when we already have the solutions this will never, ever be forgiven.” “We have already agreed that transition pathways must be inclusive and just, covering whole economies and societies,” the UNFCCC chief added. “Now we must agree on concrete steps to turn aspirations into actions.” COP ‘Health Day’ to launch the Bélem Action Plan for health sector Nearly one-eighth of the global population does not have access to health facilities with reliable electricity. Health will have its own featured day at the conference, on the COP30 Health Day this Thursday. Proponents hope this year’s high-level event will create more of a buzz than last year’s COP29 in Baku, where the marquee Health Day event took place in a cramped, windowless meeting room with just a few dozen attendees in person and online. This year’s day will focus on the launch of the Belém Health Action Plan – a blueprint for health sector adaptation to climate change. A key political objective of the Action Plan, however, is to integrate by 2028 member state progress reports into the broader COP “Global Stocktake” mechanism – ending years of health sector isolation from mainstream climate monitoring and reporting. Specifically, the Action plan aims to support stronger health sector surveillance of climate-sensitive disease trends, integration of “climate adaptation and resilience measures into all levels of health care,” strengthen the health care workforce and support “Innovation, Production, and Digital Health.” Buried under that last rubric is a call to support “investments in sustainable investments in sustainable innovation and technology to provide uninterrupted operation of health care services during extreme climate events.” And that, finally, includes “energy-efficient solutions, renewable energy sources, safe water supply and sanitation, and logistics systems in health facilities to strengthen operational resilience.” Translated, that means supporting shifts to more sustainable and reliable energy systems for energy-starved health systems in the global South, where some 1 billion people are served by health facilities with inadequate energy services, and 12-15% of facilities in South-East Asia and Africa have no electricity at all. Applied to high-income settings, the same strategies that lead to long-term reductions in health sector climate emissions, estimated at 5% of the global total. Central and eastern Africa have the highest proportion of health facilities with no electricity access – 50% or more in some regions. Critics have complained that the Bélem Action Plan is still far too tame – focusing primarily on adaptation in the health sector rather than on the millions of lives that climate mitigation can save through the simultaneous reduction of air pollution, the fostering of greener urban areas that enable physical activity, and healthier low-carbon diets. Even so, if the Bélem plan can help catapult health issues into the mainstream of talks, that would be a significant gain after decades of fighting for recognition. “The plan provides a detailed roadmap of adaptation measures to protect lives and livelihoods against the impacts of climate change, from early warning systems, to improving collaboration across sectors and health systems, to providing health workers with the tools to respond to climate impacts,” said the former WHO and Australian government advisor, Arthur Wyns, in a recent LinkedIn Post, “It builds on the COP28 Declaration on Climate and Health, which was endorsed by 150 countries and sent a powerful political signal that countries are ready to do more in this area.” Bélem Action Plan Health pavilion to livestream events non-stop WHO is also hosting a Health Pavilion at COP30 in the official Blue Zone in collaboration with the UK-based Wellcome Trust, engaging dozens of global health, finance and environmental partners from the International Energy Agency to the Asian Development Bank, not to mention local governmental, non-profit and youth alliances. Events livestreamed almost non-stop throughout the two weeks of talks will showcase evidence and discuss solutions that optimise the health benefits of tackling climate change across regions of the world; key sectors from transport to food production and health; and in cities as well as rural areas. “A sick planet means sick people,” WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told delegates at the COP high-level opening today in Bélem. “The climate crisis is a health crisis – not in the future, but now. It is already spreading disease, worsening malnutrition, displacing communities, and claiming lives through heat, floods, fires, and pollution.” .@WHO thanks Brazil for hosting #COP30. If our planet were a patient, it would be admitted to intensive care. Our call at the COP30 Leaders’ Summit was simple: – put health at the centre of every climate decision– direct climate finance towards protecting lives and… pic.twitter.com/XGUelHP9yL — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) November 8, 2025 Beyond the political rhetoric, however, health-specific climate action remains severely underfunded, capturing only 2% of adaptation funding and 0.5% of multilateral climate funding, advocates point out. “Health is the strongest argument for climate action,” Tedros said. “It’s much easier to convince people of the need to protect their own health or that of their children, than to protect glaciers or ecosystems. Both are important. One is a lot closer to home.” “Put health at the centre of every climate decision. Direct climate finance towards protecting lives and livelihoods. And recognise health as a measure of climate ambition and success. Because there can be no healthy people on a sick planet.” The talks continue through November 21. –Elaine Ruth Fletcher contributed to reporting and editing. Image Credits: COP30, COP30, COP30, Eden FlahertySource: Agência Nacional do Petróleo, Gás Natural e Biocombustíveis, Center for Global Development, COP30, WHO, WHO . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Building Africa’s Health Sovereignty: From Dependence to Partnership 11/11/2025 Muhammad Ali Pate Ghana’s President John Mahama welcoming delegates to the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit In August, African leaders gathered in Accra, Ghana, to chart a path for the continent’s future in public health. Their message was unequivocal: Africa’s political independence is incomplete without the power to shape its own development – including the health of its people. The Africa Health Sovereignty Summit was a demand to break free from the dependency that has stunted the continent’s ability to safeguard the health of its own people. History shows why these matters. At the height of the AIDS crisis, lifesaving drugs reached Africa only years after they were standard in the West, costing countless lives to a treatable virus. During the COVID-19 pandemic, wealthy nations stockpiled vaccines in excess – even for low-risk groups – while African countries scrambled to secure doses for their most vulnerable. It was a stark reminder that the self-interest of the rich can override the basic needs of the poor. International funding has played a pivotal role in advancing Africa’s health. From the Global Fund to the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), to GAVI, external support has not only saved lives but also improved livelihoods, extended life expectancy, and strengthened economies. Inequities in global health architecture Biden-era US officials hand donated mpox vaccines to Nigerian health officials. That solidarity deserves recognition, but it must be retooled to truly serve Africa. Today, many inequities remain embedded in the current global health architecture. Investment frameworks are typically drawn up in Geneva or Washington, rather than in Accra or Nairobi. Funding rises and falls with the politics of donor nations. That imbalance also shapes perception. Our continent of 1.4 billion people – dynamic, youthful, and skilful – is still too often seen as a recipient of charity. Even when African scientists lead, as South African researchers did by sequencing the COVID-19 variant called Omicron, they are treated as recipients rather than equal partners. That not only limits Africa’s potential but also leaves the whole world more vulnerable to the next pandemic. The way forward is clear: Africa must invest in its own health with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance. Healthy citizens are the foundation of innovation, stability, and prosperity. Each dollar invested in health paves the path to wealth, multiplying productivity and resilience. New kind of solidarity Dr Muhammed Ali Pate addressing Nigeria’s high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. Some governments are charting the path forward. Last month in Nigeria, we convened a high-level national policy dialogue on reimagining the future of health financing. The initiative brought together government officials, development partners, civil society, academia, and the private sector to design sustainable approaches to financing healthcare for all in Nigeria. This builds on Nigeria’s leadership in advancing universal health coverage (UHC). In the Abuja 2001 Declaration and the Abuja+12 Declaration, member states pledged to increase domestic financing for health to build stronger and more self-reliant health systems. At the 78th World Health Assembly this year, countries adopted a Nigeria-sponsored initiative aimed at strengthening global health financing and accelerating progress toward long-standing commitments to achieve UHC. The message from Accra and Abuja is not isolation or a call for donor retreat, but for a new kind of solidarity. Donors can continue to play a critical role by investing with us to address pressing health needs, while building robust, resilient, and sustainable health infrastructure that supports countries in managing transitions away from perpetual dependence. The aim is not disengagement but transformation – from recipients of aid to equal partners. Continental blueprint The Accra gathering offered a continental blueprint for the future of health engagement with international partners. Nigeria’s September dialogue aimed to anchor it in national reality. Together, the two initiatives reflect a new mood: Africans insisting on authorship of their own health future. The rest of the world should welcome this. A sovereign Africa, healthier and stronger, is in the interest of humanity. Pandemics know no borders; health insecurity in one corner of the continent is insecurity everywhere in the world. Supporting Africa’s health sovereignty is not just about “helping countries,” it is also enlightened self-interest. The Accra Summit and Nigeria’s dialogue point the way forward for Africa’s public health. To get there, we must act with urgency to strengthen South–South cooperation and collaboration, forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. Unified vision African Union leaders and Rwanda’s Ministry of Health signed an agreement to establish the African Medicines Agency’s first headquarters in Kigali, in June 2023. A single continental medicines agency will speed up approvals of medicines across the continent. This pivotal moment calls for bold African leadership – one that articulates a unified vision and drives coordinated action on regional health priorities. At the core of this transformation is the creation of a dynamic health ecosystem that integrates the public and private sectors across the entire value chain – from research and development to manufacturing, distribution, and healthcare delivery. True health sovereignty will remain elusive until Africa establishes a vibrant intra-continental health market capable of producing, regulating, and procuring its own medical products and technologies. The African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) must serve as the backbone of this vision, enabling the seamless movement of health goods, services, and expertise across borders, unlocking economies of scale, and spurring investment in local industries. By taking these decisive steps, Africa can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate has been Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare since 2023. He was also the country’s Minister of State for Health between 2011 and 2013, prior to which he was the executive director of Nigeria’s National Primary Health Care Development Agency. He has also been a professor of public health leadership at Harvard University, and held various positions at the World Bank Group. Image Credits: WHO, Nigeria Federal Ministry of Health and Welfare, Rwanda Ministry of Health. Dental Amalgam Set to Be Phased out by 2034 to Reduce Toxic Mercury Exposures 11/11/2025 Disha Shetty Dental amalgam used to fill tooth cavities is set to be phased out by 2034 to reduce toxic exposures to mercury. Mercury-containing dental amalgam, used to fill cavities, is set to be phased out globally by 2034 to reduce human exposure to the toxic heavy metal. The decision was taken by the 153 parties to the Minamata Convention on Mercury at the Sixth Conference of Parties (COP-6) that took place last week in Geneva. While 50 countries, including the European Union’s 27 member states, have already phased out dental amalgam, typically a mix of liquid mercury and silver, many countries, including the United States, continue to allow the use of the amalgam in dental procedures. Mercury is a highly toxic element and exposure to even small quantities of it can cause developmental delays in children as well as affect the nervous, digestive and immune systems, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). “Use of dental amalgam poses several challenges, including exposure to mercury of dental practitioners, also the cost challenges related to disposal of dental amalgam, and also mercury emissions from crematoria,” said Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary of the Minamata Convention, a global treaty adopted in 2013 to protect both humans and the environment from the adverse effects of mercury. Alternatives to the amalgam include composite resin, glass ionomer, ceramics and gold. Mercury in artisanal mining and cosmetics the focus of other COP6 initiatives Countries that have phased out dental amalgam. Stankiewicz spoke at a press conference on Monday, discussing the outcomes of COP6. Parties to the Convention also agreed to step up efforts to address mercury exposures in artisanal gold mining. They will also collaborate to reduce the availability of cosmetics with mercury. While such cosmetics are banned, they are available online, experts said. This year’s COP drew some 1000 in-person participants to Geneva as well as several thousand online. The convention, named after the Japanese city of Minamata, alludes to the neurological disease that drew global attention to the issue in 1956, when several thousand Japanese residents of the city were diagnosed with symptoms of severe mercury poisoning, due to their consumption of fish and shellfish exposed to high methylmercury levels in wastewater emissions from a nearby chemical plant. The Convention, adopted in 2013, came into force in 2017. Since the first Conference of the Parties in 2017, more restrictions on mercury use have progressively been added, based on the support and willingness of countries. “The issue of dental amalgam has been discussed also in the past two COPs,” Stankiewicz said. “So, it’s a third COP that the parties have been negotiating the matter. And then each of the COPs, certain measures were adopted to dramatically reduce the use of dental amalgam. So, the convention already includes a number of measures that restrict the use.” The decision to phase out dental amalgam worldwide received strong support from US Secretary of Health and Human Services Robert F Kennedy Jr, an environmental lawyer, who appeared before the COP’s opening session on 3 November via video link. However, he also criticised the continued use of thiomersal, a preservative used in some vaccines that contains a derivative of mercury called ethylmercury. “Why do we hold a double standard for mercury? Why do we call it dangerous in batteries, in over-the-counter medications, and makeup – but acceptable in vaccines and dental fillings,” Kennedy asked as the discussions kicked off on November 3. While the US FDA has recently banned the use of thiomersal, the WHO has continued to call it safe to use. With regards to the phase out of amalgam, some countries at this year’s COP, including a bloc of African states, called for speeding up the timeline to ban the production, import and export of amalgam by 2030 – arguing that they lacked facilities to safely manage mercury waste. But they were met with resistance from other countries, including the United Kingdom and India, which considered the date as too ambitious. The UK allows for amalgam although its use is banned for children under the age of 15, pregnant or breastfeeding women. Gold mining – a ‘just transition’ Crushing gold ore in Guinea before pouring in mercury and burning the mixture to produce pure gold. Countries also discussed new measures to phase out mercury use in artisanal and small-scale gold mining – an occupation that continues to draw poor communities in developing countries, given the high price of gold. The discussions took place just before the UN climate change conference (COP30) convened Monday (10-21 November) in the Amazonian city of Belém – one of the world’s regions where artisanal and small-scale gold mining exposes communities and the sensitive rain forest that they inhabit to dangerous levels of mercury emissions. Artisanal gold extraction involves mixing mercury with crushed rocks of gold ore, then heating the amalgam to vaporize the mercury, leaving the gold behind. The process exposes workers, including women and children, to severe health risks through inhalation of mercury vapor, as well as releasing methylmercury into the environment, which can bioaccumulate in the food chain. Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer, Minamata Convention. “The COP strengthened its commitment to addressing the challenges of artisanal and small-scale gold mining, otherwise referred to as ASGM, through acknowledging the need for a just transition for miners. So, this is supporting fair, inclusive and sustainable alternatives,” said Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer of the Minamata Convention. While no specific decision was taken, parties to the convention agreed to support new technologies and other measures to phase out the use of mercury and related toxic exposures. This pathway, conference participants stressed, is preferable to banning ASGM altogether, which would turn the miners into criminals. “This [discussion] does empower countries who have the mandatory obligation to develop national action plans under the Convention to consider measures of how they would look at the just transition (away from mercury use in artisanal mining) in their national action plans,” Koekkoek added. WHO to help draw up a strategy for mercury phase-out in public health systems Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary, Minamata Convention. For the next COP, scheduled in 2027, the WHO has been invited to prepare a strategy on mercury phase-out in cosmetics. This strategy would focus on advice to countries about measures to prevent the use, manufacture, import and export of mercury-contaminated cosmetics. “It could be then used domestically by parties, and also on that basis, prepare appropriate documentation to our COP in 2027,” Stankiewicz said. WHO has been a longtime observer to the Convention, and historically active in measures such as phasing out mercury-containing thermometers and other medical devices used by health systems. The parties to the convention also agreed to look more closely at the global mercury supply chain, sharing relevant information. An expert group has been constituted that would look more closely at the manufacture, use and trade in specific mercury compounds, as compared to elemental mercury, which has largely been the focus to date. Image Credits: Unsplash/Navy Medicine, European Network for Environmental Medicine, Planet Gold . African Countries Affirm Support for Multilateral Pandemic Agreement Amid Pressure to Make Bilateral Deals with US 11/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Zimbabwe, speaking for WHO Africa member states plus Egypt, Sudan, Somalia and Libya, committed to a multilateral pathogen system. African countries want information about pathogens with the potential to cause pandemics to be shared “exclusively” through a global system currently being negotiated at the World Health Organization (WHO) – yet at the same time, their governments are under pressure to agree to bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) with the United States that will trade their pathogen information for health aid. “We envision a PABS [Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing] system that ensures that all PABS materials and sequence information flow exclusively through the [WHO] system,” said Zimbabwe, speaking on behalf of 50 African member states. He was addressing the Intergovernmental Working Group (IGWG), charged with negotiating the PABS system, at the end of last week’s text-based negotiations. Once agreed, the PABS system will become an annex to the WHO’s Pandemic Agreement, setting out how information about pathogens with pandemic potential is shared in a safe, transparent and accountable manner, and how those who share this information will benefit from vaccines, diagnostics and therapeautics that are developed as a result. Under pressure from the US However, the US government is currently negotiating MOUs with several African countries that aim to compel them to share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” in exchange for aid to address HIV, tuberculosis and malaria, Health Policy Watch reported exclusively last week. Several countries have little power to refuse the terms of the MOUs as they face mounting deaths and illness of their citizens without resources to buy essential antiretroviral, TB and malaria medication, mosquito nets and other medical necessities. The loss of aid from the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), combined with a 24% reduction from other large donors, is predicted to “cause an additional 4·43 to 10·75 million new HIV infections and 0·77 to 2·93 million HIV-related deaths between 2025 and 2030 compared with the status quo,” according to a modelling study published in The Lancet in May. The MOUs are part of the US’s new America First Global Health Strategy, which is based on “keeping America safe, strong and prosperous”. However, several health leaders have expressed concern that sharing the information of dangerous pathogen via numerous bilateral agreements, rather than via one centralised PABS system under the WHO, will slow down the world’s response to future pandemics. Undermine multilateralism “These bilateral agreements will undermine the multilateral system. They will bypass the WHO, and the foundations of solidarity and equity we have been trying to build here,” Dr Michel Kazatchkine, a member of the Independent Panel for Pandemic Preparedness and Response, told the IGWG last week. “The template offers no guarantees of access to countermeasures and gives commercial dominance to one country. It threatens health security, data security and ultimately national sovereignty.” Nina Schwalbe, CEO of Spark Street Advisors, described the draft MOUs as “pure bullying by the US and a terrible deal for any country”. The bilateral MOUs propose that the US “gives a bit of aid for a few diseases for just a few years at best – and in return they give access to physical specimens and genetic sequence data for 25 years,” said Schwalbe. “There is zero promise by the US to provide any of the resulting drugs, diagnostics or vaccines [it] develops using their data. This is not a fair deal. It is a powerful country exerting its muscle once again put itself first in line,” she added. Jamie Love, head of Knowledge Ecology International, said it is “not surprising that the US is undermining the WHO negotiations”. ‘But Trump won’t be President forever, and the pandemic treaty will be around longer. I don’t think [the bilateral agreements] will kill the Pandemic Agreement, but it certainly is designed to undermine the equity provisions and reduce the industry incentives to participate in the near term.” Kazatchkine said that, while the Panel “fully understands that some countries will consider entering into these agreements”, it “cannot stress enough the importance of a multilateral approach for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response”. ‘Solidarity is our best immunity’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses IGWG3. The WHO told Health Policy Watch that it has “not received any official information”about the US MOUs. “However, WHO member states are working actively to develop the PABS system as part of the already adopted WHO Pandemic Agreement,” the WHO spokesperson added. “Solidarity is our best immunity. Finalising the Pandemic Agreement through a commitment to multilateral action, is our collective promise to protect humanity,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told IGWG “To enable a timely and effective response to future pandemics, countries must be able to quickly identify pathogens that have pandemic potential and share their genetic information and material so scientists can develop tools like tests, treatments, and vaccines,” the WHO explained. The PABS system is envisaged to facilitate both the rapid and timely sharing of biological material and sequence information from pathogens with pandemic potential on the one hand, and enable the “rapid, timely, fair and equitable sharing of benefits” – such as vaccines – that arise from sharing this information. IGWG Bureau co-chair Ambassador Tovar da Silva Nunes said that member states had shown during last week’s meeting that they are capable of the difficult conversations “that will make the world safer from the threat of future pandemics”. “By considering complex issues head-on, these negotiations are ensuring that future pandemic responses will be fair, timely and grounded in solidarity,” said da Silva Nunes. “Seeing the member states’ disposition to tackle these issues, I am optimistic that we will deliver a finalised annex to the World Health Assembly for adoption in May 2026.” Canada Loses Measles Elimination Status 10/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Dr Jarbas Barbosa, director of the Pan American Health Organization, the Americas region of WHO. Canada has lost its measles elimination status after 12 months of continuous transmission of the highly infectious disease, the Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) announced on Monday. This follows a PAHO expert meeting on infectious diseases last week, the Measles, Rubella, and Congenital Rubella Syndrome Elimination Regional Monitoring and Re-Verification Commission. “The commission determined that endemic measles transmission has been re-established in Canada, where the virus has circulated for at least 12 months,” PAHO director Dr Jarbas Barbosa told a media briefing. Since Canada’s measles outbreak started in October 2024, there have been over 5,000 cases in nine of the country’s 10 provinces. The Public Health Agency of Canada said in a statement on Monday that it is “currently experiencing a large, multi-jurisdictional outbreak of measles that began in October 2024 with cases in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Prince Edward Island, Quebec, Saskatchewan, and the Northwest Territories.” “While transmission has slowed recently, the outbreak has persisted for over 12 months, primarily within under-vaccinated communities,” it added. Thirty-fold increase Measles incidence in Canada by province in 2025. Canada’s loss is also PAHO’s loss, as the entire World Health Organization’s Region of the Americas has also lost its measles elimination status as a result. As of 7 November, 12,593 confirmed measles cases have been reported across 10 countries (approximately 95% in Canada, Mexico and US) in the region, PAHO reported. This is a 30-fold increase compared to 2024. Twenty-eight deaths have been recorded: 23 in Mexico, three in the United States, and two in Canada. “Measles is the most contagious disease known to humankind,” said Barbosa. “One infected person can transmit the disease to up to 18 others. Thanks to vaccines, many people have never seen an outbreak in their lifetime.” Measles can cause severe complications such as blindness, pneumonia, encephalitis and even death. “Stopping the spread of measles required that at least 95% of the population be vaccinated with two doses. This is very important across all communities, without exception,” Barbosa stressed. However, in 2024, regional coverage for the second dose of the measles, mumps and rubella vaccine (MMR2) averaged 79%. Only 31% of countries reached 95% or more coverage for the first dose, and just 20% achieved that level for the second dose. There are active measles outbreaks in Canada, Mexico, the United States, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay, and Belize. Canada has lost its measles elimination status…a sad milestone. Now is the time to double down on lowering barriers to routine childhood immunizations and ensuring Canadians have access to credible, science-based information. Link: https://t.co/JbALpkKWSW pic.twitter.com/JMiySJCOuM — Isaac Bogoch (@BogochIsaac) November 10, 2025 Mostly in the unvaccinated “Transmission has primarily affected under-vaccinated communities, with 89% of cases occurring in unvaccinated individuals or those with unknown vaccination status. Children under one year of age are the most affected, followed by those aged one to four years,” said PAHO. “Vaccination remains the most effective means of protection. Over the past 25 years, the measles vaccine has prevented more than six million deaths across the Americas —and an estimated 15 million deaths over the last 50 years,” stressed PAHO. To regain its measles elimination status, Canada must show that it has eliminated endemic transmission for at least 12 consecutive months, supported by comprehensive vaccination, surveillance, and outbreak-response data. Canada will present and implement an action plan under PAHO’s regional framework, focused on boosting immunisation coverage, reinforcing surveillance systems, and ensuring rapid outbreak response to stop endemic transmission and regain measles elimination status, said PAHO. PAHO is providing technical support to countries to strengthen surveillance, laboratory diagnosis, outbreak response, and vaccination campaigns. Experts have been deployed to Mexico, Argentina, and Bolivia, and it is monitoring risks in Belize, Brazil and Paraguay. Image Credits: Health Canada . COP30 Opens on Amazon’s Edge as World Battles to Claw Back 1.5°C Target 10/11/2025 Stefan Anderson Delegates arrive for the opening day of COP30 on the edge of the Brazilian Amazon. The third decade of United Nations climate negotiations opened on Monday in the Brazilian Amazon, as 50,000 negotiators, politicians, civil society representatives, industry lobbyists, and indigenous peoples from around the world gathered for talks on protecting the planet from climate catastrophe. The thirtieth anniversary of COP summits has little time to celebrate: Ten years after the world agreed to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, that threshold has been breached. In the health arena, the Bélem Action Plan to be launched on Wednesday aims to position health sector climate action a little closer to the mainstream of climate commitments, actions and stocktaking – after years of operating on the margins. Brazil insisted on hosting the talks in Belém, a small coastal city on the Amazon’s edge, to place the rainforest, nature, planet and people negotiators are there to protect at the center of negotiations. Limited hotels and housing has delegates housed on mammoth cruise ships, casting long shadows over local fishing villages. Others will spend the week in local, pay-by-the-hour love motels. All will be working under the heavy humidity and heat of the world’s largest rainforest, a constant reminder of the climate future awaiting the billions worldwide if negotiations fail. “Climate change is not a threat of the future, it is already a tragedy of the present,” Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva told the opening plenary, citing the hurricane that levelled Jamaica and a “trail of destruction, droughts, fires in Africa and Europe, floods in South America and South East Asia” that have killed thousands and displaced millions. “The climate emergency is a case of inequality; it exposes and exacerbates the unacceptable,” Lula said. Opening ceremony underway in Belem as COP30 kicks off on the edge of the Amazon. He also attacked rising military spending, arguing the world should prioritise climate finance over defence budgets. “The men that go to war, if they were here, present here, at this COP, they would perceive that it’s much cheaper to put $1.3 trillion for us to end the climate crisis than to put $2 trillion and sell $700 billion to buy weapons and go to war,” he said. Progress has been made since Paris. The planet was then on pace for 4°C of warming by century’s end. Today’s business-as-usual scenario projects 2.8°C. If countries implement their Paris commitments, warming could fall to between 2.3°C and 2.5°C. ‘COP of implementation’ Unlike previous summits, COP30 is not expected to produce a landmark agreement. Instead, the focus is implementation: meeting the promises made in Paris, Baku and Dubai to raise climate finance, transition away from fossil fuels, and return warming to under 1.5°C. The tasks ahead may be the most difficult COP in years: find the money, international cooperation and political will to protect billions facing life or death on current warming projections. In his inaugural address as COP president, André Aranha Corrêa do Lago said three priorities will dominate the agenda: climate adaptation, finance for a just transition, and implementing the global stocktake recommendations on clean energy and reversing deforestation. “This is a COP of implementation,” said Corrêa do Lago. “I hope it will be remembered as a COP of adaptation, a COP of advancing climate integration with economic activity and generation of jobs, and above all, a COP which will hear and believe in science.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. The latest COP is the first in several years not to be heavily clouded by the smoke and scandal of petrostate hosts. The last two climate summits, held in the UAE and Azerbaijan, two nations heavily reliant on state-owned oil conglomerates for government revenue, were hit with scandals alleging subterfuge and coordination between the chiefs of negotiations and fossil fuel interests seeking to weaken any global agreement. Brazil, an oil-producing state, is by no means immune to industry influence either. “Brazil is hosting COP30. Why is it still drilling for oil?” asked the award-winning Brazilian journalist, Cândida Schaedler, in a post published Monday, noting that Lula recently approved a plan by the state-owned company, Petrobras, to start drilling in a sensitive Amazonian region, at the mouth of the Amazon River. New oil exploration project greenlighted at the mouth of the Amazon River Even so, at this year’s COP, the heaviest pressures on the negotiators will likely come from outside. The United States, the world’s largest historical emitter, has spurned the talks entirely, after withdrawing from the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5° C. China’s President Xi Jinping and Nahrenda Modi of India, will not attend the Brazil summit, either – topping off the list of the world’s three largest polluters. Fears of US influence hover over talks A fear of US influence from Washington looms over the talks despite the fact that Washington is not sending a team. Recently, the Trump administration used intimidation and economic threats to derail a landmark deal to cut global shipping emissions. And the US administration employed similar tactics at the failed plastics treaty negotiations in Geneva in August. “Although climate change will hurt poor people more than anyone else, for the vast majority of them, it will not be the only or even the biggest threat to their lives and welfare. The biggest problems are poverty and disease, just as they always have been,” Gates wrote in a provocative new memo, roundly criticised by climate scientists for minimising the damage warming could do. Following the Gates memo, US President Donald Trump declared on social media: “I (WE!) just won the War on the Climate Change Hoax,” taking aim at Gates’ argument for a change in the framing of climate change from a “doomsday view” to a more optimistic framing of a crisis with billions of livelihoods in the balance. “Bill Gates has finally admitted that he was completely WRONG on the issue,” declared the US president, who has frequently called climate change “the greatest con job ever perpetrated”. US President Donald Trump removed the country from the Paris Agreement for a second time, cancelling his predecessor’s commitments to cut US emissions by 61% to 66% below 2005 levels by 2035. Lula: ‘defeat the denialists’ Brazil’s Lula has sought to frame COP30 as a direct counterpoint to forces such as the US administration. European Union officials have taken a similar tack. The bloc’s chief negotiator, Jacob Werksman, said last week COP30 must press on against the “strong counter-narrative that’s coming from a particular part of the world, suggesting that climate change is a hoax.” In an indirect swipe at the US in his opening remarks, Lula referred to a coalition of ‘denialists’ which he said: “reject not only the evidence and science,” but attack multilateralism, spread “hatred and fear,” and “attack institutions, science and universities.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. He spoke from experience. The nation’s previous president, Jair Bolsonaro, like Trump, dismissed climate change as a hoax, and deforestation in the Brazilian Amazon reached record heights. Bolsonaro was recently sentenced to 27 years in prison for organising a coup against Lula. Under Lula’s presidency, Brazil’s emissions fell nearly 17% last year – the biggest drop in 15 years – as the government cracked down on illegal deforestation. Whether the United States – which has never truly stepped into the climate leadership role its historical emissions would suggest – might one day follow a similar path from climate denial back to engagement remains an open question. But Brazil’s transformation demonstrates how climate policies can swing dramatically when governments change. And at the same time, Lula has tread a fine political line between his supporters and opponents. This was reflected in his signing of the “devastation bill” in August. The new legislation approved by the Brazilian parliament, removed many of the legal safeguards around the environmental review of new development, although the Brazilian leader vetoed some of its most damaging provisions. Green as the ‘growth story of the 21st century’ UNFCCC chief Simon Stiell addresses the opening plenary. As green technology surges ahead, however, climate denial is increasingly at odds with basic economics, the optimists point out. While the US retreats from climate leadership, China is moving to consolidate its dominance in renewable energy manufacturing and deployment, positioning itself to dominate the energy markets of the future. “The economics of this transition are as indisputable as the costs of inaction,” UN Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell told delegates. “Solar and wind are now the lowest-cost power in 90% of the world. Renewables overtook coal this year as the world’s top energy source.” “This is the growth story of the 21st Century, the economic transformation of our age,” Stiell said. “Those opting out or taking baby steps face stagnation and higher prices, while other economies surge ahead.” ‘Climate justice invoice’ But translating that economic momentum into the financing needed for a global transition remains the central – and likely insurmountable – challenge of COP30. At the opening ceremony of COP30, outgoing president Mukhtar Babayev presented delegates with an “invoice for climate justice”, a document outlining the minimum financial commitments required from wealthy nations. The invoice includes: $40 billion in urgent adaptation finance by 2025, tripling climate funds to $5.1 billion by 2030, and the $300 billion annual pledge by 2035 that emerged from last year’s negotiations. The total, including the aspirational $1.3 trillion annual climate funding target in the Baku finance deal? Several trillion. ‘Invoice for climate justice’ shown on stage by outgoing COP29 president Mukhtar Babayev. The invoice is addressed specifically to what are known as Annex II countries under the UN climate convention: 39 developed nations identified in 1992 when the framework was first opened for signing. These include the United States, European Union members, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, and a handful of others. But the US, historically the world’s largest emitter and responsible for roughly 40% of climate finance under this framework, has walked away from the table. The gap in the $1.3 trillion annual target agreed in Baku created by a US exit breaks the math: The EU and other Annex II nations cannot shoulder $1.3 trillion, or even the scaled-back $300bn commitment, on their own. This leads to the second, politically fraught problem that has plagued environmental negotiations from plastics, to biodiversity and climate alike for years: several of the world’s wealthiest nations – China, Russia, South Korea, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Poland, the United Arab Emirates, and Mexico – are classified as developing countries under the 1992 framework. They are not obligated to contribute climate finance, and they have so far largely refused to do so voluntarily. Since then, China’s cumulative emissions have surpassed the EU’s while it has become the world’s second-largest economy. Early drafts of the Baku agreement proposed expanding the donor list to include some of these nations. That language was quietly dropped from the final text, leaving the donor list unchanged. Fair share of total climate finance contributions by donor bloc, according to the Center for Global Development. China, the world’s largest annual emitter, contributes approximately $3.8 billion per year in climate finance, a fraction of what it would owe under a system based on current emissions or economic capacity. It does provide developing nations with cheap green technology, but resists any formal obligation to pay into global climate funds. Analysis by the Center for Global Development suggests that by 2030, non-Annex II nations should collectively shoulder around 30% of total climate finance, with Annex II countries covering the remaining 70%. Even the $300 billion target, however, remains distant. Current climate finance flows are estimated between $28 billion, according to Oxfam, which excludes loans, and $116 billion by OECD figures, which count loans equally with grants. The $1.3tn economists say is needed grows more remote with each passing year as inflation and continued warming increase the cost of adaptation and mitigation. The Baku agreement also made a key compromise to get it over the line: leaving unresolved whether loans should count toward the finance target. Loans currently make up two-thirds of climate finance for the Global South, with some countries, like France, providing 86% of their climate finance through loans. If this loan-to-grant ratio continues, approximately $200 billion of the $300 billion 2035 target would come as loans rather than grants, which developing countries argue perpetuates rather than solves their debt crises. “We now need to put the Baku to Belém roadmap to work to start moving towards the 1.3 trillion,” Stiell said. Billions of lives, species, and nations Brazil’s COP30 presidency chose the Amazon city of Belém in an effort to remind negotiators of the planet they are fighting to protect, The planet warming in line with the latest projections is a matter of life and death for billions of people, species, and nations. Over half a million people have died every year due to heat exposure over the past decade. Millions die due to air pollution. Conflicts drive resource wars, while droughts cause famine and displacement. Extreme weather destroys homes, while sea level rise threatens nations themselves. The UNHCR’s latest report, released on the opening day of the summit, adds to the reality just decades away – or already here – for the world’s most vulnerable populations. “Three in every four refugees and other displaced people fleeing war and persecution now live in countries that are highly vulnerable to climate-related hazards,” UNHCR chief Filippo Grandi said. “These communities face an impossible reality – they are being hit harder by more devastating floods, longer droughts and periods of extreme heat, without the means to adapt, recover and rebuild.” Of the 117 million people displaced by conflict today, around 75% – 86 million – are exposed to extreme weather. The one million refugees who returned home in the first half of this year returned to countries highly vulnerable to more of the climate impacts that displaced them in the first place. “Whilst mega droughts wreck national harvests, sending food prices soaring, it makes zero sense, economically or politically, to squabble while famines take hold, forcing millions to flee their homelands – this will never be forgotten,” Stiell said. “As conflicts spread while climate disasters decimate the lives of millions when we already have the solutions this will never, ever be forgiven.” “We have already agreed that transition pathways must be inclusive and just, covering whole economies and societies,” the UNFCCC chief added. “Now we must agree on concrete steps to turn aspirations into actions.” COP ‘Health Day’ to launch the Bélem Action Plan for health sector Nearly one-eighth of the global population does not have access to health facilities with reliable electricity. Health will have its own featured day at the conference, on the COP30 Health Day this Thursday. Proponents hope this year’s high-level event will create more of a buzz than last year’s COP29 in Baku, where the marquee Health Day event took place in a cramped, windowless meeting room with just a few dozen attendees in person and online. This year’s day will focus on the launch of the Belém Health Action Plan – a blueprint for health sector adaptation to climate change. A key political objective of the Action Plan, however, is to integrate by 2028 member state progress reports into the broader COP “Global Stocktake” mechanism – ending years of health sector isolation from mainstream climate monitoring and reporting. Specifically, the Action plan aims to support stronger health sector surveillance of climate-sensitive disease trends, integration of “climate adaptation and resilience measures into all levels of health care,” strengthen the health care workforce and support “Innovation, Production, and Digital Health.” Buried under that last rubric is a call to support “investments in sustainable investments in sustainable innovation and technology to provide uninterrupted operation of health care services during extreme climate events.” And that, finally, includes “energy-efficient solutions, renewable energy sources, safe water supply and sanitation, and logistics systems in health facilities to strengthen operational resilience.” Translated, that means supporting shifts to more sustainable and reliable energy systems for energy-starved health systems in the global South, where some 1 billion people are served by health facilities with inadequate energy services, and 12-15% of facilities in South-East Asia and Africa have no electricity at all. Applied to high-income settings, the same strategies that lead to long-term reductions in health sector climate emissions, estimated at 5% of the global total. Central and eastern Africa have the highest proportion of health facilities with no electricity access – 50% or more in some regions. Critics have complained that the Bélem Action Plan is still far too tame – focusing primarily on adaptation in the health sector rather than on the millions of lives that climate mitigation can save through the simultaneous reduction of air pollution, the fostering of greener urban areas that enable physical activity, and healthier low-carbon diets. Even so, if the Bélem plan can help catapult health issues into the mainstream of talks, that would be a significant gain after decades of fighting for recognition. “The plan provides a detailed roadmap of adaptation measures to protect lives and livelihoods against the impacts of climate change, from early warning systems, to improving collaboration across sectors and health systems, to providing health workers with the tools to respond to climate impacts,” said the former WHO and Australian government advisor, Arthur Wyns, in a recent LinkedIn Post, “It builds on the COP28 Declaration on Climate and Health, which was endorsed by 150 countries and sent a powerful political signal that countries are ready to do more in this area.” Bélem Action Plan Health pavilion to livestream events non-stop WHO is also hosting a Health Pavilion at COP30 in the official Blue Zone in collaboration with the UK-based Wellcome Trust, engaging dozens of global health, finance and environmental partners from the International Energy Agency to the Asian Development Bank, not to mention local governmental, non-profit and youth alliances. Events livestreamed almost non-stop throughout the two weeks of talks will showcase evidence and discuss solutions that optimise the health benefits of tackling climate change across regions of the world; key sectors from transport to food production and health; and in cities as well as rural areas. “A sick planet means sick people,” WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told delegates at the COP high-level opening today in Bélem. “The climate crisis is a health crisis – not in the future, but now. It is already spreading disease, worsening malnutrition, displacing communities, and claiming lives through heat, floods, fires, and pollution.” .@WHO thanks Brazil for hosting #COP30. If our planet were a patient, it would be admitted to intensive care. Our call at the COP30 Leaders’ Summit was simple: – put health at the centre of every climate decision– direct climate finance towards protecting lives and… pic.twitter.com/XGUelHP9yL — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) November 8, 2025 Beyond the political rhetoric, however, health-specific climate action remains severely underfunded, capturing only 2% of adaptation funding and 0.5% of multilateral climate funding, advocates point out. “Health is the strongest argument for climate action,” Tedros said. “It’s much easier to convince people of the need to protect their own health or that of their children, than to protect glaciers or ecosystems. Both are important. One is a lot closer to home.” “Put health at the centre of every climate decision. Direct climate finance towards protecting lives and livelihoods. And recognise health as a measure of climate ambition and success. Because there can be no healthy people on a sick planet.” The talks continue through November 21. –Elaine Ruth Fletcher contributed to reporting and editing. Image Credits: COP30, COP30, COP30, Eden FlahertySource: Agência Nacional do Petróleo, Gás Natural e Biocombustíveis, Center for Global Development, COP30, WHO, WHO . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Dental Amalgam Set to Be Phased out by 2034 to Reduce Toxic Mercury Exposures 11/11/2025 Disha Shetty Dental amalgam used to fill tooth cavities is set to be phased out by 2034 to reduce toxic exposures to mercury. Mercury-containing dental amalgam, used to fill cavities, is set to be phased out globally by 2034 to reduce human exposure to the toxic heavy metal. The decision was taken by the 153 parties to the Minamata Convention on Mercury at the Sixth Conference of Parties (COP-6) that took place last week in Geneva. While 50 countries, including the European Union’s 27 member states, have already phased out dental amalgam, typically a mix of liquid mercury and silver, many countries, including the United States, continue to allow the use of the amalgam in dental procedures. Mercury is a highly toxic element and exposure to even small quantities of it can cause developmental delays in children as well as affect the nervous, digestive and immune systems, according to the World Health Organization (WHO). “Use of dental amalgam poses several challenges, including exposure to mercury of dental practitioners, also the cost challenges related to disposal of dental amalgam, and also mercury emissions from crematoria,” said Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary of the Minamata Convention, a global treaty adopted in 2013 to protect both humans and the environment from the adverse effects of mercury. Alternatives to the amalgam include composite resin, glass ionomer, ceramics and gold. Mercury in artisanal mining and cosmetics the focus of other COP6 initiatives Countries that have phased out dental amalgam. Stankiewicz spoke at a press conference on Monday, discussing the outcomes of COP6. Parties to the Convention also agreed to step up efforts to address mercury exposures in artisanal gold mining. They will also collaborate to reduce the availability of cosmetics with mercury. While such cosmetics are banned, they are available online, experts said. This year’s COP drew some 1000 in-person participants to Geneva as well as several thousand online. The convention, named after the Japanese city of Minamata, alludes to the neurological disease that drew global attention to the issue in 1956, when several thousand Japanese residents of the city were diagnosed with symptoms of severe mercury poisoning, due to their consumption of fish and shellfish exposed to high methylmercury levels in wastewater emissions from a nearby chemical plant. The Convention, adopted in 2013, came into force in 2017. Since the first Conference of the Parties in 2017, more restrictions on mercury use have progressively been added, based on the support and willingness of countries. “The issue of dental amalgam has been discussed also in the past two COPs,” Stankiewicz said. “So, it’s a third COP that the parties have been negotiating the matter. And then each of the COPs, certain measures were adopted to dramatically reduce the use of dental amalgam. So, the convention already includes a number of measures that restrict the use.” The decision to phase out dental amalgam worldwide received strong support from US Secretary of Health and Human Services Robert F Kennedy Jr, an environmental lawyer, who appeared before the COP’s opening session on 3 November via video link. However, he also criticised the continued use of thiomersal, a preservative used in some vaccines that contains a derivative of mercury called ethylmercury. “Why do we hold a double standard for mercury? Why do we call it dangerous in batteries, in over-the-counter medications, and makeup – but acceptable in vaccines and dental fillings,” Kennedy asked as the discussions kicked off on November 3. While the US FDA has recently banned the use of thiomersal, the WHO has continued to call it safe to use. With regards to the phase out of amalgam, some countries at this year’s COP, including a bloc of African states, called for speeding up the timeline to ban the production, import and export of amalgam by 2030 – arguing that they lacked facilities to safely manage mercury waste. But they were met with resistance from other countries, including the United Kingdom and India, which considered the date as too ambitious. The UK allows for amalgam although its use is banned for children under the age of 15, pregnant or breastfeeding women. Gold mining – a ‘just transition’ Crushing gold ore in Guinea before pouring in mercury and burning the mixture to produce pure gold. Countries also discussed new measures to phase out mercury use in artisanal and small-scale gold mining – an occupation that continues to draw poor communities in developing countries, given the high price of gold. The discussions took place just before the UN climate change conference (COP30) convened Monday (10-21 November) in the Amazonian city of Belém – one of the world’s regions where artisanal and small-scale gold mining exposes communities and the sensitive rain forest that they inhabit to dangerous levels of mercury emissions. Artisanal gold extraction involves mixing mercury with crushed rocks of gold ore, then heating the amalgam to vaporize the mercury, leaving the gold behind. The process exposes workers, including women and children, to severe health risks through inhalation of mercury vapor, as well as releasing methylmercury into the environment, which can bioaccumulate in the food chain. Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer, Minamata Convention. “The COP strengthened its commitment to addressing the challenges of artisanal and small-scale gold mining, otherwise referred to as ASGM, through acknowledging the need for a just transition for miners. So, this is supporting fair, inclusive and sustainable alternatives,” said Brenda Koekkoek, Senior Coordination Officer of the Minamata Convention. While no specific decision was taken, parties to the convention agreed to support new technologies and other measures to phase out the use of mercury and related toxic exposures. This pathway, conference participants stressed, is preferable to banning ASGM altogether, which would turn the miners into criminals. “This [discussion] does empower countries who have the mandatory obligation to develop national action plans under the Convention to consider measures of how they would look at the just transition (away from mercury use in artisanal mining) in their national action plans,” Koekkoek added. WHO to help draw up a strategy for mercury phase-out in public health systems Monika Stankiewicz, Executive Secretary, Minamata Convention. For the next COP, scheduled in 2027, the WHO has been invited to prepare a strategy on mercury phase-out in cosmetics. This strategy would focus on advice to countries about measures to prevent the use, manufacture, import and export of mercury-contaminated cosmetics. “It could be then used domestically by parties, and also on that basis, prepare appropriate documentation to our COP in 2027,” Stankiewicz said. WHO has been a longtime observer to the Convention, and historically active in measures such as phasing out mercury-containing thermometers and other medical devices used by health systems. The parties to the convention also agreed to look more closely at the global mercury supply chain, sharing relevant information. An expert group has been constituted that would look more closely at the manufacture, use and trade in specific mercury compounds, as compared to elemental mercury, which has largely been the focus to date. Image Credits: Unsplash/Navy Medicine, European Network for Environmental Medicine, Planet Gold . African Countries Affirm Support for Multilateral Pandemic Agreement Amid Pressure to Make Bilateral Deals with US 11/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Zimbabwe, speaking for WHO Africa member states plus Egypt, Sudan, Somalia and Libya, committed to a multilateral pathogen system. African countries want information about pathogens with the potential to cause pandemics to be shared “exclusively” through a global system currently being negotiated at the World Health Organization (WHO) – yet at the same time, their governments are under pressure to agree to bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) with the United States that will trade their pathogen information for health aid. “We envision a PABS [Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing] system that ensures that all PABS materials and sequence information flow exclusively through the [WHO] system,” said Zimbabwe, speaking on behalf of 50 African member states. He was addressing the Intergovernmental Working Group (IGWG), charged with negotiating the PABS system, at the end of last week’s text-based negotiations. Once agreed, the PABS system will become an annex to the WHO’s Pandemic Agreement, setting out how information about pathogens with pandemic potential is shared in a safe, transparent and accountable manner, and how those who share this information will benefit from vaccines, diagnostics and therapeautics that are developed as a result. Under pressure from the US However, the US government is currently negotiating MOUs with several African countries that aim to compel them to share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” in exchange for aid to address HIV, tuberculosis and malaria, Health Policy Watch reported exclusively last week. Several countries have little power to refuse the terms of the MOUs as they face mounting deaths and illness of their citizens without resources to buy essential antiretroviral, TB and malaria medication, mosquito nets and other medical necessities. The loss of aid from the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), combined with a 24% reduction from other large donors, is predicted to “cause an additional 4·43 to 10·75 million new HIV infections and 0·77 to 2·93 million HIV-related deaths between 2025 and 2030 compared with the status quo,” according to a modelling study published in The Lancet in May. The MOUs are part of the US’s new America First Global Health Strategy, which is based on “keeping America safe, strong and prosperous”. However, several health leaders have expressed concern that sharing the information of dangerous pathogen via numerous bilateral agreements, rather than via one centralised PABS system under the WHO, will slow down the world’s response to future pandemics. Undermine multilateralism “These bilateral agreements will undermine the multilateral system. They will bypass the WHO, and the foundations of solidarity and equity we have been trying to build here,” Dr Michel Kazatchkine, a member of the Independent Panel for Pandemic Preparedness and Response, told the IGWG last week. “The template offers no guarantees of access to countermeasures and gives commercial dominance to one country. It threatens health security, data security and ultimately national sovereignty.” Nina Schwalbe, CEO of Spark Street Advisors, described the draft MOUs as “pure bullying by the US and a terrible deal for any country”. The bilateral MOUs propose that the US “gives a bit of aid for a few diseases for just a few years at best – and in return they give access to physical specimens and genetic sequence data for 25 years,” said Schwalbe. “There is zero promise by the US to provide any of the resulting drugs, diagnostics or vaccines [it] develops using their data. This is not a fair deal. It is a powerful country exerting its muscle once again put itself first in line,” she added. Jamie Love, head of Knowledge Ecology International, said it is “not surprising that the US is undermining the WHO negotiations”. ‘But Trump won’t be President forever, and the pandemic treaty will be around longer. I don’t think [the bilateral agreements] will kill the Pandemic Agreement, but it certainly is designed to undermine the equity provisions and reduce the industry incentives to participate in the near term.” Kazatchkine said that, while the Panel “fully understands that some countries will consider entering into these agreements”, it “cannot stress enough the importance of a multilateral approach for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response”. ‘Solidarity is our best immunity’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses IGWG3. The WHO told Health Policy Watch that it has “not received any official information”about the US MOUs. “However, WHO member states are working actively to develop the PABS system as part of the already adopted WHO Pandemic Agreement,” the WHO spokesperson added. “Solidarity is our best immunity. Finalising the Pandemic Agreement through a commitment to multilateral action, is our collective promise to protect humanity,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told IGWG “To enable a timely and effective response to future pandemics, countries must be able to quickly identify pathogens that have pandemic potential and share their genetic information and material so scientists can develop tools like tests, treatments, and vaccines,” the WHO explained. The PABS system is envisaged to facilitate both the rapid and timely sharing of biological material and sequence information from pathogens with pandemic potential on the one hand, and enable the “rapid, timely, fair and equitable sharing of benefits” – such as vaccines – that arise from sharing this information. IGWG Bureau co-chair Ambassador Tovar da Silva Nunes said that member states had shown during last week’s meeting that they are capable of the difficult conversations “that will make the world safer from the threat of future pandemics”. “By considering complex issues head-on, these negotiations are ensuring that future pandemic responses will be fair, timely and grounded in solidarity,” said da Silva Nunes. “Seeing the member states’ disposition to tackle these issues, I am optimistic that we will deliver a finalised annex to the World Health Assembly for adoption in May 2026.” Canada Loses Measles Elimination Status 10/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Dr Jarbas Barbosa, director of the Pan American Health Organization, the Americas region of WHO. Canada has lost its measles elimination status after 12 months of continuous transmission of the highly infectious disease, the Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) announced on Monday. This follows a PAHO expert meeting on infectious diseases last week, the Measles, Rubella, and Congenital Rubella Syndrome Elimination Regional Monitoring and Re-Verification Commission. “The commission determined that endemic measles transmission has been re-established in Canada, where the virus has circulated for at least 12 months,” PAHO director Dr Jarbas Barbosa told a media briefing. Since Canada’s measles outbreak started in October 2024, there have been over 5,000 cases in nine of the country’s 10 provinces. The Public Health Agency of Canada said in a statement on Monday that it is “currently experiencing a large, multi-jurisdictional outbreak of measles that began in October 2024 with cases in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Prince Edward Island, Quebec, Saskatchewan, and the Northwest Territories.” “While transmission has slowed recently, the outbreak has persisted for over 12 months, primarily within under-vaccinated communities,” it added. Thirty-fold increase Measles incidence in Canada by province in 2025. Canada’s loss is also PAHO’s loss, as the entire World Health Organization’s Region of the Americas has also lost its measles elimination status as a result. As of 7 November, 12,593 confirmed measles cases have been reported across 10 countries (approximately 95% in Canada, Mexico and US) in the region, PAHO reported. This is a 30-fold increase compared to 2024. Twenty-eight deaths have been recorded: 23 in Mexico, three in the United States, and two in Canada. “Measles is the most contagious disease known to humankind,” said Barbosa. “One infected person can transmit the disease to up to 18 others. Thanks to vaccines, many people have never seen an outbreak in their lifetime.” Measles can cause severe complications such as blindness, pneumonia, encephalitis and even death. “Stopping the spread of measles required that at least 95% of the population be vaccinated with two doses. This is very important across all communities, without exception,” Barbosa stressed. However, in 2024, regional coverage for the second dose of the measles, mumps and rubella vaccine (MMR2) averaged 79%. Only 31% of countries reached 95% or more coverage for the first dose, and just 20% achieved that level for the second dose. There are active measles outbreaks in Canada, Mexico, the United States, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay, and Belize. Canada has lost its measles elimination status…a sad milestone. Now is the time to double down on lowering barriers to routine childhood immunizations and ensuring Canadians have access to credible, science-based information. Link: https://t.co/JbALpkKWSW pic.twitter.com/JMiySJCOuM — Isaac Bogoch (@BogochIsaac) November 10, 2025 Mostly in the unvaccinated “Transmission has primarily affected under-vaccinated communities, with 89% of cases occurring in unvaccinated individuals or those with unknown vaccination status. Children under one year of age are the most affected, followed by those aged one to four years,” said PAHO. “Vaccination remains the most effective means of protection. Over the past 25 years, the measles vaccine has prevented more than six million deaths across the Americas —and an estimated 15 million deaths over the last 50 years,” stressed PAHO. To regain its measles elimination status, Canada must show that it has eliminated endemic transmission for at least 12 consecutive months, supported by comprehensive vaccination, surveillance, and outbreak-response data. Canada will present and implement an action plan under PAHO’s regional framework, focused on boosting immunisation coverage, reinforcing surveillance systems, and ensuring rapid outbreak response to stop endemic transmission and regain measles elimination status, said PAHO. PAHO is providing technical support to countries to strengthen surveillance, laboratory diagnosis, outbreak response, and vaccination campaigns. Experts have been deployed to Mexico, Argentina, and Bolivia, and it is monitoring risks in Belize, Brazil and Paraguay. Image Credits: Health Canada . COP30 Opens on Amazon’s Edge as World Battles to Claw Back 1.5°C Target 10/11/2025 Stefan Anderson Delegates arrive for the opening day of COP30 on the edge of the Brazilian Amazon. The third decade of United Nations climate negotiations opened on Monday in the Brazilian Amazon, as 50,000 negotiators, politicians, civil society representatives, industry lobbyists, and indigenous peoples from around the world gathered for talks on protecting the planet from climate catastrophe. The thirtieth anniversary of COP summits has little time to celebrate: Ten years after the world agreed to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, that threshold has been breached. In the health arena, the Bélem Action Plan to be launched on Wednesday aims to position health sector climate action a little closer to the mainstream of climate commitments, actions and stocktaking – after years of operating on the margins. Brazil insisted on hosting the talks in Belém, a small coastal city on the Amazon’s edge, to place the rainforest, nature, planet and people negotiators are there to protect at the center of negotiations. Limited hotels and housing has delegates housed on mammoth cruise ships, casting long shadows over local fishing villages. Others will spend the week in local, pay-by-the-hour love motels. All will be working under the heavy humidity and heat of the world’s largest rainforest, a constant reminder of the climate future awaiting the billions worldwide if negotiations fail. “Climate change is not a threat of the future, it is already a tragedy of the present,” Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva told the opening plenary, citing the hurricane that levelled Jamaica and a “trail of destruction, droughts, fires in Africa and Europe, floods in South America and South East Asia” that have killed thousands and displaced millions. “The climate emergency is a case of inequality; it exposes and exacerbates the unacceptable,” Lula said. Opening ceremony underway in Belem as COP30 kicks off on the edge of the Amazon. He also attacked rising military spending, arguing the world should prioritise climate finance over defence budgets. “The men that go to war, if they were here, present here, at this COP, they would perceive that it’s much cheaper to put $1.3 trillion for us to end the climate crisis than to put $2 trillion and sell $700 billion to buy weapons and go to war,” he said. Progress has been made since Paris. The planet was then on pace for 4°C of warming by century’s end. Today’s business-as-usual scenario projects 2.8°C. If countries implement their Paris commitments, warming could fall to between 2.3°C and 2.5°C. ‘COP of implementation’ Unlike previous summits, COP30 is not expected to produce a landmark agreement. Instead, the focus is implementation: meeting the promises made in Paris, Baku and Dubai to raise climate finance, transition away from fossil fuels, and return warming to under 1.5°C. The tasks ahead may be the most difficult COP in years: find the money, international cooperation and political will to protect billions facing life or death on current warming projections. In his inaugural address as COP president, André Aranha Corrêa do Lago said three priorities will dominate the agenda: climate adaptation, finance for a just transition, and implementing the global stocktake recommendations on clean energy and reversing deforestation. “This is a COP of implementation,” said Corrêa do Lago. “I hope it will be remembered as a COP of adaptation, a COP of advancing climate integration with economic activity and generation of jobs, and above all, a COP which will hear and believe in science.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. The latest COP is the first in several years not to be heavily clouded by the smoke and scandal of petrostate hosts. The last two climate summits, held in the UAE and Azerbaijan, two nations heavily reliant on state-owned oil conglomerates for government revenue, were hit with scandals alleging subterfuge and coordination between the chiefs of negotiations and fossil fuel interests seeking to weaken any global agreement. Brazil, an oil-producing state, is by no means immune to industry influence either. “Brazil is hosting COP30. Why is it still drilling for oil?” asked the award-winning Brazilian journalist, Cândida Schaedler, in a post published Monday, noting that Lula recently approved a plan by the state-owned company, Petrobras, to start drilling in a sensitive Amazonian region, at the mouth of the Amazon River. New oil exploration project greenlighted at the mouth of the Amazon River Even so, at this year’s COP, the heaviest pressures on the negotiators will likely come from outside. The United States, the world’s largest historical emitter, has spurned the talks entirely, after withdrawing from the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5° C. China’s President Xi Jinping and Nahrenda Modi of India, will not attend the Brazil summit, either – topping off the list of the world’s three largest polluters. Fears of US influence hover over talks A fear of US influence from Washington looms over the talks despite the fact that Washington is not sending a team. Recently, the Trump administration used intimidation and economic threats to derail a landmark deal to cut global shipping emissions. And the US administration employed similar tactics at the failed plastics treaty negotiations in Geneva in August. “Although climate change will hurt poor people more than anyone else, for the vast majority of them, it will not be the only or even the biggest threat to their lives and welfare. The biggest problems are poverty and disease, just as they always have been,” Gates wrote in a provocative new memo, roundly criticised by climate scientists for minimising the damage warming could do. Following the Gates memo, US President Donald Trump declared on social media: “I (WE!) just won the War on the Climate Change Hoax,” taking aim at Gates’ argument for a change in the framing of climate change from a “doomsday view” to a more optimistic framing of a crisis with billions of livelihoods in the balance. “Bill Gates has finally admitted that he was completely WRONG on the issue,” declared the US president, who has frequently called climate change “the greatest con job ever perpetrated”. US President Donald Trump removed the country from the Paris Agreement for a second time, cancelling his predecessor’s commitments to cut US emissions by 61% to 66% below 2005 levels by 2035. Lula: ‘defeat the denialists’ Brazil’s Lula has sought to frame COP30 as a direct counterpoint to forces such as the US administration. European Union officials have taken a similar tack. The bloc’s chief negotiator, Jacob Werksman, said last week COP30 must press on against the “strong counter-narrative that’s coming from a particular part of the world, suggesting that climate change is a hoax.” In an indirect swipe at the US in his opening remarks, Lula referred to a coalition of ‘denialists’ which he said: “reject not only the evidence and science,” but attack multilateralism, spread “hatred and fear,” and “attack institutions, science and universities.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. He spoke from experience. The nation’s previous president, Jair Bolsonaro, like Trump, dismissed climate change as a hoax, and deforestation in the Brazilian Amazon reached record heights. Bolsonaro was recently sentenced to 27 years in prison for organising a coup against Lula. Under Lula’s presidency, Brazil’s emissions fell nearly 17% last year – the biggest drop in 15 years – as the government cracked down on illegal deforestation. Whether the United States – which has never truly stepped into the climate leadership role its historical emissions would suggest – might one day follow a similar path from climate denial back to engagement remains an open question. But Brazil’s transformation demonstrates how climate policies can swing dramatically when governments change. And at the same time, Lula has tread a fine political line between his supporters and opponents. This was reflected in his signing of the “devastation bill” in August. The new legislation approved by the Brazilian parliament, removed many of the legal safeguards around the environmental review of new development, although the Brazilian leader vetoed some of its most damaging provisions. Green as the ‘growth story of the 21st century’ UNFCCC chief Simon Stiell addresses the opening plenary. As green technology surges ahead, however, climate denial is increasingly at odds with basic economics, the optimists point out. While the US retreats from climate leadership, China is moving to consolidate its dominance in renewable energy manufacturing and deployment, positioning itself to dominate the energy markets of the future. “The economics of this transition are as indisputable as the costs of inaction,” UN Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell told delegates. “Solar and wind are now the lowest-cost power in 90% of the world. Renewables overtook coal this year as the world’s top energy source.” “This is the growth story of the 21st Century, the economic transformation of our age,” Stiell said. “Those opting out or taking baby steps face stagnation and higher prices, while other economies surge ahead.” ‘Climate justice invoice’ But translating that economic momentum into the financing needed for a global transition remains the central – and likely insurmountable – challenge of COP30. At the opening ceremony of COP30, outgoing president Mukhtar Babayev presented delegates with an “invoice for climate justice”, a document outlining the minimum financial commitments required from wealthy nations. The invoice includes: $40 billion in urgent adaptation finance by 2025, tripling climate funds to $5.1 billion by 2030, and the $300 billion annual pledge by 2035 that emerged from last year’s negotiations. The total, including the aspirational $1.3 trillion annual climate funding target in the Baku finance deal? Several trillion. ‘Invoice for climate justice’ shown on stage by outgoing COP29 president Mukhtar Babayev. The invoice is addressed specifically to what are known as Annex II countries under the UN climate convention: 39 developed nations identified in 1992 when the framework was first opened for signing. These include the United States, European Union members, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, and a handful of others. But the US, historically the world’s largest emitter and responsible for roughly 40% of climate finance under this framework, has walked away from the table. The gap in the $1.3 trillion annual target agreed in Baku created by a US exit breaks the math: The EU and other Annex II nations cannot shoulder $1.3 trillion, or even the scaled-back $300bn commitment, on their own. This leads to the second, politically fraught problem that has plagued environmental negotiations from plastics, to biodiversity and climate alike for years: several of the world’s wealthiest nations – China, Russia, South Korea, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Poland, the United Arab Emirates, and Mexico – are classified as developing countries under the 1992 framework. They are not obligated to contribute climate finance, and they have so far largely refused to do so voluntarily. Since then, China’s cumulative emissions have surpassed the EU’s while it has become the world’s second-largest economy. Early drafts of the Baku agreement proposed expanding the donor list to include some of these nations. That language was quietly dropped from the final text, leaving the donor list unchanged. Fair share of total climate finance contributions by donor bloc, according to the Center for Global Development. China, the world’s largest annual emitter, contributes approximately $3.8 billion per year in climate finance, a fraction of what it would owe under a system based on current emissions or economic capacity. It does provide developing nations with cheap green technology, but resists any formal obligation to pay into global climate funds. Analysis by the Center for Global Development suggests that by 2030, non-Annex II nations should collectively shoulder around 30% of total climate finance, with Annex II countries covering the remaining 70%. Even the $300 billion target, however, remains distant. Current climate finance flows are estimated between $28 billion, according to Oxfam, which excludes loans, and $116 billion by OECD figures, which count loans equally with grants. The $1.3tn economists say is needed grows more remote with each passing year as inflation and continued warming increase the cost of adaptation and mitigation. The Baku agreement also made a key compromise to get it over the line: leaving unresolved whether loans should count toward the finance target. Loans currently make up two-thirds of climate finance for the Global South, with some countries, like France, providing 86% of their climate finance through loans. If this loan-to-grant ratio continues, approximately $200 billion of the $300 billion 2035 target would come as loans rather than grants, which developing countries argue perpetuates rather than solves their debt crises. “We now need to put the Baku to Belém roadmap to work to start moving towards the 1.3 trillion,” Stiell said. Billions of lives, species, and nations Brazil’s COP30 presidency chose the Amazon city of Belém in an effort to remind negotiators of the planet they are fighting to protect, The planet warming in line with the latest projections is a matter of life and death for billions of people, species, and nations. Over half a million people have died every year due to heat exposure over the past decade. Millions die due to air pollution. Conflicts drive resource wars, while droughts cause famine and displacement. Extreme weather destroys homes, while sea level rise threatens nations themselves. The UNHCR’s latest report, released on the opening day of the summit, adds to the reality just decades away – or already here – for the world’s most vulnerable populations. “Three in every four refugees and other displaced people fleeing war and persecution now live in countries that are highly vulnerable to climate-related hazards,” UNHCR chief Filippo Grandi said. “These communities face an impossible reality – they are being hit harder by more devastating floods, longer droughts and periods of extreme heat, without the means to adapt, recover and rebuild.” Of the 117 million people displaced by conflict today, around 75% – 86 million – are exposed to extreme weather. The one million refugees who returned home in the first half of this year returned to countries highly vulnerable to more of the climate impacts that displaced them in the first place. “Whilst mega droughts wreck national harvests, sending food prices soaring, it makes zero sense, economically or politically, to squabble while famines take hold, forcing millions to flee their homelands – this will never be forgotten,” Stiell said. “As conflicts spread while climate disasters decimate the lives of millions when we already have the solutions this will never, ever be forgiven.” “We have already agreed that transition pathways must be inclusive and just, covering whole economies and societies,” the UNFCCC chief added. “Now we must agree on concrete steps to turn aspirations into actions.” COP ‘Health Day’ to launch the Bélem Action Plan for health sector Nearly one-eighth of the global population does not have access to health facilities with reliable electricity. Health will have its own featured day at the conference, on the COP30 Health Day this Thursday. Proponents hope this year’s high-level event will create more of a buzz than last year’s COP29 in Baku, where the marquee Health Day event took place in a cramped, windowless meeting room with just a few dozen attendees in person and online. This year’s day will focus on the launch of the Belém Health Action Plan – a blueprint for health sector adaptation to climate change. A key political objective of the Action Plan, however, is to integrate by 2028 member state progress reports into the broader COP “Global Stocktake” mechanism – ending years of health sector isolation from mainstream climate monitoring and reporting. Specifically, the Action plan aims to support stronger health sector surveillance of climate-sensitive disease trends, integration of “climate adaptation and resilience measures into all levels of health care,” strengthen the health care workforce and support “Innovation, Production, and Digital Health.” Buried under that last rubric is a call to support “investments in sustainable investments in sustainable innovation and technology to provide uninterrupted operation of health care services during extreme climate events.” And that, finally, includes “energy-efficient solutions, renewable energy sources, safe water supply and sanitation, and logistics systems in health facilities to strengthen operational resilience.” Translated, that means supporting shifts to more sustainable and reliable energy systems for energy-starved health systems in the global South, where some 1 billion people are served by health facilities with inadequate energy services, and 12-15% of facilities in South-East Asia and Africa have no electricity at all. Applied to high-income settings, the same strategies that lead to long-term reductions in health sector climate emissions, estimated at 5% of the global total. Central and eastern Africa have the highest proportion of health facilities with no electricity access – 50% or more in some regions. Critics have complained that the Bélem Action Plan is still far too tame – focusing primarily on adaptation in the health sector rather than on the millions of lives that climate mitigation can save through the simultaneous reduction of air pollution, the fostering of greener urban areas that enable physical activity, and healthier low-carbon diets. Even so, if the Bélem plan can help catapult health issues into the mainstream of talks, that would be a significant gain after decades of fighting for recognition. “The plan provides a detailed roadmap of adaptation measures to protect lives and livelihoods against the impacts of climate change, from early warning systems, to improving collaboration across sectors and health systems, to providing health workers with the tools to respond to climate impacts,” said the former WHO and Australian government advisor, Arthur Wyns, in a recent LinkedIn Post, “It builds on the COP28 Declaration on Climate and Health, which was endorsed by 150 countries and sent a powerful political signal that countries are ready to do more in this area.” Bélem Action Plan Health pavilion to livestream events non-stop WHO is also hosting a Health Pavilion at COP30 in the official Blue Zone in collaboration with the UK-based Wellcome Trust, engaging dozens of global health, finance and environmental partners from the International Energy Agency to the Asian Development Bank, not to mention local governmental, non-profit and youth alliances. Events livestreamed almost non-stop throughout the two weeks of talks will showcase evidence and discuss solutions that optimise the health benefits of tackling climate change across regions of the world; key sectors from transport to food production and health; and in cities as well as rural areas. “A sick planet means sick people,” WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told delegates at the COP high-level opening today in Bélem. “The climate crisis is a health crisis – not in the future, but now. It is already spreading disease, worsening malnutrition, displacing communities, and claiming lives through heat, floods, fires, and pollution.” .@WHO thanks Brazil for hosting #COP30. If our planet were a patient, it would be admitted to intensive care. Our call at the COP30 Leaders’ Summit was simple: – put health at the centre of every climate decision– direct climate finance towards protecting lives and… pic.twitter.com/XGUelHP9yL — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) November 8, 2025 Beyond the political rhetoric, however, health-specific climate action remains severely underfunded, capturing only 2% of adaptation funding and 0.5% of multilateral climate funding, advocates point out. “Health is the strongest argument for climate action,” Tedros said. “It’s much easier to convince people of the need to protect their own health or that of their children, than to protect glaciers or ecosystems. Both are important. One is a lot closer to home.” “Put health at the centre of every climate decision. Direct climate finance towards protecting lives and livelihoods. And recognise health as a measure of climate ambition and success. Because there can be no healthy people on a sick planet.” The talks continue through November 21. –Elaine Ruth Fletcher contributed to reporting and editing. Image Credits: COP30, COP30, COP30, Eden FlahertySource: Agência Nacional do Petróleo, Gás Natural e Biocombustíveis, Center for Global Development, COP30, WHO, WHO . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
African Countries Affirm Support for Multilateral Pandemic Agreement Amid Pressure to Make Bilateral Deals with US 11/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Zimbabwe, speaking for WHO Africa member states plus Egypt, Sudan, Somalia and Libya, committed to a multilateral pathogen system. African countries want information about pathogens with the potential to cause pandemics to be shared “exclusively” through a global system currently being negotiated at the World Health Organization (WHO) – yet at the same time, their governments are under pressure to agree to bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOU) with the United States that will trade their pathogen information for health aid. “We envision a PABS [Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing] system that ensures that all PABS materials and sequence information flow exclusively through the [WHO] system,” said Zimbabwe, speaking on behalf of 50 African member states. He was addressing the Intergovernmental Working Group (IGWG), charged with negotiating the PABS system, at the end of last week’s text-based negotiations. Once agreed, the PABS system will become an annex to the WHO’s Pandemic Agreement, setting out how information about pathogens with pandemic potential is shared in a safe, transparent and accountable manner, and how those who share this information will benefit from vaccines, diagnostics and therapeautics that are developed as a result. Under pressure from the US However, the US government is currently negotiating MOUs with several African countries that aim to compel them to share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” in exchange for aid to address HIV, tuberculosis and malaria, Health Policy Watch reported exclusively last week. Several countries have little power to refuse the terms of the MOUs as they face mounting deaths and illness of their citizens without resources to buy essential antiretroviral, TB and malaria medication, mosquito nets and other medical necessities. The loss of aid from the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), combined with a 24% reduction from other large donors, is predicted to “cause an additional 4·43 to 10·75 million new HIV infections and 0·77 to 2·93 million HIV-related deaths between 2025 and 2030 compared with the status quo,” according to a modelling study published in The Lancet in May. The MOUs are part of the US’s new America First Global Health Strategy, which is based on “keeping America safe, strong and prosperous”. However, several health leaders have expressed concern that sharing the information of dangerous pathogen via numerous bilateral agreements, rather than via one centralised PABS system under the WHO, will slow down the world’s response to future pandemics. Undermine multilateralism “These bilateral agreements will undermine the multilateral system. They will bypass the WHO, and the foundations of solidarity and equity we have been trying to build here,” Dr Michel Kazatchkine, a member of the Independent Panel for Pandemic Preparedness and Response, told the IGWG last week. “The template offers no guarantees of access to countermeasures and gives commercial dominance to one country. It threatens health security, data security and ultimately national sovereignty.” Nina Schwalbe, CEO of Spark Street Advisors, described the draft MOUs as “pure bullying by the US and a terrible deal for any country”. The bilateral MOUs propose that the US “gives a bit of aid for a few diseases for just a few years at best – and in return they give access to physical specimens and genetic sequence data for 25 years,” said Schwalbe. “There is zero promise by the US to provide any of the resulting drugs, diagnostics or vaccines [it] develops using their data. This is not a fair deal. It is a powerful country exerting its muscle once again put itself first in line,” she added. Jamie Love, head of Knowledge Ecology International, said it is “not surprising that the US is undermining the WHO negotiations”. ‘But Trump won’t be President forever, and the pandemic treaty will be around longer. I don’t think [the bilateral agreements] will kill the Pandemic Agreement, but it certainly is designed to undermine the equity provisions and reduce the industry incentives to participate in the near term.” Kazatchkine said that, while the Panel “fully understands that some countries will consider entering into these agreements”, it “cannot stress enough the importance of a multilateral approach for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response”. ‘Solidarity is our best immunity’ Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus addresses IGWG3. The WHO told Health Policy Watch that it has “not received any official information”about the US MOUs. “However, WHO member states are working actively to develop the PABS system as part of the already adopted WHO Pandemic Agreement,” the WHO spokesperson added. “Solidarity is our best immunity. Finalising the Pandemic Agreement through a commitment to multilateral action, is our collective promise to protect humanity,” WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told IGWG “To enable a timely and effective response to future pandemics, countries must be able to quickly identify pathogens that have pandemic potential and share their genetic information and material so scientists can develop tools like tests, treatments, and vaccines,” the WHO explained. The PABS system is envisaged to facilitate both the rapid and timely sharing of biological material and sequence information from pathogens with pandemic potential on the one hand, and enable the “rapid, timely, fair and equitable sharing of benefits” – such as vaccines – that arise from sharing this information. IGWG Bureau co-chair Ambassador Tovar da Silva Nunes said that member states had shown during last week’s meeting that they are capable of the difficult conversations “that will make the world safer from the threat of future pandemics”. “By considering complex issues head-on, these negotiations are ensuring that future pandemic responses will be fair, timely and grounded in solidarity,” said da Silva Nunes. “Seeing the member states’ disposition to tackle these issues, I am optimistic that we will deliver a finalised annex to the World Health Assembly for adoption in May 2026.” Canada Loses Measles Elimination Status 10/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Dr Jarbas Barbosa, director of the Pan American Health Organization, the Americas region of WHO. Canada has lost its measles elimination status after 12 months of continuous transmission of the highly infectious disease, the Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) announced on Monday. This follows a PAHO expert meeting on infectious diseases last week, the Measles, Rubella, and Congenital Rubella Syndrome Elimination Regional Monitoring and Re-Verification Commission. “The commission determined that endemic measles transmission has been re-established in Canada, where the virus has circulated for at least 12 months,” PAHO director Dr Jarbas Barbosa told a media briefing. Since Canada’s measles outbreak started in October 2024, there have been over 5,000 cases in nine of the country’s 10 provinces. The Public Health Agency of Canada said in a statement on Monday that it is “currently experiencing a large, multi-jurisdictional outbreak of measles that began in October 2024 with cases in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Prince Edward Island, Quebec, Saskatchewan, and the Northwest Territories.” “While transmission has slowed recently, the outbreak has persisted for over 12 months, primarily within under-vaccinated communities,” it added. Thirty-fold increase Measles incidence in Canada by province in 2025. Canada’s loss is also PAHO’s loss, as the entire World Health Organization’s Region of the Americas has also lost its measles elimination status as a result. As of 7 November, 12,593 confirmed measles cases have been reported across 10 countries (approximately 95% in Canada, Mexico and US) in the region, PAHO reported. This is a 30-fold increase compared to 2024. Twenty-eight deaths have been recorded: 23 in Mexico, three in the United States, and two in Canada. “Measles is the most contagious disease known to humankind,” said Barbosa. “One infected person can transmit the disease to up to 18 others. Thanks to vaccines, many people have never seen an outbreak in their lifetime.” Measles can cause severe complications such as blindness, pneumonia, encephalitis and even death. “Stopping the spread of measles required that at least 95% of the population be vaccinated with two doses. This is very important across all communities, without exception,” Barbosa stressed. However, in 2024, regional coverage for the second dose of the measles, mumps and rubella vaccine (MMR2) averaged 79%. Only 31% of countries reached 95% or more coverage for the first dose, and just 20% achieved that level for the second dose. There are active measles outbreaks in Canada, Mexico, the United States, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay, and Belize. Canada has lost its measles elimination status…a sad milestone. Now is the time to double down on lowering barriers to routine childhood immunizations and ensuring Canadians have access to credible, science-based information. Link: https://t.co/JbALpkKWSW pic.twitter.com/JMiySJCOuM — Isaac Bogoch (@BogochIsaac) November 10, 2025 Mostly in the unvaccinated “Transmission has primarily affected under-vaccinated communities, with 89% of cases occurring in unvaccinated individuals or those with unknown vaccination status. Children under one year of age are the most affected, followed by those aged one to four years,” said PAHO. “Vaccination remains the most effective means of protection. Over the past 25 years, the measles vaccine has prevented more than six million deaths across the Americas —and an estimated 15 million deaths over the last 50 years,” stressed PAHO. To regain its measles elimination status, Canada must show that it has eliminated endemic transmission for at least 12 consecutive months, supported by comprehensive vaccination, surveillance, and outbreak-response data. Canada will present and implement an action plan under PAHO’s regional framework, focused on boosting immunisation coverage, reinforcing surveillance systems, and ensuring rapid outbreak response to stop endemic transmission and regain measles elimination status, said PAHO. PAHO is providing technical support to countries to strengthen surveillance, laboratory diagnosis, outbreak response, and vaccination campaigns. Experts have been deployed to Mexico, Argentina, and Bolivia, and it is monitoring risks in Belize, Brazil and Paraguay. Image Credits: Health Canada . COP30 Opens on Amazon’s Edge as World Battles to Claw Back 1.5°C Target 10/11/2025 Stefan Anderson Delegates arrive for the opening day of COP30 on the edge of the Brazilian Amazon. The third decade of United Nations climate negotiations opened on Monday in the Brazilian Amazon, as 50,000 negotiators, politicians, civil society representatives, industry lobbyists, and indigenous peoples from around the world gathered for talks on protecting the planet from climate catastrophe. The thirtieth anniversary of COP summits has little time to celebrate: Ten years after the world agreed to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, that threshold has been breached. In the health arena, the Bélem Action Plan to be launched on Wednesday aims to position health sector climate action a little closer to the mainstream of climate commitments, actions and stocktaking – after years of operating on the margins. Brazil insisted on hosting the talks in Belém, a small coastal city on the Amazon’s edge, to place the rainforest, nature, planet and people negotiators are there to protect at the center of negotiations. Limited hotels and housing has delegates housed on mammoth cruise ships, casting long shadows over local fishing villages. Others will spend the week in local, pay-by-the-hour love motels. All will be working under the heavy humidity and heat of the world’s largest rainforest, a constant reminder of the climate future awaiting the billions worldwide if negotiations fail. “Climate change is not a threat of the future, it is already a tragedy of the present,” Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva told the opening plenary, citing the hurricane that levelled Jamaica and a “trail of destruction, droughts, fires in Africa and Europe, floods in South America and South East Asia” that have killed thousands and displaced millions. “The climate emergency is a case of inequality; it exposes and exacerbates the unacceptable,” Lula said. Opening ceremony underway in Belem as COP30 kicks off on the edge of the Amazon. He also attacked rising military spending, arguing the world should prioritise climate finance over defence budgets. “The men that go to war, if they were here, present here, at this COP, they would perceive that it’s much cheaper to put $1.3 trillion for us to end the climate crisis than to put $2 trillion and sell $700 billion to buy weapons and go to war,” he said. Progress has been made since Paris. The planet was then on pace for 4°C of warming by century’s end. Today’s business-as-usual scenario projects 2.8°C. If countries implement their Paris commitments, warming could fall to between 2.3°C and 2.5°C. ‘COP of implementation’ Unlike previous summits, COP30 is not expected to produce a landmark agreement. Instead, the focus is implementation: meeting the promises made in Paris, Baku and Dubai to raise climate finance, transition away from fossil fuels, and return warming to under 1.5°C. The tasks ahead may be the most difficult COP in years: find the money, international cooperation and political will to protect billions facing life or death on current warming projections. In his inaugural address as COP president, André Aranha Corrêa do Lago said three priorities will dominate the agenda: climate adaptation, finance for a just transition, and implementing the global stocktake recommendations on clean energy and reversing deforestation. “This is a COP of implementation,” said Corrêa do Lago. “I hope it will be remembered as a COP of adaptation, a COP of advancing climate integration with economic activity and generation of jobs, and above all, a COP which will hear and believe in science.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. The latest COP is the first in several years not to be heavily clouded by the smoke and scandal of petrostate hosts. The last two climate summits, held in the UAE and Azerbaijan, two nations heavily reliant on state-owned oil conglomerates for government revenue, were hit with scandals alleging subterfuge and coordination between the chiefs of negotiations and fossil fuel interests seeking to weaken any global agreement. Brazil, an oil-producing state, is by no means immune to industry influence either. “Brazil is hosting COP30. Why is it still drilling for oil?” asked the award-winning Brazilian journalist, Cândida Schaedler, in a post published Monday, noting that Lula recently approved a plan by the state-owned company, Petrobras, to start drilling in a sensitive Amazonian region, at the mouth of the Amazon River. New oil exploration project greenlighted at the mouth of the Amazon River Even so, at this year’s COP, the heaviest pressures on the negotiators will likely come from outside. The United States, the world’s largest historical emitter, has spurned the talks entirely, after withdrawing from the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5° C. China’s President Xi Jinping and Nahrenda Modi of India, will not attend the Brazil summit, either – topping off the list of the world’s three largest polluters. Fears of US influence hover over talks A fear of US influence from Washington looms over the talks despite the fact that Washington is not sending a team. Recently, the Trump administration used intimidation and economic threats to derail a landmark deal to cut global shipping emissions. And the US administration employed similar tactics at the failed plastics treaty negotiations in Geneva in August. “Although climate change will hurt poor people more than anyone else, for the vast majority of them, it will not be the only or even the biggest threat to their lives and welfare. The biggest problems are poverty and disease, just as they always have been,” Gates wrote in a provocative new memo, roundly criticised by climate scientists for minimising the damage warming could do. Following the Gates memo, US President Donald Trump declared on social media: “I (WE!) just won the War on the Climate Change Hoax,” taking aim at Gates’ argument for a change in the framing of climate change from a “doomsday view” to a more optimistic framing of a crisis with billions of livelihoods in the balance. “Bill Gates has finally admitted that he was completely WRONG on the issue,” declared the US president, who has frequently called climate change “the greatest con job ever perpetrated”. US President Donald Trump removed the country from the Paris Agreement for a second time, cancelling his predecessor’s commitments to cut US emissions by 61% to 66% below 2005 levels by 2035. Lula: ‘defeat the denialists’ Brazil’s Lula has sought to frame COP30 as a direct counterpoint to forces such as the US administration. European Union officials have taken a similar tack. The bloc’s chief negotiator, Jacob Werksman, said last week COP30 must press on against the “strong counter-narrative that’s coming from a particular part of the world, suggesting that climate change is a hoax.” In an indirect swipe at the US in his opening remarks, Lula referred to a coalition of ‘denialists’ which he said: “reject not only the evidence and science,” but attack multilateralism, spread “hatred and fear,” and “attack institutions, science and universities.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. He spoke from experience. The nation’s previous president, Jair Bolsonaro, like Trump, dismissed climate change as a hoax, and deforestation in the Brazilian Amazon reached record heights. Bolsonaro was recently sentenced to 27 years in prison for organising a coup against Lula. Under Lula’s presidency, Brazil’s emissions fell nearly 17% last year – the biggest drop in 15 years – as the government cracked down on illegal deforestation. Whether the United States – which has never truly stepped into the climate leadership role its historical emissions would suggest – might one day follow a similar path from climate denial back to engagement remains an open question. But Brazil’s transformation demonstrates how climate policies can swing dramatically when governments change. And at the same time, Lula has tread a fine political line between his supporters and opponents. This was reflected in his signing of the “devastation bill” in August. The new legislation approved by the Brazilian parliament, removed many of the legal safeguards around the environmental review of new development, although the Brazilian leader vetoed some of its most damaging provisions. Green as the ‘growth story of the 21st century’ UNFCCC chief Simon Stiell addresses the opening plenary. As green technology surges ahead, however, climate denial is increasingly at odds with basic economics, the optimists point out. While the US retreats from climate leadership, China is moving to consolidate its dominance in renewable energy manufacturing and deployment, positioning itself to dominate the energy markets of the future. “The economics of this transition are as indisputable as the costs of inaction,” UN Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell told delegates. “Solar and wind are now the lowest-cost power in 90% of the world. Renewables overtook coal this year as the world’s top energy source.” “This is the growth story of the 21st Century, the economic transformation of our age,” Stiell said. “Those opting out or taking baby steps face stagnation and higher prices, while other economies surge ahead.” ‘Climate justice invoice’ But translating that economic momentum into the financing needed for a global transition remains the central – and likely insurmountable – challenge of COP30. At the opening ceremony of COP30, outgoing president Mukhtar Babayev presented delegates with an “invoice for climate justice”, a document outlining the minimum financial commitments required from wealthy nations. The invoice includes: $40 billion in urgent adaptation finance by 2025, tripling climate funds to $5.1 billion by 2030, and the $300 billion annual pledge by 2035 that emerged from last year’s negotiations. The total, including the aspirational $1.3 trillion annual climate funding target in the Baku finance deal? Several trillion. ‘Invoice for climate justice’ shown on stage by outgoing COP29 president Mukhtar Babayev. The invoice is addressed specifically to what are known as Annex II countries under the UN climate convention: 39 developed nations identified in 1992 when the framework was first opened for signing. These include the United States, European Union members, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, and a handful of others. But the US, historically the world’s largest emitter and responsible for roughly 40% of climate finance under this framework, has walked away from the table. The gap in the $1.3 trillion annual target agreed in Baku created by a US exit breaks the math: The EU and other Annex II nations cannot shoulder $1.3 trillion, or even the scaled-back $300bn commitment, on their own. This leads to the second, politically fraught problem that has plagued environmental negotiations from plastics, to biodiversity and climate alike for years: several of the world’s wealthiest nations – China, Russia, South Korea, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Poland, the United Arab Emirates, and Mexico – are classified as developing countries under the 1992 framework. They are not obligated to contribute climate finance, and they have so far largely refused to do so voluntarily. Since then, China’s cumulative emissions have surpassed the EU’s while it has become the world’s second-largest economy. Early drafts of the Baku agreement proposed expanding the donor list to include some of these nations. That language was quietly dropped from the final text, leaving the donor list unchanged. Fair share of total climate finance contributions by donor bloc, according to the Center for Global Development. China, the world’s largest annual emitter, contributes approximately $3.8 billion per year in climate finance, a fraction of what it would owe under a system based on current emissions or economic capacity. It does provide developing nations with cheap green technology, but resists any formal obligation to pay into global climate funds. Analysis by the Center for Global Development suggests that by 2030, non-Annex II nations should collectively shoulder around 30% of total climate finance, with Annex II countries covering the remaining 70%. Even the $300 billion target, however, remains distant. Current climate finance flows are estimated between $28 billion, according to Oxfam, which excludes loans, and $116 billion by OECD figures, which count loans equally with grants. The $1.3tn economists say is needed grows more remote with each passing year as inflation and continued warming increase the cost of adaptation and mitigation. The Baku agreement also made a key compromise to get it over the line: leaving unresolved whether loans should count toward the finance target. Loans currently make up two-thirds of climate finance for the Global South, with some countries, like France, providing 86% of their climate finance through loans. If this loan-to-grant ratio continues, approximately $200 billion of the $300 billion 2035 target would come as loans rather than grants, which developing countries argue perpetuates rather than solves their debt crises. “We now need to put the Baku to Belém roadmap to work to start moving towards the 1.3 trillion,” Stiell said. Billions of lives, species, and nations Brazil’s COP30 presidency chose the Amazon city of Belém in an effort to remind negotiators of the planet they are fighting to protect, The planet warming in line with the latest projections is a matter of life and death for billions of people, species, and nations. Over half a million people have died every year due to heat exposure over the past decade. Millions die due to air pollution. Conflicts drive resource wars, while droughts cause famine and displacement. Extreme weather destroys homes, while sea level rise threatens nations themselves. The UNHCR’s latest report, released on the opening day of the summit, adds to the reality just decades away – or already here – for the world’s most vulnerable populations. “Three in every four refugees and other displaced people fleeing war and persecution now live in countries that are highly vulnerable to climate-related hazards,” UNHCR chief Filippo Grandi said. “These communities face an impossible reality – they are being hit harder by more devastating floods, longer droughts and periods of extreme heat, without the means to adapt, recover and rebuild.” Of the 117 million people displaced by conflict today, around 75% – 86 million – are exposed to extreme weather. The one million refugees who returned home in the first half of this year returned to countries highly vulnerable to more of the climate impacts that displaced them in the first place. “Whilst mega droughts wreck national harvests, sending food prices soaring, it makes zero sense, economically or politically, to squabble while famines take hold, forcing millions to flee their homelands – this will never be forgotten,” Stiell said. “As conflicts spread while climate disasters decimate the lives of millions when we already have the solutions this will never, ever be forgiven.” “We have already agreed that transition pathways must be inclusive and just, covering whole economies and societies,” the UNFCCC chief added. “Now we must agree on concrete steps to turn aspirations into actions.” COP ‘Health Day’ to launch the Bélem Action Plan for health sector Nearly one-eighth of the global population does not have access to health facilities with reliable electricity. Health will have its own featured day at the conference, on the COP30 Health Day this Thursday. Proponents hope this year’s high-level event will create more of a buzz than last year’s COP29 in Baku, where the marquee Health Day event took place in a cramped, windowless meeting room with just a few dozen attendees in person and online. This year’s day will focus on the launch of the Belém Health Action Plan – a blueprint for health sector adaptation to climate change. A key political objective of the Action Plan, however, is to integrate by 2028 member state progress reports into the broader COP “Global Stocktake” mechanism – ending years of health sector isolation from mainstream climate monitoring and reporting. Specifically, the Action plan aims to support stronger health sector surveillance of climate-sensitive disease trends, integration of “climate adaptation and resilience measures into all levels of health care,” strengthen the health care workforce and support “Innovation, Production, and Digital Health.” Buried under that last rubric is a call to support “investments in sustainable investments in sustainable innovation and technology to provide uninterrupted operation of health care services during extreme climate events.” And that, finally, includes “energy-efficient solutions, renewable energy sources, safe water supply and sanitation, and logistics systems in health facilities to strengthen operational resilience.” Translated, that means supporting shifts to more sustainable and reliable energy systems for energy-starved health systems in the global South, where some 1 billion people are served by health facilities with inadequate energy services, and 12-15% of facilities in South-East Asia and Africa have no electricity at all. Applied to high-income settings, the same strategies that lead to long-term reductions in health sector climate emissions, estimated at 5% of the global total. Central and eastern Africa have the highest proportion of health facilities with no electricity access – 50% or more in some regions. Critics have complained that the Bélem Action Plan is still far too tame – focusing primarily on adaptation in the health sector rather than on the millions of lives that climate mitigation can save through the simultaneous reduction of air pollution, the fostering of greener urban areas that enable physical activity, and healthier low-carbon diets. Even so, if the Bélem plan can help catapult health issues into the mainstream of talks, that would be a significant gain after decades of fighting for recognition. “The plan provides a detailed roadmap of adaptation measures to protect lives and livelihoods against the impacts of climate change, from early warning systems, to improving collaboration across sectors and health systems, to providing health workers with the tools to respond to climate impacts,” said the former WHO and Australian government advisor, Arthur Wyns, in a recent LinkedIn Post, “It builds on the COP28 Declaration on Climate and Health, which was endorsed by 150 countries and sent a powerful political signal that countries are ready to do more in this area.” Bélem Action Plan Health pavilion to livestream events non-stop WHO is also hosting a Health Pavilion at COP30 in the official Blue Zone in collaboration with the UK-based Wellcome Trust, engaging dozens of global health, finance and environmental partners from the International Energy Agency to the Asian Development Bank, not to mention local governmental, non-profit and youth alliances. Events livestreamed almost non-stop throughout the two weeks of talks will showcase evidence and discuss solutions that optimise the health benefits of tackling climate change across regions of the world; key sectors from transport to food production and health; and in cities as well as rural areas. “A sick planet means sick people,” WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told delegates at the COP high-level opening today in Bélem. “The climate crisis is a health crisis – not in the future, but now. It is already spreading disease, worsening malnutrition, displacing communities, and claiming lives through heat, floods, fires, and pollution.” .@WHO thanks Brazil for hosting #COP30. If our planet were a patient, it would be admitted to intensive care. Our call at the COP30 Leaders’ Summit was simple: – put health at the centre of every climate decision– direct climate finance towards protecting lives and… pic.twitter.com/XGUelHP9yL — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) November 8, 2025 Beyond the political rhetoric, however, health-specific climate action remains severely underfunded, capturing only 2% of adaptation funding and 0.5% of multilateral climate funding, advocates point out. “Health is the strongest argument for climate action,” Tedros said. “It’s much easier to convince people of the need to protect their own health or that of their children, than to protect glaciers or ecosystems. Both are important. One is a lot closer to home.” “Put health at the centre of every climate decision. Direct climate finance towards protecting lives and livelihoods. And recognise health as a measure of climate ambition and success. Because there can be no healthy people on a sick planet.” The talks continue through November 21. –Elaine Ruth Fletcher contributed to reporting and editing. Image Credits: COP30, COP30, COP30, Eden FlahertySource: Agência Nacional do Petróleo, Gás Natural e Biocombustíveis, Center for Global Development, COP30, WHO, WHO . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Canada Loses Measles Elimination Status 10/11/2025 Kerry Cullinan Dr Jarbas Barbosa, director of the Pan American Health Organization, the Americas region of WHO. Canada has lost its measles elimination status after 12 months of continuous transmission of the highly infectious disease, the Pan-American Health Organization (PAHO) announced on Monday. This follows a PAHO expert meeting on infectious diseases last week, the Measles, Rubella, and Congenital Rubella Syndrome Elimination Regional Monitoring and Re-Verification Commission. “The commission determined that endemic measles transmission has been re-established in Canada, where the virus has circulated for at least 12 months,” PAHO director Dr Jarbas Barbosa told a media briefing. Since Canada’s measles outbreak started in October 2024, there have been over 5,000 cases in nine of the country’s 10 provinces. The Public Health Agency of Canada said in a statement on Monday that it is “currently experiencing a large, multi-jurisdictional outbreak of measles that began in October 2024 with cases in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Prince Edward Island, Quebec, Saskatchewan, and the Northwest Territories.” “While transmission has slowed recently, the outbreak has persisted for over 12 months, primarily within under-vaccinated communities,” it added. Thirty-fold increase Measles incidence in Canada by province in 2025. Canada’s loss is also PAHO’s loss, as the entire World Health Organization’s Region of the Americas has also lost its measles elimination status as a result. As of 7 November, 12,593 confirmed measles cases have been reported across 10 countries (approximately 95% in Canada, Mexico and US) in the region, PAHO reported. This is a 30-fold increase compared to 2024. Twenty-eight deaths have been recorded: 23 in Mexico, three in the United States, and two in Canada. “Measles is the most contagious disease known to humankind,” said Barbosa. “One infected person can transmit the disease to up to 18 others. Thanks to vaccines, many people have never seen an outbreak in their lifetime.” Measles can cause severe complications such as blindness, pneumonia, encephalitis and even death. “Stopping the spread of measles required that at least 95% of the population be vaccinated with two doses. This is very important across all communities, without exception,” Barbosa stressed. However, in 2024, regional coverage for the second dose of the measles, mumps and rubella vaccine (MMR2) averaged 79%. Only 31% of countries reached 95% or more coverage for the first dose, and just 20% achieved that level for the second dose. There are active measles outbreaks in Canada, Mexico, the United States, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay, and Belize. Canada has lost its measles elimination status…a sad milestone. Now is the time to double down on lowering barriers to routine childhood immunizations and ensuring Canadians have access to credible, science-based information. Link: https://t.co/JbALpkKWSW pic.twitter.com/JMiySJCOuM — Isaac Bogoch (@BogochIsaac) November 10, 2025 Mostly in the unvaccinated “Transmission has primarily affected under-vaccinated communities, with 89% of cases occurring in unvaccinated individuals or those with unknown vaccination status. Children under one year of age are the most affected, followed by those aged one to four years,” said PAHO. “Vaccination remains the most effective means of protection. Over the past 25 years, the measles vaccine has prevented more than six million deaths across the Americas —and an estimated 15 million deaths over the last 50 years,” stressed PAHO. To regain its measles elimination status, Canada must show that it has eliminated endemic transmission for at least 12 consecutive months, supported by comprehensive vaccination, surveillance, and outbreak-response data. Canada will present and implement an action plan under PAHO’s regional framework, focused on boosting immunisation coverage, reinforcing surveillance systems, and ensuring rapid outbreak response to stop endemic transmission and regain measles elimination status, said PAHO. PAHO is providing technical support to countries to strengthen surveillance, laboratory diagnosis, outbreak response, and vaccination campaigns. Experts have been deployed to Mexico, Argentina, and Bolivia, and it is monitoring risks in Belize, Brazil and Paraguay. Image Credits: Health Canada . COP30 Opens on Amazon’s Edge as World Battles to Claw Back 1.5°C Target 10/11/2025 Stefan Anderson Delegates arrive for the opening day of COP30 on the edge of the Brazilian Amazon. The third decade of United Nations climate negotiations opened on Monday in the Brazilian Amazon, as 50,000 negotiators, politicians, civil society representatives, industry lobbyists, and indigenous peoples from around the world gathered for talks on protecting the planet from climate catastrophe. The thirtieth anniversary of COP summits has little time to celebrate: Ten years after the world agreed to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, that threshold has been breached. In the health arena, the Bélem Action Plan to be launched on Wednesday aims to position health sector climate action a little closer to the mainstream of climate commitments, actions and stocktaking – after years of operating on the margins. Brazil insisted on hosting the talks in Belém, a small coastal city on the Amazon’s edge, to place the rainforest, nature, planet and people negotiators are there to protect at the center of negotiations. Limited hotels and housing has delegates housed on mammoth cruise ships, casting long shadows over local fishing villages. Others will spend the week in local, pay-by-the-hour love motels. All will be working under the heavy humidity and heat of the world’s largest rainforest, a constant reminder of the climate future awaiting the billions worldwide if negotiations fail. “Climate change is not a threat of the future, it is already a tragedy of the present,” Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva told the opening plenary, citing the hurricane that levelled Jamaica and a “trail of destruction, droughts, fires in Africa and Europe, floods in South America and South East Asia” that have killed thousands and displaced millions. “The climate emergency is a case of inequality; it exposes and exacerbates the unacceptable,” Lula said. Opening ceremony underway in Belem as COP30 kicks off on the edge of the Amazon. He also attacked rising military spending, arguing the world should prioritise climate finance over defence budgets. “The men that go to war, if they were here, present here, at this COP, they would perceive that it’s much cheaper to put $1.3 trillion for us to end the climate crisis than to put $2 trillion and sell $700 billion to buy weapons and go to war,” he said. Progress has been made since Paris. The planet was then on pace for 4°C of warming by century’s end. Today’s business-as-usual scenario projects 2.8°C. If countries implement their Paris commitments, warming could fall to between 2.3°C and 2.5°C. ‘COP of implementation’ Unlike previous summits, COP30 is not expected to produce a landmark agreement. Instead, the focus is implementation: meeting the promises made in Paris, Baku and Dubai to raise climate finance, transition away from fossil fuels, and return warming to under 1.5°C. The tasks ahead may be the most difficult COP in years: find the money, international cooperation and political will to protect billions facing life or death on current warming projections. In his inaugural address as COP president, André Aranha Corrêa do Lago said three priorities will dominate the agenda: climate adaptation, finance for a just transition, and implementing the global stocktake recommendations on clean energy and reversing deforestation. “This is a COP of implementation,” said Corrêa do Lago. “I hope it will be remembered as a COP of adaptation, a COP of advancing climate integration with economic activity and generation of jobs, and above all, a COP which will hear and believe in science.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. The latest COP is the first in several years not to be heavily clouded by the smoke and scandal of petrostate hosts. The last two climate summits, held in the UAE and Azerbaijan, two nations heavily reliant on state-owned oil conglomerates for government revenue, were hit with scandals alleging subterfuge and coordination between the chiefs of negotiations and fossil fuel interests seeking to weaken any global agreement. Brazil, an oil-producing state, is by no means immune to industry influence either. “Brazil is hosting COP30. Why is it still drilling for oil?” asked the award-winning Brazilian journalist, Cândida Schaedler, in a post published Monday, noting that Lula recently approved a plan by the state-owned company, Petrobras, to start drilling in a sensitive Amazonian region, at the mouth of the Amazon River. New oil exploration project greenlighted at the mouth of the Amazon River Even so, at this year’s COP, the heaviest pressures on the negotiators will likely come from outside. The United States, the world’s largest historical emitter, has spurned the talks entirely, after withdrawing from the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5° C. China’s President Xi Jinping and Nahrenda Modi of India, will not attend the Brazil summit, either – topping off the list of the world’s three largest polluters. Fears of US influence hover over talks A fear of US influence from Washington looms over the talks despite the fact that Washington is not sending a team. Recently, the Trump administration used intimidation and economic threats to derail a landmark deal to cut global shipping emissions. And the US administration employed similar tactics at the failed plastics treaty negotiations in Geneva in August. “Although climate change will hurt poor people more than anyone else, for the vast majority of them, it will not be the only or even the biggest threat to their lives and welfare. The biggest problems are poverty and disease, just as they always have been,” Gates wrote in a provocative new memo, roundly criticised by climate scientists for minimising the damage warming could do. Following the Gates memo, US President Donald Trump declared on social media: “I (WE!) just won the War on the Climate Change Hoax,” taking aim at Gates’ argument for a change in the framing of climate change from a “doomsday view” to a more optimistic framing of a crisis with billions of livelihoods in the balance. “Bill Gates has finally admitted that he was completely WRONG on the issue,” declared the US president, who has frequently called climate change “the greatest con job ever perpetrated”. US President Donald Trump removed the country from the Paris Agreement for a second time, cancelling his predecessor’s commitments to cut US emissions by 61% to 66% below 2005 levels by 2035. Lula: ‘defeat the denialists’ Brazil’s Lula has sought to frame COP30 as a direct counterpoint to forces such as the US administration. European Union officials have taken a similar tack. The bloc’s chief negotiator, Jacob Werksman, said last week COP30 must press on against the “strong counter-narrative that’s coming from a particular part of the world, suggesting that climate change is a hoax.” In an indirect swipe at the US in his opening remarks, Lula referred to a coalition of ‘denialists’ which he said: “reject not only the evidence and science,” but attack multilateralism, spread “hatred and fear,” and “attack institutions, science and universities.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. He spoke from experience. The nation’s previous president, Jair Bolsonaro, like Trump, dismissed climate change as a hoax, and deforestation in the Brazilian Amazon reached record heights. Bolsonaro was recently sentenced to 27 years in prison for organising a coup against Lula. Under Lula’s presidency, Brazil’s emissions fell nearly 17% last year – the biggest drop in 15 years – as the government cracked down on illegal deforestation. Whether the United States – which has never truly stepped into the climate leadership role its historical emissions would suggest – might one day follow a similar path from climate denial back to engagement remains an open question. But Brazil’s transformation demonstrates how climate policies can swing dramatically when governments change. And at the same time, Lula has tread a fine political line between his supporters and opponents. This was reflected in his signing of the “devastation bill” in August. The new legislation approved by the Brazilian parliament, removed many of the legal safeguards around the environmental review of new development, although the Brazilian leader vetoed some of its most damaging provisions. Green as the ‘growth story of the 21st century’ UNFCCC chief Simon Stiell addresses the opening plenary. As green technology surges ahead, however, climate denial is increasingly at odds with basic economics, the optimists point out. While the US retreats from climate leadership, China is moving to consolidate its dominance in renewable energy manufacturing and deployment, positioning itself to dominate the energy markets of the future. “The economics of this transition are as indisputable as the costs of inaction,” UN Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell told delegates. “Solar and wind are now the lowest-cost power in 90% of the world. Renewables overtook coal this year as the world’s top energy source.” “This is the growth story of the 21st Century, the economic transformation of our age,” Stiell said. “Those opting out or taking baby steps face stagnation and higher prices, while other economies surge ahead.” ‘Climate justice invoice’ But translating that economic momentum into the financing needed for a global transition remains the central – and likely insurmountable – challenge of COP30. At the opening ceremony of COP30, outgoing president Mukhtar Babayev presented delegates with an “invoice for climate justice”, a document outlining the minimum financial commitments required from wealthy nations. The invoice includes: $40 billion in urgent adaptation finance by 2025, tripling climate funds to $5.1 billion by 2030, and the $300 billion annual pledge by 2035 that emerged from last year’s negotiations. The total, including the aspirational $1.3 trillion annual climate funding target in the Baku finance deal? Several trillion. ‘Invoice for climate justice’ shown on stage by outgoing COP29 president Mukhtar Babayev. The invoice is addressed specifically to what are known as Annex II countries under the UN climate convention: 39 developed nations identified in 1992 when the framework was first opened for signing. These include the United States, European Union members, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, and a handful of others. But the US, historically the world’s largest emitter and responsible for roughly 40% of climate finance under this framework, has walked away from the table. The gap in the $1.3 trillion annual target agreed in Baku created by a US exit breaks the math: The EU and other Annex II nations cannot shoulder $1.3 trillion, or even the scaled-back $300bn commitment, on their own. This leads to the second, politically fraught problem that has plagued environmental negotiations from plastics, to biodiversity and climate alike for years: several of the world’s wealthiest nations – China, Russia, South Korea, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Poland, the United Arab Emirates, and Mexico – are classified as developing countries under the 1992 framework. They are not obligated to contribute climate finance, and they have so far largely refused to do so voluntarily. Since then, China’s cumulative emissions have surpassed the EU’s while it has become the world’s second-largest economy. Early drafts of the Baku agreement proposed expanding the donor list to include some of these nations. That language was quietly dropped from the final text, leaving the donor list unchanged. Fair share of total climate finance contributions by donor bloc, according to the Center for Global Development. China, the world’s largest annual emitter, contributes approximately $3.8 billion per year in climate finance, a fraction of what it would owe under a system based on current emissions or economic capacity. It does provide developing nations with cheap green technology, but resists any formal obligation to pay into global climate funds. Analysis by the Center for Global Development suggests that by 2030, non-Annex II nations should collectively shoulder around 30% of total climate finance, with Annex II countries covering the remaining 70%. Even the $300 billion target, however, remains distant. Current climate finance flows are estimated between $28 billion, according to Oxfam, which excludes loans, and $116 billion by OECD figures, which count loans equally with grants. The $1.3tn economists say is needed grows more remote with each passing year as inflation and continued warming increase the cost of adaptation and mitigation. The Baku agreement also made a key compromise to get it over the line: leaving unresolved whether loans should count toward the finance target. Loans currently make up two-thirds of climate finance for the Global South, with some countries, like France, providing 86% of their climate finance through loans. If this loan-to-grant ratio continues, approximately $200 billion of the $300 billion 2035 target would come as loans rather than grants, which developing countries argue perpetuates rather than solves their debt crises. “We now need to put the Baku to Belém roadmap to work to start moving towards the 1.3 trillion,” Stiell said. Billions of lives, species, and nations Brazil’s COP30 presidency chose the Amazon city of Belém in an effort to remind negotiators of the planet they are fighting to protect, The planet warming in line with the latest projections is a matter of life and death for billions of people, species, and nations. Over half a million people have died every year due to heat exposure over the past decade. Millions die due to air pollution. Conflicts drive resource wars, while droughts cause famine and displacement. Extreme weather destroys homes, while sea level rise threatens nations themselves. The UNHCR’s latest report, released on the opening day of the summit, adds to the reality just decades away – or already here – for the world’s most vulnerable populations. “Three in every four refugees and other displaced people fleeing war and persecution now live in countries that are highly vulnerable to climate-related hazards,” UNHCR chief Filippo Grandi said. “These communities face an impossible reality – they are being hit harder by more devastating floods, longer droughts and periods of extreme heat, without the means to adapt, recover and rebuild.” Of the 117 million people displaced by conflict today, around 75% – 86 million – are exposed to extreme weather. The one million refugees who returned home in the first half of this year returned to countries highly vulnerable to more of the climate impacts that displaced them in the first place. “Whilst mega droughts wreck national harvests, sending food prices soaring, it makes zero sense, economically or politically, to squabble while famines take hold, forcing millions to flee their homelands – this will never be forgotten,” Stiell said. “As conflicts spread while climate disasters decimate the lives of millions when we already have the solutions this will never, ever be forgiven.” “We have already agreed that transition pathways must be inclusive and just, covering whole economies and societies,” the UNFCCC chief added. “Now we must agree on concrete steps to turn aspirations into actions.” COP ‘Health Day’ to launch the Bélem Action Plan for health sector Nearly one-eighth of the global population does not have access to health facilities with reliable electricity. Health will have its own featured day at the conference, on the COP30 Health Day this Thursday. Proponents hope this year’s high-level event will create more of a buzz than last year’s COP29 in Baku, where the marquee Health Day event took place in a cramped, windowless meeting room with just a few dozen attendees in person and online. This year’s day will focus on the launch of the Belém Health Action Plan – a blueprint for health sector adaptation to climate change. A key political objective of the Action Plan, however, is to integrate by 2028 member state progress reports into the broader COP “Global Stocktake” mechanism – ending years of health sector isolation from mainstream climate monitoring and reporting. Specifically, the Action plan aims to support stronger health sector surveillance of climate-sensitive disease trends, integration of “climate adaptation and resilience measures into all levels of health care,” strengthen the health care workforce and support “Innovation, Production, and Digital Health.” Buried under that last rubric is a call to support “investments in sustainable investments in sustainable innovation and technology to provide uninterrupted operation of health care services during extreme climate events.” And that, finally, includes “energy-efficient solutions, renewable energy sources, safe water supply and sanitation, and logistics systems in health facilities to strengthen operational resilience.” Translated, that means supporting shifts to more sustainable and reliable energy systems for energy-starved health systems in the global South, where some 1 billion people are served by health facilities with inadequate energy services, and 12-15% of facilities in South-East Asia and Africa have no electricity at all. Applied to high-income settings, the same strategies that lead to long-term reductions in health sector climate emissions, estimated at 5% of the global total. Central and eastern Africa have the highest proportion of health facilities with no electricity access – 50% or more in some regions. Critics have complained that the Bélem Action Plan is still far too tame – focusing primarily on adaptation in the health sector rather than on the millions of lives that climate mitigation can save through the simultaneous reduction of air pollution, the fostering of greener urban areas that enable physical activity, and healthier low-carbon diets. Even so, if the Bélem plan can help catapult health issues into the mainstream of talks, that would be a significant gain after decades of fighting for recognition. “The plan provides a detailed roadmap of adaptation measures to protect lives and livelihoods against the impacts of climate change, from early warning systems, to improving collaboration across sectors and health systems, to providing health workers with the tools to respond to climate impacts,” said the former WHO and Australian government advisor, Arthur Wyns, in a recent LinkedIn Post, “It builds on the COP28 Declaration on Climate and Health, which was endorsed by 150 countries and sent a powerful political signal that countries are ready to do more in this area.” Bélem Action Plan Health pavilion to livestream events non-stop WHO is also hosting a Health Pavilion at COP30 in the official Blue Zone in collaboration with the UK-based Wellcome Trust, engaging dozens of global health, finance and environmental partners from the International Energy Agency to the Asian Development Bank, not to mention local governmental, non-profit and youth alliances. Events livestreamed almost non-stop throughout the two weeks of talks will showcase evidence and discuss solutions that optimise the health benefits of tackling climate change across regions of the world; key sectors from transport to food production and health; and in cities as well as rural areas. “A sick planet means sick people,” WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told delegates at the COP high-level opening today in Bélem. “The climate crisis is a health crisis – not in the future, but now. It is already spreading disease, worsening malnutrition, displacing communities, and claiming lives through heat, floods, fires, and pollution.” .@WHO thanks Brazil for hosting #COP30. If our planet were a patient, it would be admitted to intensive care. Our call at the COP30 Leaders’ Summit was simple: – put health at the centre of every climate decision– direct climate finance towards protecting lives and… pic.twitter.com/XGUelHP9yL — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) November 8, 2025 Beyond the political rhetoric, however, health-specific climate action remains severely underfunded, capturing only 2% of adaptation funding and 0.5% of multilateral climate funding, advocates point out. “Health is the strongest argument for climate action,” Tedros said. “It’s much easier to convince people of the need to protect their own health or that of their children, than to protect glaciers or ecosystems. Both are important. One is a lot closer to home.” “Put health at the centre of every climate decision. Direct climate finance towards protecting lives and livelihoods. And recognise health as a measure of climate ambition and success. Because there can be no healthy people on a sick planet.” The talks continue through November 21. –Elaine Ruth Fletcher contributed to reporting and editing. Image Credits: COP30, COP30, COP30, Eden FlahertySource: Agência Nacional do Petróleo, Gás Natural e Biocombustíveis, Center for Global Development, COP30, WHO, WHO . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
COP30 Opens on Amazon’s Edge as World Battles to Claw Back 1.5°C Target 10/11/2025 Stefan Anderson Delegates arrive for the opening day of COP30 on the edge of the Brazilian Amazon. The third decade of United Nations climate negotiations opened on Monday in the Brazilian Amazon, as 50,000 negotiators, politicians, civil society representatives, industry lobbyists, and indigenous peoples from around the world gathered for talks on protecting the planet from climate catastrophe. The thirtieth anniversary of COP summits has little time to celebrate: Ten years after the world agreed to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, that threshold has been breached. In the health arena, the Bélem Action Plan to be launched on Wednesday aims to position health sector climate action a little closer to the mainstream of climate commitments, actions and stocktaking – after years of operating on the margins. Brazil insisted on hosting the talks in Belém, a small coastal city on the Amazon’s edge, to place the rainforest, nature, planet and people negotiators are there to protect at the center of negotiations. Limited hotels and housing has delegates housed on mammoth cruise ships, casting long shadows over local fishing villages. Others will spend the week in local, pay-by-the-hour love motels. All will be working under the heavy humidity and heat of the world’s largest rainforest, a constant reminder of the climate future awaiting the billions worldwide if negotiations fail. “Climate change is not a threat of the future, it is already a tragedy of the present,” Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva told the opening plenary, citing the hurricane that levelled Jamaica and a “trail of destruction, droughts, fires in Africa and Europe, floods in South America and South East Asia” that have killed thousands and displaced millions. “The climate emergency is a case of inequality; it exposes and exacerbates the unacceptable,” Lula said. Opening ceremony underway in Belem as COP30 kicks off on the edge of the Amazon. He also attacked rising military spending, arguing the world should prioritise climate finance over defence budgets. “The men that go to war, if they were here, present here, at this COP, they would perceive that it’s much cheaper to put $1.3 trillion for us to end the climate crisis than to put $2 trillion and sell $700 billion to buy weapons and go to war,” he said. Progress has been made since Paris. The planet was then on pace for 4°C of warming by century’s end. Today’s business-as-usual scenario projects 2.8°C. If countries implement their Paris commitments, warming could fall to between 2.3°C and 2.5°C. ‘COP of implementation’ Unlike previous summits, COP30 is not expected to produce a landmark agreement. Instead, the focus is implementation: meeting the promises made in Paris, Baku and Dubai to raise climate finance, transition away from fossil fuels, and return warming to under 1.5°C. The tasks ahead may be the most difficult COP in years: find the money, international cooperation and political will to protect billions facing life or death on current warming projections. In his inaugural address as COP president, André Aranha Corrêa do Lago said three priorities will dominate the agenda: climate adaptation, finance for a just transition, and implementing the global stocktake recommendations on clean energy and reversing deforestation. “This is a COP of implementation,” said Corrêa do Lago. “I hope it will be remembered as a COP of adaptation, a COP of advancing climate integration with economic activity and generation of jobs, and above all, a COP which will hear and believe in science.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. The latest COP is the first in several years not to be heavily clouded by the smoke and scandal of petrostate hosts. The last two climate summits, held in the UAE and Azerbaijan, two nations heavily reliant on state-owned oil conglomerates for government revenue, were hit with scandals alleging subterfuge and coordination between the chiefs of negotiations and fossil fuel interests seeking to weaken any global agreement. Brazil, an oil-producing state, is by no means immune to industry influence either. “Brazil is hosting COP30. Why is it still drilling for oil?” asked the award-winning Brazilian journalist, Cândida Schaedler, in a post published Monday, noting that Lula recently approved a plan by the state-owned company, Petrobras, to start drilling in a sensitive Amazonian region, at the mouth of the Amazon River. New oil exploration project greenlighted at the mouth of the Amazon River Even so, at this year’s COP, the heaviest pressures on the negotiators will likely come from outside. The United States, the world’s largest historical emitter, has spurned the talks entirely, after withdrawing from the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5° C. China’s President Xi Jinping and Nahrenda Modi of India, will not attend the Brazil summit, either – topping off the list of the world’s three largest polluters. Fears of US influence hover over talks A fear of US influence from Washington looms over the talks despite the fact that Washington is not sending a team. Recently, the Trump administration used intimidation and economic threats to derail a landmark deal to cut global shipping emissions. And the US administration employed similar tactics at the failed plastics treaty negotiations in Geneva in August. “Although climate change will hurt poor people more than anyone else, for the vast majority of them, it will not be the only or even the biggest threat to their lives and welfare. The biggest problems are poverty and disease, just as they always have been,” Gates wrote in a provocative new memo, roundly criticised by climate scientists for minimising the damage warming could do. Following the Gates memo, US President Donald Trump declared on social media: “I (WE!) just won the War on the Climate Change Hoax,” taking aim at Gates’ argument for a change in the framing of climate change from a “doomsday view” to a more optimistic framing of a crisis with billions of livelihoods in the balance. “Bill Gates has finally admitted that he was completely WRONG on the issue,” declared the US president, who has frequently called climate change “the greatest con job ever perpetrated”. US President Donald Trump removed the country from the Paris Agreement for a second time, cancelling his predecessor’s commitments to cut US emissions by 61% to 66% below 2005 levels by 2035. Lula: ‘defeat the denialists’ Brazil’s Lula has sought to frame COP30 as a direct counterpoint to forces such as the US administration. European Union officials have taken a similar tack. The bloc’s chief negotiator, Jacob Werksman, said last week COP30 must press on against the “strong counter-narrative that’s coming from a particular part of the world, suggesting that climate change is a hoax.” In an indirect swipe at the US in his opening remarks, Lula referred to a coalition of ‘denialists’ which he said: “reject not only the evidence and science,” but attack multilateralism, spread “hatred and fear,” and “attack institutions, science and universities.” “Now is the moment to defeat the denialists,” Lula said. He spoke from experience. The nation’s previous president, Jair Bolsonaro, like Trump, dismissed climate change as a hoax, and deforestation in the Brazilian Amazon reached record heights. Bolsonaro was recently sentenced to 27 years in prison for organising a coup against Lula. Under Lula’s presidency, Brazil’s emissions fell nearly 17% last year – the biggest drop in 15 years – as the government cracked down on illegal deforestation. Whether the United States – which has never truly stepped into the climate leadership role its historical emissions would suggest – might one day follow a similar path from climate denial back to engagement remains an open question. But Brazil’s transformation demonstrates how climate policies can swing dramatically when governments change. And at the same time, Lula has tread a fine political line between his supporters and opponents. This was reflected in his signing of the “devastation bill” in August. The new legislation approved by the Brazilian parliament, removed many of the legal safeguards around the environmental review of new development, although the Brazilian leader vetoed some of its most damaging provisions. Green as the ‘growth story of the 21st century’ UNFCCC chief Simon Stiell addresses the opening plenary. As green technology surges ahead, however, climate denial is increasingly at odds with basic economics, the optimists point out. While the US retreats from climate leadership, China is moving to consolidate its dominance in renewable energy manufacturing and deployment, positioning itself to dominate the energy markets of the future. “The economics of this transition are as indisputable as the costs of inaction,” UN Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell told delegates. “Solar and wind are now the lowest-cost power in 90% of the world. Renewables overtook coal this year as the world’s top energy source.” “This is the growth story of the 21st Century, the economic transformation of our age,” Stiell said. “Those opting out or taking baby steps face stagnation and higher prices, while other economies surge ahead.” ‘Climate justice invoice’ But translating that economic momentum into the financing needed for a global transition remains the central – and likely insurmountable – challenge of COP30. At the opening ceremony of COP30, outgoing president Mukhtar Babayev presented delegates with an “invoice for climate justice”, a document outlining the minimum financial commitments required from wealthy nations. The invoice includes: $40 billion in urgent adaptation finance by 2025, tripling climate funds to $5.1 billion by 2030, and the $300 billion annual pledge by 2035 that emerged from last year’s negotiations. The total, including the aspirational $1.3 trillion annual climate funding target in the Baku finance deal? Several trillion. ‘Invoice for climate justice’ shown on stage by outgoing COP29 president Mukhtar Babayev. The invoice is addressed specifically to what are known as Annex II countries under the UN climate convention: 39 developed nations identified in 1992 when the framework was first opened for signing. These include the United States, European Union members, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, and a handful of others. But the US, historically the world’s largest emitter and responsible for roughly 40% of climate finance under this framework, has walked away from the table. The gap in the $1.3 trillion annual target agreed in Baku created by a US exit breaks the math: The EU and other Annex II nations cannot shoulder $1.3 trillion, or even the scaled-back $300bn commitment, on their own. This leads to the second, politically fraught problem that has plagued environmental negotiations from plastics, to biodiversity and climate alike for years: several of the world’s wealthiest nations – China, Russia, South Korea, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Poland, the United Arab Emirates, and Mexico – are classified as developing countries under the 1992 framework. They are not obligated to contribute climate finance, and they have so far largely refused to do so voluntarily. Since then, China’s cumulative emissions have surpassed the EU’s while it has become the world’s second-largest economy. Early drafts of the Baku agreement proposed expanding the donor list to include some of these nations. That language was quietly dropped from the final text, leaving the donor list unchanged. Fair share of total climate finance contributions by donor bloc, according to the Center for Global Development. China, the world’s largest annual emitter, contributes approximately $3.8 billion per year in climate finance, a fraction of what it would owe under a system based on current emissions or economic capacity. It does provide developing nations with cheap green technology, but resists any formal obligation to pay into global climate funds. Analysis by the Center for Global Development suggests that by 2030, non-Annex II nations should collectively shoulder around 30% of total climate finance, with Annex II countries covering the remaining 70%. Even the $300 billion target, however, remains distant. Current climate finance flows are estimated between $28 billion, according to Oxfam, which excludes loans, and $116 billion by OECD figures, which count loans equally with grants. The $1.3tn economists say is needed grows more remote with each passing year as inflation and continued warming increase the cost of adaptation and mitigation. The Baku agreement also made a key compromise to get it over the line: leaving unresolved whether loans should count toward the finance target. Loans currently make up two-thirds of climate finance for the Global South, with some countries, like France, providing 86% of their climate finance through loans. If this loan-to-grant ratio continues, approximately $200 billion of the $300 billion 2035 target would come as loans rather than grants, which developing countries argue perpetuates rather than solves their debt crises. “We now need to put the Baku to Belém roadmap to work to start moving towards the 1.3 trillion,” Stiell said. Billions of lives, species, and nations Brazil’s COP30 presidency chose the Amazon city of Belém in an effort to remind negotiators of the planet they are fighting to protect, The planet warming in line with the latest projections is a matter of life and death for billions of people, species, and nations. Over half a million people have died every year due to heat exposure over the past decade. Millions die due to air pollution. Conflicts drive resource wars, while droughts cause famine and displacement. Extreme weather destroys homes, while sea level rise threatens nations themselves. The UNHCR’s latest report, released on the opening day of the summit, adds to the reality just decades away – or already here – for the world’s most vulnerable populations. “Three in every four refugees and other displaced people fleeing war and persecution now live in countries that are highly vulnerable to climate-related hazards,” UNHCR chief Filippo Grandi said. “These communities face an impossible reality – they are being hit harder by more devastating floods, longer droughts and periods of extreme heat, without the means to adapt, recover and rebuild.” Of the 117 million people displaced by conflict today, around 75% – 86 million – are exposed to extreme weather. The one million refugees who returned home in the first half of this year returned to countries highly vulnerable to more of the climate impacts that displaced them in the first place. “Whilst mega droughts wreck national harvests, sending food prices soaring, it makes zero sense, economically or politically, to squabble while famines take hold, forcing millions to flee their homelands – this will never be forgotten,” Stiell said. “As conflicts spread while climate disasters decimate the lives of millions when we already have the solutions this will never, ever be forgiven.” “We have already agreed that transition pathways must be inclusive and just, covering whole economies and societies,” the UNFCCC chief added. “Now we must agree on concrete steps to turn aspirations into actions.” COP ‘Health Day’ to launch the Bélem Action Plan for health sector Nearly one-eighth of the global population does not have access to health facilities with reliable electricity. Health will have its own featured day at the conference, on the COP30 Health Day this Thursday. Proponents hope this year’s high-level event will create more of a buzz than last year’s COP29 in Baku, where the marquee Health Day event took place in a cramped, windowless meeting room with just a few dozen attendees in person and online. This year’s day will focus on the launch of the Belém Health Action Plan – a blueprint for health sector adaptation to climate change. A key political objective of the Action Plan, however, is to integrate by 2028 member state progress reports into the broader COP “Global Stocktake” mechanism – ending years of health sector isolation from mainstream climate monitoring and reporting. Specifically, the Action plan aims to support stronger health sector surveillance of climate-sensitive disease trends, integration of “climate adaptation and resilience measures into all levels of health care,” strengthen the health care workforce and support “Innovation, Production, and Digital Health.” Buried under that last rubric is a call to support “investments in sustainable investments in sustainable innovation and technology to provide uninterrupted operation of health care services during extreme climate events.” And that, finally, includes “energy-efficient solutions, renewable energy sources, safe water supply and sanitation, and logistics systems in health facilities to strengthen operational resilience.” Translated, that means supporting shifts to more sustainable and reliable energy systems for energy-starved health systems in the global South, where some 1 billion people are served by health facilities with inadequate energy services, and 12-15% of facilities in South-East Asia and Africa have no electricity at all. Applied to high-income settings, the same strategies that lead to long-term reductions in health sector climate emissions, estimated at 5% of the global total. Central and eastern Africa have the highest proportion of health facilities with no electricity access – 50% or more in some regions. Critics have complained that the Bélem Action Plan is still far too tame – focusing primarily on adaptation in the health sector rather than on the millions of lives that climate mitigation can save through the simultaneous reduction of air pollution, the fostering of greener urban areas that enable physical activity, and healthier low-carbon diets. Even so, if the Bélem plan can help catapult health issues into the mainstream of talks, that would be a significant gain after decades of fighting for recognition. “The plan provides a detailed roadmap of adaptation measures to protect lives and livelihoods against the impacts of climate change, from early warning systems, to improving collaboration across sectors and health systems, to providing health workers with the tools to respond to climate impacts,” said the former WHO and Australian government advisor, Arthur Wyns, in a recent LinkedIn Post, “It builds on the COP28 Declaration on Climate and Health, which was endorsed by 150 countries and sent a powerful political signal that countries are ready to do more in this area.” Bélem Action Plan Health pavilion to livestream events non-stop WHO is also hosting a Health Pavilion at COP30 in the official Blue Zone in collaboration with the UK-based Wellcome Trust, engaging dozens of global health, finance and environmental partners from the International Energy Agency to the Asian Development Bank, not to mention local governmental, non-profit and youth alliances. Events livestreamed almost non-stop throughout the two weeks of talks will showcase evidence and discuss solutions that optimise the health benefits of tackling climate change across regions of the world; key sectors from transport to food production and health; and in cities as well as rural areas. “A sick planet means sick people,” WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told delegates at the COP high-level opening today in Bélem. “The climate crisis is a health crisis – not in the future, but now. It is already spreading disease, worsening malnutrition, displacing communities, and claiming lives through heat, floods, fires, and pollution.” .@WHO thanks Brazil for hosting #COP30. If our planet were a patient, it would be admitted to intensive care. Our call at the COP30 Leaders’ Summit was simple: – put health at the centre of every climate decision– direct climate finance towards protecting lives and… pic.twitter.com/XGUelHP9yL — Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus (@DrTedros) November 8, 2025 Beyond the political rhetoric, however, health-specific climate action remains severely underfunded, capturing only 2% of adaptation funding and 0.5% of multilateral climate funding, advocates point out. “Health is the strongest argument for climate action,” Tedros said. “It’s much easier to convince people of the need to protect their own health or that of their children, than to protect glaciers or ecosystems. Both are important. One is a lot closer to home.” “Put health at the centre of every climate decision. Direct climate finance towards protecting lives and livelihoods. And recognise health as a measure of climate ambition and success. Because there can be no healthy people on a sick planet.” The talks continue through November 21. –Elaine Ruth Fletcher contributed to reporting and editing. Image Credits: COP30, COP30, COP30, Eden FlahertySource: Agência Nacional do Petróleo, Gás Natural e Biocombustíveis, Center for Global Development, COP30, WHO, WHO . Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts